Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout5654AGENDA BILL CITY OF BREMERTON 6N CITY COUNCIL SUBJECT: Contract Award to'Northern ; Study Session Date: February 8, 2017 Land- Development -for the David Road COUNCIL MEETING Date: February 13, 2017 Water Main Replacement Project Department: PW&U, Engineering Presenter: Tom Knuckey Phone: (360) 473-2376 SUMMARY: The work under this contract includes the installation of 1,200 lineal feet of 8" ductile iron water main in David Road. The existing 4" steel water main is undersized and had required numerous repairs. Project site is located within the David Road right-of-way and west of Northlake Way. There were four bids submitted which were opened on January 25, 2017. The lowest responsive, responsible bidder was Northern Land Development who submitted a bid in the amount of $237,569.58 (which includes estimated sales tax). ATTACHMENTS: 1) Bid Tabulation; 2) Agreement; and 3) Site Map FISCAL IMPACTS (Include Budgeted Amount): The project is fully funded in the 2017 Water Budget within the Substandard Water Main Replacement and Distribution Main Improvements line items which total $400,000. STUDY SESSION AGENDA: o No Presentation ❑ Full Presentation STUDY SESSION ACTION: o Consent Agenda ❑ General Business ❑ Public Hearing RECOMMENDED MOTION: Move to approve the bid for the David Road Water Main Replacement Project from Northern Land Development in the amount of $237,569.58 and authorize the Mayor to finalize and execute the agreement with substantially the same terms and conditions as presented. COUNCIL ACTION Form Updated 01/07/15 [Approve ❑ Deny ❑ Table ❑ Continue ❑ No Action atw CITY OF BREMERTON DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT Bid Opening: Pre -Bid Conference: Contact Person: January 2017 January 25, 2017 @ 2 p.m. City Clerk's Office City Hall, 345 6"' Street Bremerton, WA 98337 January 11, 2017 @ 9 a.m. City of Bremerton Engineering Office 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 2nd floor of building. Ned Lever, P.E. 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 Tel (360) 473-2398 Fax (360) 473-5398 Q Will survey staking be provided by the City? A: It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide survey staking in accordance with section 1-05.4. The City will provide control points at each end of the project for use by the contractor. Q Who is responsible for providing the service taps. A: It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide service taps and install the service lines to the meter. The new pipe will be flushed, pressure tested, and sampled prior to the service tap installations. The existing water main must remain connected and in service until the new water main is charged, and the new services have be installed. Final water main connections will only be made after all new services are in. See the addendum for clarification on this item. Q: What property is available for laydown. A: There is a wide portion of the right-of-way located in front of 4914 David road that may be used. The property owner at that address has also expressed a willingness to allow a laydown area in a pasture on their property. The City will provide contact information to upon request. 2- CITY OF BREMERTON DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT MINUTES OF PREBID MEETING January 11, 2017 9:00 AM The following is a listing of project related communication which occurred during the prebid meeting on January 11th, 2017. Bidders shall consider the following items as the only communication that occurred during the meeting. 1. Introduction a) Intro of project by Ned Lever. 2. Project Description The project includes installation of approximately 1200 feet of 8" DI water main, installing three fire hydrants, new service lines, and abandonment of the existing 4" steel water main. 'No laydown area has been established but there is an area of right -of way that was used by the county recently that may be an option. It will be up to the contractor to get approval for the use of any private property for a laydown area. 3. Bidding Requirements • The engineer's estimate is $250,000 to $300,000. • We plan on opening bids on January 25, 2017 at 2:00 pm. • There will be an addenda sent out early next week if it is warranted. • It is a 100 day contract. 4. Questions Q. Is the contract period calendar days or working days? A: The contract period is based on calendar days. Q: How is the backfill for the trench handled? A: There is a line item for unsuitable foundation removal including haul. It is anticipated that native material will be used for bedding and backfill. If back fill is determined to be unsuitable and import material is required then it will be covered under the force account item. See the addendum for any clarification of this issue. I Revisions Item #: 1 Reference: SP 7-9.5 Payment Description: Replace this section with the following: Section 7-09.5 is supplemented with the following: "D.I. Pipe for Water Main, _ In. Diam." per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for each size and kind of "D.I. Pipe for Water Main, _ In. Diam.", shall be full pay for all work to complete the installation of the water main including, but not limited to, saw cutting, removal of existing improvements regardless of material, trench dewatering, trench excavation, including any haul or disposal, laying and jointing pipe, ethylene vinyl acetate pad, locator wire, fittings, connecting to existing mains, joint restraints, bedding, backfill with native material, compaction of backfill, concrete thrust blocking, testing, flushing the pipeline, and disposal of all existing piping, fittings, and structures removed, capping existing pipe, and cleanup. Item #: 2 Reference: Detail 5001 on Sheet C5 of 7 Description: Supplement note 2 with the following: The service taps on the new water main will be completed by the Contractor. The Contractor will provide all labor, equipment, and material necessary to install the new service line between the 8" DI water main and the existing meter. The will supply replacement meter boxes as needed. Item #: 3 Reference: Standard Trench and Pavement Restoration Detail on Sheet C5 of 7 Description: Revise Note 7 as follows: Cold mix is not required if gravel is maintained and paving is timely. Attachments: Prebid Meeting notes and list of attendees. City of Bremerton Page 2 of 2 January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement "I Addendum # 1 CITY OF BREMERTON ADDENDUM NO. 1 for David Road Water Main Replacement Issued January 18, 2017 The following shall modify the Contract Documents and the work shall be accomplished in accordance with such modifications. It is requested that this addendum be stapled to the Bid Documents. IMPORTANT: THIS ADDENDUM SHOULD BE ACKNOWLEDGED IN YOUR BID FORMS WHEN YOUR BID IS SUBMITTED. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THE ADDENDUM MAY CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR REJECTION OF THE BID. Contents: This Addendum No. 1 contains revisions to the Specifications and/or the Contract Drawings. Revisions to the Specifications are made by reissuing entire sections, reissuing specific pages of sections, OR by directing a change in writing, herein. When a paragraph or sentence is modified, additions are indicated with bold text and deletions are indicated with strikethrough text. Revisions to the Drawings are made by re -issuing a drawing, issuing a revision to a specific detail ' from a drawing, OR by directing a change in writing, herein. Bidders are cautioned to check the addendum contents carefully for the presence of all listed revisions. Distribution: This Addendum No. 1 is distributed to all planholders of record. Integration: The following changes, additions, deletions and attachment are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents for David Road Water Main Replacement, as fully and completely as if the same were set forth therein. Acknowledgement of Receipt of Addendum: All prospective bidders are instructed to incorporate this revision into their bids and to complete the acknowledgement of receipt of addenda in the Bid Proposal. Failure to do so may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. City of Bremerton page 1 of 2 January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement Addendum # 1 d lz W -9,, q'i Q V to x LL M IL n r I r C2 N 'r , � l T •r � d �L fI � Ott 1' z •�. 7 v 7 f r N M Ct to t0 f� 00 OI r N r n �- r r O N N N N CERTIFICATION BY ENGINEER The technical material and data contained in these Specifications for the City of Bremerton project titled David Road Water Main Replacement, were prepared under the supervision and direction of the undersigned, whose seal, as a professional engineer licensed to practice as such, is affixed below. T. ' 0 30749 ISTL �sIONAL �� Prepared by: Ned Lever, P.E. Managing Engineer City of Bremerton 1 1 BIDDER CHECKLIST This section lists the contract forms required for this project. The bidder's attention is especially directed to the bid forms that must be executed in full as required and submitted with the bid unless noted otherwise. BID FORMS All forms in this section must be executed and submitted to the City with your bid, not later than the designated bid closing date and time. Bids that do not include all of the forms, properly completed, may be declared unresponsive. a. Acknowledgement of Bid and Addenda b. Bid Certificate c. Bid Proposal d. Bid Bond This form to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this check or bond shall be not less than 5% (five percent) of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. e. List of Subcontractors (This information must be submitted within 24 hours of the bid opening.) f. Information Required of Bidder g. Project References and General Information (This information must be submitted within 24 hours of the bid opening.) h. Non -Collusion Affidavit i. Certification by Proposed Contractor Regarding Equal Employment Opportunities j. Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility or Voluntary Exclusion k. Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities e DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following forms are to be executed and submitted to the City after the contract is awarded by the Bremerton City Council. These forms follow the contract forms in Part 1. Unless noted otherwise, these must be submitted within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of Notice of Award of Contract. a. Contract b. Contractor Certificate J c. Performance Bond for 100% of the Contract Amount d. Payment Bond for 100% of the Contract Amount e. Insurance Certificates City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents BF -1 January 2017 Bidder Checklist DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED PRIOR TO FIRST PAYMENT a. Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages - Note: Certified Payroll shall be submitted weekly to document wages paid DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT AND RELEASE OF RETAINAGE a. Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims (See Appendix B). b. Affidavit of Wages Paid. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement BF -2 Bidder Checklist Contract Documents 1 ri 1 PART BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CITY OF BREMERTON, WASHINGTON NOTICE INVITING BIDS RECEIPT OF BIDS: Sealed Bids will be received at the office of the City Clerk of the City of Bremerton, located at 345 6th Street, Bremerton, Washington 98337 until 2:00 p.m. PST as shown on the wall clock inside the City Clerk's office on January 25th, 2017, for the project David Road Water Main Replacement. Bids received after the specified time and date will not be considered. OPENING OF BIDS: The bids will be publicly opened and read after 2:00 p.m. on JANUARY 25, 2017, in the office of the City Clerk at 345 6th Street, Bremerton, Washington 98337. COMPLETION OF WORK: The WORK must be completed within 100 calendar days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The WORK to be completed under this Contract generally includes installation of approximately 1200 feet of 8 -inch -diameter DI water main, approximately 36 feet of 6 -inch diameter ductile iron pipe, abandonment of a 4" steel water main, installation of service lines, and reconstruction with HMA pavement. The project is located within David Road in Kitsap County, WA. The Engineer's estimate range for this project is between $200,000 and $250,000. PREVIEWING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Contract Documents may be previewed at the ARC Document Solutions website (www.e-arc.com). Go to http://www.e-arc.com/wa/tacoma, then click on the link "Enter Public Planroom." Scroll down or search to find the project. PURCHASING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents may be ordered and purchased from ARC Document Solutions. Payment is typically cost of reproduction (non- refundable). Contact Bid Services at ARC in Seattle, WA: 1(206) 622-6000; FAX (206) 622-6712; E-mail: seattle.bidservicesO-e-arc.com. PROPOSALS: All bid proposals must be made on the blank forms furnished in the Contract Documents. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be entitled: Bid for David Road Water Main Replacement. BID SECURITY: Each bid proposal shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such bid proposal. The failure to furnish a bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent shall make the bid nonresponsive and shall cause the bid to be rejected by the Contracting Agency. PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder will also be required to provide a Performance Bond for 100 percent of the Contract Price. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Bremerton. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 1-i Notice Inviting Bids Contract Documents PRE-BID CONFERENCE: A pre-bid conference will be conducted by the City, which will include a walk-through of the project site. The objective of the pre-bid conference is to acquaint prospective bidders with the work and the conditions of the site. The pre-bid conference is scheduled for JANUARY 11, 2017, at 9:00 a.m. at the City of Bremerton Engineering offices. The address is 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, WA 98310. Offices are located on the second floor. Prospective bidders are highly encouraged to attend the pre-bid conference. PROJECT COMMUNICATION: All communications related to the project shall be directed to the City prior to opening of Bids: Communication by phone/fax/e-mail: Ned Lever, P.E. Telephone: (360) 473-2398 Fax: (360) 473-5398 E-mail: ned.lever@ci.bremerton.wa.us Communication by mail: Department of Public Works and Utilities Engineering Division 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 ATTN: Ned Lever, P.E. CITY'S RIGHTS RESERVED: The City of Bremerton reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. The City of Bremerton hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, sexual orientation or national origin in consideration for an award. END OF NOTICE INVITING BIDS City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 I Notice Inviting Bids 1 BSD FORMS ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF BID AND ADDENDA BID TO: CITY OF BREMERTON (WASHINGTON) PUBLIC WORKS AND UTILITIES ENGINEERING DIVISION 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an CONTRACT with the OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled "DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT." 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and Instruction to Bidders, dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. 3. This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the "Notice Inviting Bids" unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into a CONTRACT within the time and in the manner required in the "Notice Inviting Bids" and the "Instructions to Bidders," and will fumish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Number m Nti.:. Date di rttuYA 18, all Failure to acknowledge addenda shall render the bid non-responsive and shall be cause for its rejection. 5. Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, WORK, site, locality where the WORK is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the WORK and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Forms contained in this Bid, said Bidder further agrees to complete the WORK required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefore the Contract Price based on the Total Bid Prices) named in the aforementioned Bid Forms. Dated: 3 u m Z 1011. Bidder: NOY %CYYI Lw,,a -learn By: of ewxac (Signature and Title) City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 January 2017 BF -3 Acknowledgment of Bid and Addenda BID CERTIFICATE (if Limited Liability Company) STATE OF WQS�►irt��ph ) SS: COUNTY OF V;A ? ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Members of the Nixilay) am DINeIgY1 T a limited liability company existing under the laws of the State of 6h , held on JGnu►�xv► �.°J , 2017, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that Mum and as members of the Limited Liability Company, be and are hereby authorized to execute the CONTRACT dated LSQ.r1UaX! alb , 2017, to the City of Bremerton by this limited liability company and that their execution thereof shall be the official act and deed of this Limited Liability Company." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ad day of it K 2017. ' Nor-1'hern Land De�etoarrpnt Notary Public A Limited Liability Company ' State of Washington ALEA BATTIN MY COMMISSION EkPIRES Member ' NOVEMBER 19, 2019 r By. Member (SEAL) I City of Bremerton January 2017 t David Road Water Main Replacement BF -7 Bid Certificate (if Limited Liability Company) Contract Documents 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 d• o 0 0 o pp o o v o0 O O O O M O O r-1 Ln N N N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N 00 M C c O O N t� 0 00 0 N 0 00 0 N Lo � M f-, N N N o m 4 M Ln 6 0O N 00 m O tD M i� 00 Ln v -L tD 00 n tD 00 00 00 0 w N m N m V, I- 0 1t tD tD 01 tD Ln O 06 Lr N Ln t!1 ri Q i rr-I '4 'i 4 r-1 a-1 M PA � r.: tT � QOr N V} T-4 V} V? V? V} : V? V? V-1 V? V) N V? N V* m N F, F M -OO N O O O O 0 O N ri O N tD 01 tD 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O Ln O rn 00 N O tD 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O M 00 00 O tD Cf tD m r-1 N N Ln M 00 .1 M V) O Ln Ln r -I N * ri 0 O w M 00 N 00 Ur -1 u O 00 N M 00 V). ri r -f T -4N ri V), I' N m g O tD L.6 d O 00 Ln V> V> Vt V> V? V? r-1 1-1 ri Ict r� It in V> Vt VIP in Vj� +.n � u � 41 Ln O a p 3 N N > Z J cu -iLL. Z F- U > U J QO W W W W Ly '= p y `2 I- J J W Ln O Q M O LN 00 tD O r -1N Ln M M N ri rl ri M C LL � r -I ri 41 m O 4- m O to C � co G Li O m U a z U j C C CL m a E �. .o CE a-� N C O C N �. 41 vi O Q a `0 c °° 41 > E E m +' 'O c O 3 > v'ni m m O O p m X O O O :o v x u0 E v Lan w c c a _ a C V Q U 0) C O vi O Ln W UC U O tD 00 U L L Q Q a mU N -L3 C 'm a O C O p m a > a m Lr O c M °�° f>O LL t]0 LL as ? C v O p a w n m mm c a m >p E a E m C � c N- a L ` to 00x tan ,� vi Lz ^+ v 41 c ` u O= c '- a s U m m ;3 a a L1 d j j` ¢ C O 3 C C '� Q O j Q LL O H aa•� C Z3 dA H O Y C � L a O a H Q t Ln U O U= O U C-- O m C7 m C7 r -L >. = C in w` o c N m m S C ^ N N M 1* d' 4:T 00 00 N qt M r -I .. L H a _O Qt 01 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ol N N• I e-� r� I C� ^ vi O �' O C N N N VT Ln Ln N N O, ^ m CL L c a r-4 ri a a a a. m n. a a. � O a CO N N N N N Ln N N Ln Ln Ln N Vf Lnn' In (A Q = W ri X C =5 Hwl m N 3 a C x Ln m O Z _ C d a £ r L N M et LA lD 1� 00 Q1 O .1 ri ri N ri M ri ri LA r -L e i N M Cf ��' e4 Q a r4 ri ri ri F- v Ln to ++ H W CV N C N O r "' N o L U w. O L N fl. 3 E m 4) S - a�i cc L Q N "- s N O N cc O co C O E _Q7 � U cc c n. +._. m cu c a C: x cu C N N cuE D O a � E L O O G � cc N L m y L ` °c.- m� O W Qa r- aF s m C C ~ rn o rA m cxv HH O N 0 0 d C = 8 �co co LL 0 0 r E �wo0.0�UD0 c� Z5-"� 49 H V4 69 64 69 69 6t? 64 69 64 69 6-� Vli 69 (fffl, ff3 fA id O' ff3 EA 69 O o p 91 8 ?S7 O .` CL $ oaoo�s�a � `�Ui� ? ? 69 69 6s 6- fA 64 6%1 tal to 69 6% 69 69 6% 69 69 63 6s J J 0 J ~ zJ U U J Q LL1UJ cW� W00 i (O O O O M N M O N c) N J wa T D o cc > m m cn 4) E O o Q 0 N c � > > O .� O O(N V c — — coCC) c o cn p W cm C a� m > N C N C N O cD> F =_ X W Fp- c o `m � E m o N u, o C m a- ca ` C a W , ca a� , m : T c c 0 0 C N.Nx c U" W O ` co > co > >am F -X .. O giN wVN QCtt p d 0 j- a . :i , Q a o anU CL 2 Ol z U D o 0 mm c9 (D cN 05 oN W C O� t,o O N OOOO3 N On IT V OOcOA V 00 00 O O O - - LO -= - 07 O 4 l) to 1� I O 9O r r r 0`0NN N(m rO a. (n aa. cn aa cn v) e.. o ai x a m 0 z 10 � N ('� � O (O tom- 00 01 O �-• N M � t() � N c0 � 0 J Ll O co LL BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Northern Land Development LLC as Principal, and International Fidelity Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Five Percent (5%) of Bid Amount dollars, (not less than 5 percent of the total amount of the Bid) for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a Bid to said OWNER to perform the WORK required under the bidding schedule(s) of the OWNER's Contract Documents entitled DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT. 1 If the Principal is awarded the Bid and, within 10 calendar days after receipt of the Contract Document forms from the OWNER, fails to provide the OWNER with the duly executed Agreement; the duly executed Certificates of Insurance, the duly executed Performance Bond and the duly executed Payment Bond, all as specified in the Contract Documents, then the Surety shall, without condition and within 30 calendar days from written demand from the OWNER, pay to the OWNER in U.S. funds, by certified or cashier's check, the full amount of this Bid Bond. This Bond shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the bid opening, as defined in the Contract Documents. ' The Surety stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety shall in no way_be impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such bid and Surety further waives notice of any such extension. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by said OWNER and OWNER prevails, said Principal and Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said OWNER in such suit, including attorney's fees and costs to be fixed by the court. 25th SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of January 2017 Northern Land Development LLC (SEAL) Intemational Fidelity Insurance Company(SEAL)' (Principal) (Surety) By: (Signature) (Signature) ChristcdW Kinyon Attorney -in -Fact (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) Address of Surety to which all notices shall be sent 550 Kirkland Way, Suite 400 Kirkland, WA 98033 Address for Service of Process (must be a physical address) 550 Kirkland Way, Suite 400 Kirkland, WA 98033 City o1 Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement BF -9 Bid Bond Contract Documents t +'+=-s.'.rr e * '�>' • � .� � �'r. e 'fiT° _ d rr. J tit ek n ^.• e ,� `sS.`a� �'• �`�`rti,^j•:' `.t a�`a 3P# y arm �y R ff 5 .`a`�Ar; *"{n,r5itas a'ry' :4^�r .y.✓ 4'l) ,3' -• ,{p. �z\ k .;,{ria,+rJgtr".`'nrl"; a St�^•t ':100100, ..' "(. sj; qTG-�w ,•.� <,n�L,i•s ac ` ',(, `f '`b'.C.s'>k?3M '.r,'"t'+`..W:..i. _.r 1,.°}}. .,� ]T,<yPa S<'3,•`'%r rc^. ♦ 'AY.% 5 ^il``.3 f. ,i'�M'^,,'-: `� et�!il f�' pc'5S.(fj y 4• y K% "' s c <>, • rc •. fi ;.ptt tti ?ar_'� 1prJ 9'P H, i, sa°f,,•kr�C, g. t ., s2 3? X,e kfY 4 �": F 4 . �f "?��r�°�'+ C�s:.Y*: ; warP «t»:ca,.�. f•:kf>1. �.x }>:!t' { !' $..� R '}^ .,t��'+"e.ir �J.dr .brain::. ti•.7�%>'rX:.i, iaS; YS.,: p^`S,M'•'"?,vt:`'rPe r�+•,st - y`•'.... t.@fir..}iyyA. ,fes« s'E"++s".' :. $`- 'y+•C L: :xr. a e1w't's yA *'N f_. a... T;Y;. .a t:• k ,rq d.,`,, .,. �.,'•is .-C�1' Y` 1Ra X +i., t.±rGP, ♦ d'+.. =f , »sx+.C;p r J;•rsS4 r�.. mnyr•t'+'y .✓�.,: f, ..Rn 4t7 h -y, r. x R. '•'«T+. ., . �,"• lal- `•�, <. �'""`?�£. �. ^a• #�a ,.P "� •�, ti � „ a a�*Y ti t �er J% _.. y •q r v' y! �+p j� !g /�,�, /� p ?� r� K� � j� „�' lY1 S} (�/'*l'l�.�i/�Y�1C.-�r���r�''.�++�YwRIY I'�ft11:��w°'WM�%1�I�i1hC {' f'�,r.�`2•g'r3"s,,: y:•n y. P1#°.str. +, r. x...tii.. -i L A rr c. ; .a r ?: �'$.'..,,. ■"1��;}, ty i ? I'b� Yx�£ S f :} r •, a sri e „•{.A.LE;C1CAa U�►LT'�F ..�' . y.. "r d^�..7 ;;: .s.... rJbr• _}, a;' :.s ”' � k �':.��q •Y ".` :.`,x R0..r-.;«'n`b`i. '>+?L.sf s.> r5 _s f �. �. � R -az .� t ON1r NEWA�2i<:CE%►TER ZOTH`FLOORNEWRFtK N�. JEf�$EYQ7'Ftf2 :-•r-y '. . u`3{ ?.'at i.., ..R. -t .. *7.� : u ✓>'d ;�." vthrs "`•�� > rs .: .•. V,=; „'`q.:�z. `. ». '}.i4 t> y• �e^ �t z ,,,, KNOW ALL MENS THES>r PMSENTS "• That';INTERNATIONAL FIpEL1iYt;INSURANCE COMPANY a o9moratlop sorganized and ^'exisirng under the laws;'bf II10 State.: of'New:Jerseyy,. andAk-_GHENY• CASUAMj CpMPANY„,a`corpo"ratton argahlzed Opo:i*isting under.,the Taws oYths State ,,New Jersey, having their principalhoffice in the C`rty.of Newark New Jersey bo tiete0y.c6hsbtUte and gppblht h, r 4 ; ; s k s •\ r x � 5 � t •r � R. � : -: ; - •t. ,,, c ,'KY PH HQWAT, CHRISTOPHER KINYON,xJAiMIE bIEMER; ALICEON,A KELTNER, .: r ANNWLS M AiRiCHlE, HEATHER L ALLI=N,.;1<AREN°•C SWANSON; PETER J` COMFORT, 7 r ,`` ` �v ° y„ ' S JAMES B ,BINDER, ERICA r21MMERMAN, CYNTHIA L JAY; BRENT E HEILESEN; CARLEY,ESQIRITU '' f BRANDON K BUSH, MARY S NORRELL; �JULIEhR TRUITT4rDIANE M iHARDiN6- JON J OJ,4 Tacoma WA }t < t r L �• r ,thefr.true and lawful attomey((s)-1n-fact to execute, seat and'deliver'for'and,on Its behalf as surety; any and;ail bonds,and undertakings,,, nfracts of indemnity z' and otherxwritinggs obligator y'in the nature.thereof;. whichiare or may be aIIgwgd,.required or,permitted by aaw}statute rute,:re ulatlon contract .or.othervvise': and ;the executlon of 'such. instruments) 'in-ppursuance 'of these presents 'shall ":be, as : binding, supon , the1 said, 'iN ERNA�ONAL �IDELITYINSURANCL "COMPANY and; ALLEGHENY CASUAL. OMPANY, as`.fully and, amply;” to all intents and purposes as rf the same had :been duly executed and acknowledged bytheir regularly elected officers at their prinClpal offices. : > e.'S 1 his, Power of AttomeyA�6-executed anc1 th y� be revoked ` purseant'. to • and' b .'authors ,of; the By'Laws„ of, INT ERNATIONAI: FIDELITY INSURANCE '; ,. COMPANY!and'ALLEGHENY CASUALTY COMPANY.and is granted under and by;aumon'ty. of;;the follows resolutlon,adopted by the Board oft DfrectOrs. of� INTERNATIONAL�FIDELITY,INSURANCE COMPANY at•a meeting+duly held on the:20th day bf July 20 and by itis $oard of Dlrectors'of ALI EGHENY ,: CASUALTY COMPANY"at a meeting duly.teld on the 15th day'of.August :2000: ; °RESOLVED that"(1)-the President Dice Presldent,::Ctiief Executive; Officer'or Secretaryof,the Corporation•sha{I hays the ppawec:;to appoint, and to,revoke ; ; + .the appointments`.of, Attorneys=in=Fact'.or agents with powe 'and authority. as defined or limited In heir respective poµrers.of attorney; and to execute on behalf ; of the Cbrporabon and ;affix; the CorporaUon's , seal,thereto bonds :undertakings,_, recognizances :. contracts :of, indsmnity-and other:written,Obllgations rn the .nature thereof orrelated,,thereto`, and;(2)>anysuch Officers of the:.0 ,oration rrtay.appoint:and;revok8 the;apppointme 1ofjolnk'control Cuatoglans,°"aggents; . :for acre tance.of process, artd'A�ttomeys-in-fact with authority'ao execute.waivets and consents : on behalf ofcxthe Co ratron;.and A the+signature of pR ( -a such Officer of;,the Corporation aHd:the Corrpporations .seal,may, be`affixed'byfacsimile to any=power;of attorney or c '211- U n given for the execution :of any bond, undertaking recognizance; ", contract oT.inderrinity ; orother, writterrobli anon°lnae_ nature n thereof. or, related aereto, such"signature andseals when so,Used' whether,}reretoforeFor hereafter ;; being:!hereby adoppted by, the CorptiraUon',as .the: original siggnature �of'such'officer and the',original sealtofahe% ; Corporation to bp', aOlcland binding upon jhe'Corporatlon with.the same force:and effect as though manuaAy affixed. z . 7 ..J f .. a r ,> a• irti" 1 �" ti � -- `'Y '`, �.# to- z{ t { •L -z'k �. 7 _ t^t?. �, '^) ,. "4 r 7 Y •��� k ` IN WITNESS WHEREOF;` INTERNATIONAL�FIDELITY 'INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY`CASUALTY COMPANY fiave each'"executed and P Yattested these' resents on this 31st iia of December; '2015,11"N; ; u p t Y - C - q - Y t r .i b i v, ' F <' e ♦ ✓• °b.4 a :r +t ». -z e iF t >I 7 R y a• 4 r{ f G S` p h S J- y r ,n 5 STATE OF NEW JERSEY' ! r GV ALTY .County of Esssx ¢ 0A- ,r 4 a�"a. `it r t :p w - x Y, T� ROBERT W MINSTER r 't%'x. �► , Chief Executive"Officer (tntemaUdna) Fidel ittyv ?InsuranceiCompany)and President (Allegheny r �tpJER } at R 3 V .rY ' q., t•. `k Casualty Comparry) '' c •.f,,. k '� was; y r t j �k i y b «t 4 t a .1•E. i y Y J - 4 rt t `'' ,✓3 1 ,. 'rS t. ,{ - 4 s "x . Z On this 31st dayof December2015, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrtment; to me; personally known, and,' being by ine duly 1 sworn, said he 1s',the thi3rein'described and authorized officer of INTERNAT(ONAL4 FIpELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUALTY, - COMPANY , that theeseals affixed; to said'nstrunrent are the Corporate Seats of said ComPanles,`that'the said',Gorporate"Seals and hiS,signature'were Y ." duly affixed by order of the Boards of Dir ectors of said Companies ryt F + F a IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF ) have hereunto set rim hand affixed my Officlai Seal ° „at the City of Newark; New Jersey the day and year fYrst abov6 wntten: ptHY CiQ , , p t .� : ags►op � it r �' x" � � � � ms's ¢'` � k f f , � ��, PUBLiC. to 'K x a._ �'. 1 ,+ " •t t i - t � a P/ ommisstorr Expires Aprif 16 2019 EM 3{,. k .: 3 /,/,h„�r��►�►� CE};<7lFiCATION I,'the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and, ALLEGHENY CASUALTYCOiviPANY do hereby certify that I ha' mpared the,foregoltl0 copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit aril the copy of -the . Sechons`of the,_y Lawsr`of said'Companles as setlprth in said Power of Attorney .with tFie originals; on flie`:ln ttie homeoffice .6kseid companies and that; the same are collect,transcripts thereof, and.oithe whole > of the said originals "and that the said Power'of Attomey has not been revoked and is now in fUlfforce artd effect ` t d y. INTE$TIM, f ONY ;.WHEREOFi Have hmantl thiseunto et hT ff i,eS P� > aIA q E ..,: .� � � , •: k d f �- r � �� w r� rr ,� � .-^ T ,•. as j' d ° ? h ,� ' ax � k'c#'�” y '.i L.*.•w k$ .rs "S", .._cif sy#.�* � ��•A�� � 5. r Si ,.y -1�,y ,�"'s � s.. +•,.;es ^,y s.a ✓ '+"_ r-; .i K ,y v S. a�Y:. > ,.F'jt b .,' { ,g �, �� •y a >} f j�, ,.t �, * x '� � s� � £'«.+ V t4 �*:` � •� a t 4 c 5. 3 sf'r. eq '. s ,. r. 'b `i y 'r ,,t,: �✓`.. s,.z y �' L'� -1 -z1. , .a .., ""` h'�a> c> � 1 ,„ f •n $t Yh. ,, v � �+ 4"4'M mx ti �^s, •vT st r� .� � ::3 c ` e a {;a �I a q, �: P f :_ . k f � � :'kC '� ` " y"" Y '" a ,«.. . z `X„ ' , � 4,, kx +>r y .f"'1•`k t :s>'i, a{` •4p> '; "�'•i � , I�. � "t ! .9, "�'- .' c• x 'a •`f'„! su Y 4+. "s ,*' �• ' y .,+ . .y i �• r, , { a +. . �,.. f,, t :` i »:i $, z 1 y 3 s e j .. `• y v".' y,G n.,.{ {n G ev Wwl�_.k ,S Fe , .�:r£ via r, ,.z x. -,. c'� } .,�� .Y 4 .a. � ,,� ire. o i •.' .r.. a. : -� ,. '""y--"T��' tast'�.� gj'�,. t. .:r�,....,r'2,. � r�F ....r ri'.'• �te?s' ... .. ».. „„,w t.a. •.,.xa-'Fa r{� � n .,s, s <_., ,_a .... a...::t ...,.,.-. .f x ._ �+n_ „ rte..- LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder shall provide the following information, and included with this bid or submitted within 24 hours of the Bid Opening, for each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the CONTRACTOR in or about the construction of the work or improvement in an amount in excess of 10 percent of the CONTRACTOR's total bid. "Rendering service" includes a subcontractor that specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement. The CONTRACTOR shall list only one Subcontractor for each portion of the WORK as is defined by the CONTRACTOR in its bid. If no Subcontractor is listed, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor whose work on the CONTRACT will exceed 10 percent of the bid price. Attach additional sheets if required. SUBCONTRACTOR #1 Company Name: Subcontractor License #: Now, N A0 lclCbm Work to be performed: c1rogq am Twl1n Address: :C. 6X 09 ICI ion WA U64 Phone #: Cblu�IZ-5q 02 - Bid Amount and % of Total Bid: 431,150 1,5. leq 6j6 _ SUBCONTRACTOR #2 Company Name: Subcontractor License #: Work to be performed: Address: Phone #: Bid Amount and % of Total Bid: SUBCONTRACT01143 Company Name: Subcontractor License #: Work to be performed: Address. Phone #: Bid Amount and % of Total Bid: City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents BF -10 January 2017. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. Failure to complete these items may cause the Bid to be non-responsive and may cause its rejection. In any event, no award will be made until all of the Bidder's General Information is delivered to the OWNER. Contractor Name NoyibaY1 L mr v \Db)mml LLC Primary Classification: s5&TPy&DYYIi'.Y1� Address 6NxAq WA x8374 9ay � Telephone: �3tp�� l'��t g Fax(66C)) Ua6 R666 number: E-mail address: MCkYV,Q Y10` )I1n .Y1)kJ , (6M Name and contact information for proposed ProjectManager: Employer's identification number (employer SSN, not personal SSN): q I' 6999 6 Employment Security Department number Washington Industrial Insurance number Washington State Excise Tax Registration number 56`q -'a Washington State Contractor's Registration numberlexpirationdate NO',TNL-'ZtHID5 City of Bremerton Business License number. *If not available. must be obtainedpriorto starghg_oorrs roti Name, address, and telephone number of Surety Company and agent who will provide the required bonds this contract: h*TnAhnft\ UAAti Insu rnee %Y.ntt kn* : 31tt YA \nnnympe 550 ymV06106 WQl yjyy,\6M1WA q80b� (416) bb6193a City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 11 ,bW\tt IX31 VaCktcAvCY1W oltI ( Tawmc ,WA gg4oa-U321 (a53)15q-aaoo January 2017 BF -11 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER PROJECT REFERENCES & GENERAL INFORMATION LIST Name of owner: Northwest Signature Homes Address of owner: 10045 NE 1" St Unit 320, Bellevue, WA 98004 Telephone number of owner: (206)786-6427 Name of project: Seabrook Cove Location of project: Seabrook PI NE, Kingston, WA 98346 Brief description of the work involved: Clearing and grubbing, installation of water, sanitary sewer and storm, curbs, gutters and sidewalks Contract amount: $357,096 Date of completion of contract: 01/30/17 Name of engineer: Team4 Engineering Address of engineer: 5819 NE Minder Rd, Poulsbo, WA 98370 Telephone number of engineer: (360)297-5560 x284 Name of owner's project engineer: Jeff Brown P.E. Name of owner: Community Frameworks Address of owner: 500 Pacific Ave Suite 360, Bremerton, WA 98337 Telephone number of owner: (360)377-7738 x324 Name of project: Maple Lane Location of project: NE West Kingston Rd (just east of Siyaya), Kingston, WA 98346 Brief description of the work involved: Clearing and grubbing, installation of water, sanitary sewer and storm, curbs, gutters and sidewalks Contract amount: $211,000 Date of completion of contract: 01/30/17 Name of engineer: Mike Wnek P.E. Address of engineer: 3388 NW Byron St, Ste 200, Silverdale, WA 98383 Telephone number of engineer: (360)461-6740 Name of owner's project engineer: Mike Wnek P.E. Name of owner: City of Bainbridge Island Department of Public Works Address of owner: 280 Madison Avenue N, Bainbridge Island, WA 98110 Telephone number of owner: (206)842-2016 Name of project: 2016 Drainage Improvements Project Location of project: New Sweden, Hidden Cove and Blue Heron, Bainbridge Island, WA 98110- Brief 8110Brief description of the work involved: Drainage Improvements Contract amount: $120,833 Date of completion of contract: 12/21/2016 Name of engineer: Christian D. Munter Address of engineer: 280 Madison Avenue N, Bainbridge Island, WA 98110 Telephone number of engineer: (206)780-3720 Name of owner's project engineer: Christian D. Munter List of major equipment: Excavator, backhoe, mini excavator, dump trucks Years in business under current name: 2 Contracts now in hand, gross amount and percent complete: (6) for $647,358 @ 95% PROJECT REFERENCES & GENERAL INFORMATION To be considered for award, the CONTRACTOR shall have completed at least three (3) projects of similar type, complexity, and comparable value to that WORK described in Notice Inviting Bids. ATTACH TO THIS BID, or provide within 24 hours of the Bid Opening, a list of three (3) projects minimum, completed by the CONTRACTOR, that are similar to the DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT in nature, value, and complexity of work. The projects must have been completed under the bidder's name as the prime (general) contractor within the last ten (10) years. The list shall include the following information as a minimum: ■ Names, address, and telephone number of owner. ■ Name of project. Location of project. ■ Brief description of the work involved. ■ Contract amount. • Date of completion of contract. ■ Name, address, and telephone number of architect or engineer. ■ Name of owner's project engineer. • List of major equipment. • Years in business under current name. • Contracts now in hand, gross amount, and percent complete. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement BF -12 PROJECT REFERENCES & GENERAL INFORMATION Contract Documents NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OFS�'11nafi0�n ) ss. COUNTY OF VM&Q ) ✓V`dUI lVlT-being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 36MM6Y, 2017 Notary Public in and for the County of K���a State of WG��f11Y1Qt�Y1 (SEAL) Signed: Notary Public State of Washington ALEA BATTIN MY COMMISSION EXPIRES NOVEMBER 19, 2019 City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents BF -13 January 2017 Non -Collusion Affidavit CERTIFICATION BY PROPOSED CONTRACTOR REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY In accordance with Chapter 56, Laws of 1975 1st Extraordinary Session, Certification regarding Equal Opportunity is required of bidders or prospective contractors and their proposed subcontractors prior to the award of contracts or subcontracts. iName of Prime Contractor Nod' n n L&hA 'DmkQmcnJ Address: d �JOX ai�� �1rSt6Y1, W q$�� Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification No. a. Contractor has participated in a previous contract Yes No_L or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. b. Compliance reports were required to be filed in Yes No X connection with such contract/subcontract. c. Contractor has filed all compliance reports required by Yes No Executive Orders 10925, 11114, 11246 or by regulations of the Equal Opportunity Commission issued pursuant to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. d. If answer to item V is "no", please explain in detail in the space below. \16-(* <V\ hand bQ +got naxUd w a VyMed fma wr. ti S Eta CERTIFICATION: I, the undersigned, certify that the information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. 1 Al%u,l Attw - &Mbu Name and Title of Signer (please type or print clearly) Signature Date City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement BF -14 Certification by Proposed Contractor Regarding Contract Documents Equal Employment Opportunity CERTIFICATION REGARDING SUSPENSION, DEBARMENT, INELIGIBILITY OR VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 1. The CONTRACTOR, by signing this agreement, certifies that it is not suspended, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or otherwise excluded from contracting with the federal government, or from receiving contracts paid for with federal funds. If the CONTRACTOR is unable to certify to the statements contained in the certification, they must provide an explanation as to why they cannot. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide immediate written notice to the Department if at any time the CONTRACTOR learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or had become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 3. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meaning set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules 1 implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under the applicable Code of Federal Regulations, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction. 5. The CONTRACTOR further agrees by signing this agreement, that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility Or Voluntary Exclusion" without modification in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 6. Pursuant to 2CFR180.330, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that any lower tier covered transaction complies with certification of suspension and debarment requirements. 7. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that failing to disclose the information required in the Code of Federal Regulations may result in the delay or negation of this funding agreement, or pursuance of legal remedies, including suspension and debarment. 8. CONTRACTOR agrees to keep proof in its agreement file, that it, and all lower tier recipients or contractors, are not suspended or debarred, and will make this proof available to the Department upon request. RECIPIENT/CONTRACTOR must run a search in www.sam.gov and print a copy of completed searches to document proof of compliance. Signature Date A Ich�el Ataty - JVlernbeY Name and title of signer (please e P type) City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement BF -15 CERTIFICATION REGARDING SUSPENSION, DEBARMENT, INELIGIBILITY OR VOLUNTARY Contract Documents EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION OF NON -SEGREGATED FACILITIES (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work area, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certification in this file. Signature 46m , Name and title of signer (please type) /-23-I? Date NOTE: THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED IN FULL AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL END OF BID FORMS City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement BF -16 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities Contract Documents CONTRACT (Page 1 of 3) '�`� THIS AGREEMENT is dated the day of �/Y �' in the year. 2017 by and between the City of Bremerton (hereinafter called CITY) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). CITY and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete the WORK as specified or indicated in the CITY's Contract Documents entitled DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT TIMES. The WORK shall obtain Substantial Completion within 100 calendar days from the Notice to Proceed date. Time is of the essence for completion of the work. ARTICLE 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. CITY and the CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence for this Agreement and that the CITY will suffer financial loss if the WORK is not completed within the time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Section 1-08.8 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the CITY if the WORK is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the CITY liquidated damages in the amount of $500 per day after the date of Substantial Completion. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE. CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents in the amount set forth in the Bid Proposal, which shall include sales tax as provided in Section 1-07.2(2) of the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 1-09.9 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the Special Provisions Con rac or Initials City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 January 2017 CF -1 Contract CONTRACT (Page 2 of 3) ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents. which, comprise the entire agire6ment between CITY and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK consist of this Contract and the following attachments to this Contract: • Notice Inviting Bids, • Bidders Checklist, • Bid Proposal including the Proposal Forms, Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits, • Performance Bond, • Payment Bond, • Standard Specifications, • Amendments to the Standard Specifications, • Special Provisions, • Appendices • Contract Plans, • Addenda numbers 1 to 1 , inclusive. • Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6, The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Section 1-04.4 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 7. INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR and CITY acknowledge and agree that they have negotiated the following in accordance with the requirements of RCW 4.24.115 and the CONTRACTOR specifically waives his immunity under industrial insurance under Title 51 RCW. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the CITY, ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees, and agents of each and any of them, against and from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, all claims and liability arising under, by reason of, related, or incidental to the Contract Documents or any performance of the WORK, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the CITY and/or the ENGINEER as further defined in the Contract Documents. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of the contract. Contractor Initials City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement CF -2 Contract Contract Documents CONTRACT (Page 3 of 3) ARTICLE 8. ASSIGNMENT No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. The CITY, in its sole discretion, may refuse to allow the CONTRACTOR to assign any or all of its duties, rights and/or responsibilities under the Agreement, except with regards to an assignment of funds for security purposes. In the case of an assignment for security purposes the CITY may condition its approval to the extent it deems necessary to assure that there will be adequate funds to complete the WORK and to pay a subcontractors and suppliers. ' CITY and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CITY and CONTRACTOR have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. CITY: City of Bremerton By Patt ent Mayor By Attest Address for giving notices 345 6th St., Suite 600, Bremerton WA 98337 Approved as to Form: i tignat e) City Attorney, Roger Lubovich ' (Title) City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement CF -3 Contract Documents CONTRACTOR �6ji UYN kM)a �Veloogd* [CORPORAT ..Is J, ] Attest Address for giving notices License No. h 6b 561 Agent for service of process: - 2015 Z. •n '"I'll...... 00"o' January 2017 Contract STATE OF COUNTY OF CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) SS: I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 2017, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the CONTRACT dated 2017, by and between this Corporation and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this , day of , 2017. Secretary (SEAL) City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement CF -4 Contract Certificate (if Corporation) Contract Documents STATE OF COUNTY OF CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) SS: I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , held on 2017, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: (SEAL) "RESOLVED, that , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the CONTRACT dated , 2017, by and between this Partnership and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2017. Partner City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement CF -5 Contract Certificate (if Partnership) Contract Documents 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 STATE OF COUNTY OF CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) SS: I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 2017, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the CONTRACT dated 2017, by and between this Joint Venture and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2017. (SEAL) City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents CF -6 Managing Partner January 2017 Contract Certificate (if Joint Venture) 1 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if limited liability company) STATE OF SS: COUNTY OF Uc,,Q ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Members of the I�t)Ljft"xn jays VINfk d a Limited Liability Company existing under the laws of the State of ghn , held on 2017, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that Ai6G,6 AP,i.w , and as members of the Limited Liability Company, be and are hereby authorized to execute the CONTRACT dated 2017, to the City of Bremerton by this Limited Liability Company and that their execution thereof shall be the official act and deed of this Limited Liability Company." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. I� IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of �tbMA, 2017. N&XV\ Isina Dwdovvnerrl A Limited Liability Company Notary Public State of Washington By. ALEA BATTIN ember { ANY COMMISSION EOIRE8 NOVEMBER 19 2019 By; Member (SEAL) City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement CF -7 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if limited liability company) Contract Documents Bond No. SPACSU0712990 PERFORMANCE BOND (Page 1 of 2) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Northern Land Development LLC as CONTRACTOR, and International Fidelity Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Two Hundred Thirty -Seven Thousand Five Hundred Sixty -Nine and 58/100 ($237,569.58) dollars, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ' THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said OWNER to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled "City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, Bremerton, Washington, DAVID ROAD WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT"; now, therefore, In the event CONTRACTOR fails to timely or properly perform any of the requirements of the Contract Documents at the times and in the manner contained therein, the Surety shall be liable under this bond up to the amount of the bond for the full amount of the OWNERS's expenses to construct or repair all work as well as all loss, cost, expense or damage suffered by the OWNER in excess of the Contract amount due to the CONTRACTOR'S failure to comply with any contract or permit conditions or other applicable laws and regulations. The Surety agrees that within 30 calendar days of receiving notice that the OWNER has declared a CONTRACTOR default and formally terminated the CONTRACTOR'S right to complete the Contract pursuant to its terms and conditions and that the CONTRACTOR has defaulted on all or part of the terms guaranteed by this bond, the Surety shall either: 1. Notify the OWNER in writing of its intent to cure the default itself within a reasonable period of time acceptable to the OWNER. The OWNER agrees to pay the balance of the Contract price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract, or 2. Tender to the OWNER the demanded sum, up to the amount of the bond. However, if the amount necessary for the OWNER to cure the default is less than the amount tendered, the OWNER will return, without interest, any overpayment to the Surety. PROVIDED, that any alterations in the WORK to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said CONTRACTOR or said Surety hereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said CONTRACTOR or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. The obligation of the Surety shall include reimbursing the City for all costs and expenses, (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and court costs if litigation is commenced) incurred by the OWNER in enforcing the provisions of this Bond. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement CF -8 Performance Bond Contract Documents Bond No. SPACSU0712990 PERFORMANCE BOND ' (Page 2 of 2) The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees that the CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the required ' work is not limited to the amount of funds held by the Surety. This bond is irrevocable and cannot be canceled by the Surety or the CONTRACTOR. ' This bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year following final acceptance of the project by the City, and until the bond is released in writing by the OWNER at the written request of the Surety or CONTRACTOR. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands and seals this 9th day of February , 2017. (SEAL) (SEAL) Northern Land Development LLC International Fidelity Insurance Company ' (CONTRACTOR) (Surety) By: By.: _CU/' -1/Z (Signature and SEAL) (Signature(an SEAL) ' Christopher Kinyon, Attorney -in -Fact (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY) Address of Surety to which all notices shall be sent: International Fidelity Insurance Company 550 Kirkland Way, Suite 400 Kirkland, WA 98033 Address of Surety for service of process: International Fidelity Insurance Company (must be a physical address) City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement CF -9 Contract Documents 550 Kirkland Way, Suite 400 Kirkland, WA 98033 January 2017 Performance Bond Bond No. SPACSU0712990 PAYMENT BOND (Page 1 of 2) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Northern Land Development LLC as CONTRACTOR, and International Fidelity Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Two Hundred Thirty -Seven Thousand Five Hundred Sixty -Nine and 58/100 ($237,569.58) dollars, ' for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ' THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed CONTRACT with said OWNER to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled "City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, Bremerton, Washington, DAVID ROAD WATER ' MAIN REPLACEMENT"; now, therefore, If said CONTRACTOR, or subcontractor, fails to pay for any materials, equipment, or other supplies, or for rental of same, used in connection with the performance of work contracted to be done, or for amounts due under applicable State law for any work or labor thereon, said Surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified above, and, in the event suit is brought upon this bond, reasonable attorney's fees to be fixed by the court. This bond shall inure to the benefit of ' any persons, companies, or corporations entitled to file claims under applicable State law so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. ' PROVIDED, that any alterations in the WORK to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said CONTRACTOR or said Surety thereunder, nor shall ' any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents release either said CONTRACTOR or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the CONTRACT is hereby waived by said Surety. The obligation of the Surety shall include reimbursing the City of all costs and expenses, (including, but not limited to fee and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and court costs if litigation is commenced) incurred by the OWNER in enforcing the provisions of this Bond. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement CF -10 Payment Bond Contract Documents Bond No. SPACSU0712990 PAYMENT BOND ' (Page 2 of 2) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands and seals this 9th day ' of February , 2017. ' Northern Land Development LLC International Fidelity Insurance Company, (CONTRACTOR) (Surety) By: /'i/- By: ' (Signature and SEAL) (Signature n SEAL) Christopher Kinyon, orney-in-Fact ' ' (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY) ' Address of Surety to which all notices shall be sent: International Fidelity Insurance Company 550 Kirkland Way, Suite 400 ' Kirkland, WA 98033 ' Address of Surety for service of process: (must be a physical address) International Fidelity Insurance Company 550 Kirkland Way, Suite 400 Kirkland, WA 98033 END OF CONTRACT FORMS City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement CF -11 January 2017 Contract Documents Payment Bond 1 1 1 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r� IINTRO.AP1 INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the ' 2016 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 1-02.AP1 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract ' and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard ' Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 1-01.AP1 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms ' August 1, 2016 ' 1-01.3 Definitions ' The following new term and definition is inserted after the eighth paragraph: ' Cold Weather Protection Period — A period of time 7 days from the day of concrete placement or the duration of the cure period, whichever Is longer. 1-02.AP1 ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions ' April 4, 2016 1-02.4(1) General The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall request the explanation or interpretation in writing by close of business on the Thursday preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. ' 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal The last sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: ' The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Proposal when the Proposal or Bid deposit is received after the time specified for receipt of Proposals or received in a location other than that specified for receipt of Proposals unless an emergency or unanticipated event interrupts normal work processes of the Contracting Agency so that Proposals cannot be received. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: If an emergency or unanticipated event interrupts normal work processes of the Contracting Agency so that Proposals cannot be received at the office designated for receipt of bids as specified in Section 1-02.12 the time specified for receipt of the Proposal will be deemed to be extended to the same time of day specified in the solicitation on the first work day on which the normal work processes of the Contracting Agency resume. 1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: If an emergency or unanticipated event interrupts normal work processes of the Contracting Agency so that Proposals cannot be opened at the time indicated in the call for Bids the time specified for opening of Proposals will be deemed to be extended to the same time of day on the first work day on which the normal work processes of the Contracting Agency resume. 1-04.AP1 Section 1-04, Scope of the Work January 3, 2017 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda The following new paragraph is inserted before the second to last paragraph: Whenever reference is made in these Specifications or the Special Provisions to codes, rules, specifications, and standards, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, rule, specification, or standard that is in effect on the Bid advertisement date, unless otherwise stated or as required by law. 1-04.3 Reference Information This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: If a document that is provided as reference information contains material also included as a part of the Contract, that portion of the document shall be considered a part of the Contract and not as Reference Information. 1-06.AP1 Section 1-06, Control of Material January 4, 2016 This section is supplemented with the following new section and subsections: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1-06.6(1) Recycling of Aggregate and Concrete Materials 1-06.6(1)A General The minimum quantity of recycled concrete aggregate shall be 25 percent of the total quantity of aggregate that is incorporated into the Contract for those items listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material that allow the use of recycled concrete aggregate. The percentage of recycled material incorporated into the project for meeting the required percentage will be calculated in tons based on the quantity of recycled concrete used on the entire Contract and not as individual items. 1-06.6 Recycled Materials The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of the project;= the use of recycled concrete aggregate as specified in Section 1-06.6(1)A is a requirement of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit a Recycled Material Utilization Plan as a Type 1 Working Drawing within 30 calendar days after the Contract is executed. The plan shall provide the Contractor's anticipated usage of recycled materials for meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The quantity of recycled materials will be provided in tons and as a percentage of the Plan quantity for each material listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material. When a Contract ' does not include Work that requires the use of a material that is included in the requirements for using materials the Contractor may state in their plan that no recycled materials are proposed for use. Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g. utilization of on-site material and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor's report shall be provided on DOT Form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-06.6(1) Recycling of Aggregate and Concrete Materials 1-06.6(1)A General The minimum quantity of recycled concrete aggregate shall be 25 percent of the total quantity of aggregate that is incorporated into the Contract for those items listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material that allow the use of recycled concrete aggregate. The percentage of recycled material incorporated into the project for meeting the required percentage will be calculated in tons based on the quantity of recycled concrete used on the entire Contract and not as individual items. 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 If the Contractor's total cost for Work with recycled concrete aggregate is greater than without the Contractor may choose to not use recycled concrete aggregate. When the .Contractor does not meet the minimum requirement of 25 percent recycled concrete aggregate for the Contract due to costs or any other reason the following shall be submitted: 1. A cost estimate for each material listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E that is utilized on the Contract. The cost estimate shall include the following: a. The estimated costs for the Work for each material with 25 percent recycled concrete aggregate. The cost estimate shall include for each material a copy of the price quote from the supplier with the lowest total cost for the Work. b. The estimated costs for the Work for each material without recycled concrete aggregate. 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 The Contractor's cost estimates shall be submitted as an attachment to the Recycled Materials Reporting form. 1-07.AP1 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public January 3, 2017 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed In the second to last sentence of the third paragraph, "WSDOT" is revised to read "Contracting Agency". 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-170 — Retail Sales Tax The last three sentences of the first paragraph are deleted and replaced with the following new sentence: The Contractor (Prime or Subcontractor) shall include sales or use tax on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project, in the unit bid prices. 1-07.3(1) Forest Fire Prevention This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1-07.3(1)A Fire Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan The Contractor shall prepare and implement a project -specific fire prevention, control, and countermeasures plan (FPCC Plan) for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing no later than the date of the preconstruction conference. 1-07.3(1)A1 FPCC Plan Implementation Requirements The Contractor's FPCC Plan shall be fully implemented at all times. The Contractor shall update the FPCC Plan throughout project construction so that the plan reflects actual site conditions and practices. The.Contractor shall update the FPCC Plan at least annually and maintain a copy of the updated FPCC Plan that is available for inspection on the project site. Revisions to the FPCC Plan and the Industrial Fire Precaution Level (IFPL) shall be discussed at the weekly project safety meetings. 1-07.3(1)A2 FPCC Plan Element Requirements The FPCC Plan shall include the following: The names, titles, and contact information for the personnel responsible for implementing and updating the plan. 2. The names and telephone numbers of the Federal, State, and local agencies the Contractor shall notify in the event of a fire. 3. All potential fire causing activities such as welding, cutting of metal, blasting, fueling operations, etc. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �I I If the IFPL requirements prohibit the Contractor from performing Work the Contractor may be eligible for an unworkable day in accordance with Section 1- 08.5. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of these provisions at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 1-07.8 High -Visibility Apparel The last paragraph is revised to read: High -visibility garments shall be labeled as, and in a condition compliant with the ANSI/ISEA 107 (2004 or later version) and shall be used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 1-07.8(1) Traffic Control Personnel In this section, references to "ANSI/ISEA 107-2004" are revised to read "ANSI/ISEA 107". 1-07.8(2) Non -Traffic Control Personnel In this section, the reference to "ANSI/ISEA 107-2004" is revised to read "ANSI/ISEA 107". 1-07.9(2) Posting Notices Items 1 and 2 are revised to read: EEOC - P/E-1 (revised 11/09, supplemented 09/15) — Equal Employment Opportunity IS THE LAW published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal -aid funding. 2. FHWA 1022 (revised 05/15) — NOTICE Federal -Aid Project published by Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Post for projects with federal -aid funding. Items 5, 6 and 7 are revised to read: 5. WHD 1420 (revised 02/13) — Employee Rights and Responsibilities Under The Family And Medical Leave Act published by US Department of Labor. Post on all projects. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 4. The location of fire extinguishers, water, shovels, and other firefighting equipment` ~procedures 5. The response the Contractor shall follow in the event of a fire. Most of Washington State is covered under the IFPL system which, by law, is managed by the Department of Natural Resources (DNR). It is the Contractor's responsibility to be familiar with the DNR requirements and to verify whether or not IFPL applies to the specific project. If the Contractor wishes to continue a work activity that is prohibited under an 1` industrial fire precaution level, the Contractor shall obtain a waiver from the DNR and provide a copy to the Engineer prior to continuation of work on the project. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �I I If the IFPL requirements prohibit the Contractor from performing Work the Contractor may be eligible for an unworkable day in accordance with Section 1- 08.5. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of these provisions at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 1-07.8 High -Visibility Apparel The last paragraph is revised to read: High -visibility garments shall be labeled as, and in a condition compliant with the ANSI/ISEA 107 (2004 or later version) and shall be used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 1-07.8(1) Traffic Control Personnel In this section, references to "ANSI/ISEA 107-2004" are revised to read "ANSI/ISEA 107". 1-07.8(2) Non -Traffic Control Personnel In this section, the reference to "ANSI/ISEA 107-2004" is revised to read "ANSI/ISEA 107". 1-07.9(2) Posting Notices Items 1 and 2 are revised to read: EEOC - P/E-1 (revised 11/09, supplemented 09/15) — Equal Employment Opportunity IS THE LAW published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal -aid funding. 2. FHWA 1022 (revised 05/15) — NOTICE Federal -Aid Project published by Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Post for projects with federal -aid funding. Items 5, 6 and 7 are revised to read: 5. WHD 1420 (revised 02/13) — Employee Rights and Responsibilities Under The Family And Medical Leave Act published by US Department of Labor. Post on all projects. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6. WHD 1462 (revised 01/16) — Employee Polygraph Protection Act published by US Department of Labor. Post on all projects. 7. F416-081-909 (revised 09/15) — Job Safety and Health Law published by Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. Post on all projects Items 9 and 10 are revised to read: 9. F700-074-909 (revised 06/13) — Your Rights as a Worker in Washington State by Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (L&I). Post on all projects. 10. EMS 9874 (revised 10/15) — Unemployment Benefits published by Washington State Employment Security Department. Post on all projects. 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan The second sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The SPCC Plan shall address all fuels, petroleum products, hazardous materials, and other materials defined in Chapter 447 of the WSDOT Environmental Manual M 31-11 Item number four of the fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 4. Potential Spill Sources — Describe each of the following for all potentially hazardous materials brought or generated on-site, including but not limited to materials used for equipment operation, refueling, maintenance, or cleaning: The first sentence of item 7e of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: BMP methods and locations where they are used to prevent discharges to ground or water during mixing and transfer of hazardous materials and fuel. The last paragraph is deleted. 1-08.AP1 Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress January 3, 2017 1-08.1 Subcontracting The second sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: Whenever the Contractor withholds payment to a Subcontractor for any reason including disputed amounts, the Contractor shall provide notice within 10 calendar days to the Subcontractor with a copy to the Contracting Agency identifying the reason for the withholding and a clear description of what the Subcontractor must do to have the withholding released. The fourth sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 �J 1 1 1 The Monthly Payment Summary shall include all Subcontractors that performed work that was paid on the progress estimate by the Contracting Agency. 1-08.1(1) Prompt Payment, Subcontract Completion and Return of Retainage Withheld In item number 5 of the first paragraph, "WSDOT" is revised to read "Contracting Agency". The last sentence in item number 11 of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor may also require any documentation from the Subcontractor that is required by the subcontract or by the Contract between the Contractor and Contracting Agency or by law such as affidavits of wages paid, and material acceptance certifications to the extent that they relate to the Subcontractor's Work. Item number 12 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Specification and the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond is wrongfully withheld, the Contractor will be subject to the actions described in No. 7 listed above. The Subcontractor may also seek recovery against the Contractor under applicable prompt pay statutes in addition to any other remedies provided for by the subcontract or by law. 1-08.5 Time for Completion In item 2c of the last paragraph, "Quarterly Reports" is revised to read "Monthly Reports" 1-09.AP1 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment April 4, 2016 1-09.6 Force Account The second sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: A "specialized service" is a work operation that is not typically done by worker classifications as defined by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and by the Davis Bacon Act, and therefore bills by invoice for work in road, bridge and municipal construction. 1-10.AP1 Section 1-10, Temporary Traffic Control January 3, 2017 1-10.1(2) Description The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide flaggers and all other personnel required for labor for traffic control activities that are not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 In the third paragraph, "Project Engineer' is revised to read "Engineer'. The following new paragraph is inserted after the third paragraph: The Contractor shall keep lanes, on -ramps, and off -ramps, open to traffic at all times except when Work requires closures. Ramps shall not be closed on consecutive interchanges at the same time, unless approved by the Engineer. Lanes and ramps shall be closed for the minimum time required to complete the Work. When paving hot mix asphalt the Contractor may apply water to the pavement to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. 1-10.3(2)C Lane Closure Setup/Takedown The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: Channelization devices shall not be moved by traffic control personnel across an open lane of traffic. If an existing setup or staging of traffic control devices require crossing an open lane of traffic, the traffic control devices shall be taken down completely and then set up in the new configuration. 2-03.AP2 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment August 1, 2016 2-03.3(7)C Contractor -Provided Disposal Site The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall acquire all permits and approvals required for the use of the disposal sites before any waste is hauled off the project. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of copies of the permits and approvals for any disposal sites to be used. The cost of any such permits and approvals shall be included in the Bid prices for other Work. The third paragraph is deleted. 2-06.AP2 Section 2-06, Subgrade Preparation January 3, 2017 2-06.3(2) Subgrade for Pavement The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall compact the Subgrade to a depth of 6 inches to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by the compaction control tests for granular materials. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 3-04.AP3 Section 3-04, Acceptance of Aggregate January 3, 2017 3-04.5 Payment In Table 1, the Contingent Unit Price Per Ton value for the item HMA Aggregate is revised to read 115.00". 4-04.AP4 Section 4-04, Ballast and Crush Surfacing January 3, 2017 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction The first sentence is revised to read: Immediately following spreading and final shaping, each layer of surfacing shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum density determined by the requirements of Section 2-03.3(14)D before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or pavement is placed. 5-01.AP5 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation January 3, 2017 In this section, "portland cement" is revised to read "cement". 5-01.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the following item is inserted after the item "Joint Sealants": Closed Cell Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A 5-01.3(1)A Concrete Mix Designs This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-01.3(1)A Mix Designs The Contractor shall use either concrete patching materials or cement concrete for the rehabilitation of cement concrete pavement. Concrete patching materials shall be used for spall repair and dowel bar retrofitting and cement concrete shall be used for concrete panel replacement. 5-01.3(1)A1 Concrete Patching Materials Item number 1 is revised to read: Materials — The prepackaged concrete patching material and the aggregate extender shall conform to Section 9-20. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-01.3(1)A2 Portland Cement Concrete This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-01.3(1)A2 Cement Concrete for Panel Replacement Cement concrete for panel replacement shall meet the requirements of Sections 5- 05.3(1) and 5-05.3(2) and be air entrained with a design air content of 5.5 percent. Cement concrete for panel replacement may use rapid hardening hydraulic cement meeting the requirements of Section 9-01.2(2). Rapid hardening hydraulic cement will be considered a cementitious material for the purpose of calculating the water/cementitious materials ratio and the minimum cementitious materials requirement. 5-01.3(1)B Equipment This section's title is revised to read: Equipment for Panel Replacement 5-01.3(2)6 Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Cement Concrete for Panel Replacement This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 5-01.3(2)B1 Conformance to Mix Design Acceptance of cement concrete pavement for panel replacement shall be in accordance with Section 5-01.3(2)B. The cement, coarse, and fine aggregate weights shall be within the tolerances of the mix design in accordance with Section 5-05.3(1). 5-01.3(2)61 Rejection of Concrete This section is renumbered as follows - 5 -01.3(2)B2 Rejection of Concrete 5-01.3(4) Replace Portland Cement Concrete Panel This section's title is revised to read: Replace Cement Concrete Panel 5-01.3(8) Sealing Existing Transverse and Longitudinal Joints This section's title is revised to read: Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall clean and seal existing longitudinal and transverse joints where shown in the Plans or as marked by the Engineer. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: ,1/3/17 Old sealant and incompressible material shall be completely removed from the joint to the depth of the new reservoir with a diamond blade saw in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans, The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be blown clean with dry oil -free compressed air. If shown in the Plans, a backer rod shall be placed at the base of the sawn reservoir. The joints shall be completely dry before the sealing installation may begin. Immediately following the air blowing and backer rod placement, if required, the sealant material shall be installed in conformance to manufacturer's recommendations ® and in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B. 5-01.3(9) Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Grinding This section's title is revised to read: Cement Concrete Pavement Grinding 5-01.3(11) Concrete Slurry and Grinding Residue The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Slurry shall not be allowed to drain into an area open to traffic, off of the paved surface, into any drainage structure, water of the state, or wetlands. ' The following new sentence is inserted at the end of the second paragraph: ' The Contractor shall submit copies of all disposal tickets to the Engineer within 5 calendar days. 5-01.4 Measurement The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 1 Sealing existing longitudinal and transverse joint will be measured by the linear foot, measured along the line of the completed joint. 5-01.5 Payment The Bid item "Sealing Transverse and Longitudinal Joints", per linear foot and the paragraph following Bid item are revised to read: "Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint", shall be full payment for all costs to complete the Work as specified, including removing incompressible material, preparing and sealing existing transverse and longitudinal joints where existing transverse and longitudinal joints are cleaned and for all incidentals required to complete the Work as specified. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-02.AP5 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment April 4, 2016 5-02.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surface This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 5-02.3(2)E Crack Sealing Where shown in the Plans, seal cracks and joints in the pavement in accordance with Section 5-04.3(4)A1 and the following: 1. Cracks'/4 inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width — fill with sand slurry. 5-04.AP5 Section 5-04, Biot Mix Asphalt January 3,, 2017 This section (and all subsections) is revised to read: This Section 5-04 is written in a style which, unless otherwise indicated, shall be interpreted as direction to the Contractor. 5-04.1 Description This Work consists of providing and placing one or more layers of plant -mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base, in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Specifications. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as required, and may include reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) or reclaimed asphalt shingles (RAS), mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mix. 5-04.2 Materials Provide materials as specified in these sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti -Stripping Additive 9-02.4 Warm Mix Asphalt Additive 9-02.5 Aggregates 9-03.8 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 9-03.8(3)B Reclaimed Asphalt Shingles (RAS) 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21 Joint Sealants 9-04.2 Closed Cell Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL Comply with each of the following: • Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732. • Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). • Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it for QPL evaluation. • Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in ® Tumwater, including WSDOT Form 350-042. • Include representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the 1 1 1 1 n acceptance of the HMA mixture, as shown in Table 1. Table 1 Basis for Contracting Agency Evaluation of HMA Mix Designs for HMA production as part of the mix design submittal. Contractual Basis • Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti -stripping additive in the Contracting Agency mix design submittal. Agency Approval of • Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the asphalt HMA Mixture (see binder supplier that the anti -stripping additive is compatible with the crude Evaluation of the Mix source and the formulation of asphalt binder proposed for use in the mix Placement on QPL design. 1 1 1 1 n acceptance of the HMA mixture, as shown in Table 1. Table 1 Basis for Contracting Agency Evaluation of HMA Mix Designs for • . Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when developing a mix Contractual Basis design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of warm Contracting Agency mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not part of the process for obtaining Agency Approval of approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. HMA Mixture (see The Contracting Agency's basis for approving, testing, and evaluating HMA mix Evaluation of the Mix designs for approval on the QPL is dependent on the contractual basis for Placement on QPL Design 1 1 1 1 n acceptance of the HMA mixture, as shown in Table 1. Table 1 Basis for Contracting Agency Evaluation of HMA Mix Designs for Approval on the QPL Contractual Basis Basis for Contracting Contracting Agency for Acceptance of Agency Approval of Materials Testing for HMA Mixture (see Mix Design for Evaluation of the Mix Section 5-04.3(9)) Placement on QPL Design The Contracting Agency will Statistical Evaluation WSDOT Standard Practice test the mix design materials for compliance QC -8 with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). The Contracting Agency Review of Form 350-042 may elect to test the mix Visual Evaluation for compliance with design materials, or Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9- evaluate in accordance with 03.8(6) WSDOT Standard Practice QC -8, at its sole discretion. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 If the Contracting Agency approves the mix design, it will be listed on the QPL for 12 consecutive months. The Contracting Agency may extend the 12 month listing provided the Contractor submits a certification letter to the Qualified Products Engineer verifying that the aggregate source and job mix formula (JMF) gradation, and asphalt binder crude source and formulation have not changed. The Contractor may submit the certification no sooner than three months prior to expiration of the initial 12 month mix design approval. Within 7 calendar days of receipt of the Contractor's certification, the Contracting Agency will update the QPL. The maximum duration for approval of a mix design and listing on the QPL will be 24 months from the date of initial approval or as approved by the Engineer. 5-04.2(1)A Mix Designs Containing RAP and/or RAS Mix designs are classified by the RAP and/or RAS content as shown in Table 2. IS. ZWA Mix Design Classification Based on RAP/RAS Content RAP/RAS Classification RAP/RAS Content' Low RAP/No RAS 0% < RAP% <_ 20% and RAS% _ 0% High RAP/Any RAS 20% < RAP% _< Maximum Allowable RAP2 and/or 0% < RAS% _< Maximum Allowable RAS2 'Percentages in this table are by total weight of HMA ZSee Table 4 to determine the limits on the maximum amount RAP and/or RAS. 5-O4.2(1)A1 Low RAP/No RAS — Mix Design Submittals for Placement on QPL For Low RAP/No RAS mix designs, comply with the following additional requirements: 1. Develop the mix design with or without the inclusion of RAP 2. The asphalt binder grade shall be the grade indicated in the Bid item name or as otherwise required by the Contract. 3. Submit samples of RAP if used in development of the mix design. 4. Testing RAP or RAS stockpiles is not required for obtaining approval for placing these mix designs on the QPL. 5-04.2(1)A2 High RAP/Any RAS - Mix Design Submittals for Placement on QPL For High RAP/Any RAS mix designs, comply with the following additional requirements: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 h J i 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 For mix designs with any RAS, test the RAS stockpile (and RAP stockpile if any RAP is in the mix design) in accordance with Table 3. 2. For High RAP mix designs with no RAS, test the RAP stockpile in accordance with Table 3. 3. For mix designs with High RAP/Any RAS, construct a single stockpile for RAP and a single stockpile for RAS and isolate (sequester) these stockpiles from further stockpiling before beginning development of the mix design. Test the RAP and RAS during stockpile construction as required by item 1 and 2 above. Use the test data in developing the mix design, and report the test data to the Contracting Agency on WSDOT Form 350- 042 as part of the mix design submittal for approval on the QPL. Account for the reduction in asphalt binder contributed from RAS in accordance with AASHTO PP 78. Do not add to these stockpiles after starting the mix design process. Table 3 Test Frequency of RAP/RAS During RAP/RAS Stockpile Construction For Approving a High RAP/Any RAS Mix Design for Placement on the QPL I Test Frequency' I Test for I Test Method I • 1/1000 tons of Maximum Amount of Binder Contributed from: RAP RAP (minimum Asphalt Binder FOP for AASHTO of 10 per mix Content and Sieve T 308 design) and Analysis of Fine and • tons of RAASS (minimum and Coarse FOP for WAQTC T of 10 per mix Aggregate 27/T 11 desian) "'tons" in this tahle refers to tons of the rerinimeri matarinl before being incorporated into HMA. 4. Limit the amount of RAP and/or RAS used in a High RAP/Any RAS mix design by the amount of binder contributed by the RAP and/or RAS, in accordance with Table 4. Table 4 Maximum Amount of RAP and/or RAS in HMA Mixture Maximum Amount of Binder Contributed from: RAP RAS 40%' minus contribution of binder from RAS 20%2 Calculated as the weight of asphalt binder contributed from the RAP as a percentage of the total weight of asphalt binder in the mixture. 2 Calculated as the weight of asphalt binder contributed from the RAS as a percentage of the total weight of asphalt binder in the mixture. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5.. Develop the mix design including RAP, RAS, recycling agent, and new binder. 6. Extract, recover, -and test the asphalt residue from the RAP and RAS stockpiles to determine the percent of recycling agent and/or grade of new asphalt binder needed to meet but not exceed the performance grade (PG) of asphalt binder required by the Contract. a. Perform the asphalt extraction in accordance with AASHTO T 164 or ASTM D 2172 using reagent grade solvent. b. Perform the asphalt recovery in accordance with AASHTO R 59 or ASTM D 1856. c. Test the recovered asphalt residue in accordance with AASHTO R 29 to determine the asphalt binder grade in accordance with Section 9-02.1(4). d. After determining the recovered asphalt binder grade, determine the percent of recycling agent and/or grade of new asphalt binder in accordance with ASTM D 4887. e. Test the final blend of recycling agent, binder recovered from the RAP and RAS, and new asphalt binder in accordance with AASHTO R 29. The final blended binder shall meet but not exceed the performance grade of asphalt binder required by the Contract and comply with the requirements of Section 9-02.1(4). 7. Include the following test data with the mix design submittal: a. All test data from RAP and RAS stockpile construction. b. All data from testing the recovered and blended asphalt binder. 8. Include representative samples of the following with the mix design submittal: a. RAP and RAS. b. 150 grams of recovered asphalt residue from the RAP and RAS that are to be used in the HMA production. 5-04.2(1)B Commercial HMA - Mix Design Submittal for Placement on QPL For HMA used in the Bid item Commercial HMA, in addition to the requirements of 5-04.2(1) identify the following in the submittal: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 1. Commercial HMA 2. Class of HMA 3. Performance grade of binder 4. Equivalent Single Axle Load (ESAL) The Contracting Agency may elect to approve Commercial HMA mix designs without evaluation. 5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval Develop a new mix design and resubmit for approval on the QPL when any of the following changes occur. When these occur, discontinue using the mix design until after it is reapproved on the QPL. 1. Change in the source of crude petroleum used in the asphalt binder. 2. Changes in the asphalt binder refining process. 3. Changes in additives or modifiers in the asphalt binder. 4. Changes in the anti -strip additive, brand, type or quantity. 5. Changes to the source of material for aggregate. 6. Changes to the job mix formula that exceed the amounts as ' described in item 2 of Section 9-03.6(7), unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 7. Changes in the percentage of material from a stockpile, when such changes exceed 5% of the total aggregate weight. a. For Low RAP/No RAS mix designs developed without RAP, changes to the percentage of material from a stockpile will be calculated based on the total aggregate weight not including the weight of RAP. b. For Low RAP/No RAS mix designs developed with RAP, changes to the percentage of material from a stockpile will be calculated based on the total aggregate weight including the weight of RAP. c. For High RAP/Any RAS mix designs, changes in the percentage of material from a stockpile will be based on total aggregate weight including the weight of RAP (and/or RAS when included in the mixture). Prior to making any change in the amount of RAS in an approved mix design, ' notify the Engineer for determination of whether a new mix design is required, and obtain the Engineer's approval prior to, implementing such changes. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-04.2(2) Mix Design — Obtaining Project Approval I' Use only mix designs listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL). Submit WSDOT Form 350-041 to the Engineer to request approval to use a mix design from the QPL. Changes to the job mix formula (JMF) that have been approved on other I' contracts may be included. The Engineer may reject a request to use a mix design if production of HMA using that mix design on any contract is not in compliance with Section 5-04.3(11)D, E, F, and G for mixture or compaction. A 5-04.2( 2) Changes es to the Job Mix Formula The approved mix design obtained from the QPL will be considered the starting job mix formula (JMF) and shall be used as the initial basis for acceptance of HMA mixture, as detailed in Section 5-04.3(9). During production the Contractor may request to adjust the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require approval of the Engineer and shall be made in accordance with item 2 of Section 9-03.8(7). After approval by the Engineer, such adjusted JMF's shall constitute the basis for acceptance of the HMA mixture. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may, at the Contractor's discretion, elect to use warm mix N asphalt (WMA) processes for producing HMA. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming. The use of WMA is subject to the following: I • Do not use WMA processes in the production of High RAP/Any RAS mixtures. • Before using WMA processes, obtain the Engineer's approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed WMA process. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1 sl through March '31st of the following year, without written concurrence from the Engineer. Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified in Table 5, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA. Table 5 Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving Compacted Thickness (Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses Less than 0.10 55°F 45°F 0.10 to 0.20 45°F 35°F More than 0.20 35°F 35°F 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic These requirements apply when the Roadway being paved is open to traffic. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish,rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. tDuring paving operations, maintain temporary pavement markings throughout the project. Install temporary pavement markings on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall comply with Section 8-23. 5-04.3(3) Equipment qui p 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant ' Equip mixing plants as follows. 1. Use tanks for storage and preparation of asphalt binder which: • Heat the contents by means that do not allow flame to contact the contents or the tank, such as by steam or electricity. ' Heat and hold contents at the required temperatures. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 • Continuously circulate contents to provide uniform temperature and consistency during the operating period. ' Provide an asphalt binder sampling valve, in either the storage tank or the supply line to the mixer. '0 2. Provide thermometric equipment: In the asphalt binder feed line near the charging valve at the mixer unit, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in ' the HMA and in a location convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. • At the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates, and situated in full view of the plant operator. 3. When heating asphalt binder: ' Do not exceed the maximum temperature of the asphalt binder recommended by the asphalt binder supplier. ' • Avoid local variations in heating. Provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. 4. Provide a mechanical sampler for sampling mineral materials that: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 • Meets the crushing or screening requirements of Section 1-05.6. 5. Provide HMA sampling equipment that complies with WSDOT SOP T-168. • Use a mechanical sampling device installed between the discharge of the silo and the truck transport, approved by the Engineer, or • Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the truck transport without entering the truck transport for sampling HMA. 6. Provide for setup and operation of the Contracting Agency's field testing: • As required in Section 3-01.2(2). 7. Provide screens or a lump breaker: • When using any RAP or any RAS, to eliminate oversize RAP or RAS particles from entering the pug mill or drum mixer. 5-04.3(3)6 Hauling Equipment Provide HMA hauling equipment with tight, clean, smooth metal beds and a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the HMA from adverse weather. Securely attach the cover to protect the HMA whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F. Prevent HMA from adhering to the hauling equipment. Spray metal beds with an environmentally benign release agent. Drain excess release agent prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Do not use petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA. For hopper trucks, operate the conveyer during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3)C Pavers Use self-contained, power -propelled pavers provided with an internally heated vibratory screed that is capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. When requested by the Engineer, provide written certification that the paver is equipped with the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the coarse aggregate particles. The certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted to the paver. Operate the screed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations j and in a manner to produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. Provide a copy of the manufacturer's recommendations upon request by the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 Contracting Agency. Extensions to the screed will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. In the Travelled Way do snot use extensions without both augers and an internally heated vibratory screed. ' Equip the paver with automatic screed controls and sensors for either or both sides of the paver. The controls shall be capable of sensing grade from an outside reference line, sensing the transverse slope of the screed, and providing automatic signals that operate the screed to maintain the desired grade and transverse slope. Construct the sensor so it will operate from a reference line or a mat referencing device. The transverse slope controller ' shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. Equip the paver with automatic feeder controls, properly adjusted to maintain a uniform depth of material ahead of the screed. ' Manual operation of the screed is permitted in the construction of irregularly shaped and minor areas. These areas include, but are not limited to, gore areas, road approaches, tapers and left -turn channelizations. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 When specified in the Contract, provide reference lines for vertical control. Place reference lines on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line is permitted. Automatically control the grade and slope of intermediate lanes by means of reference lines or a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. Furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle Use a material transfer device (MTD) or material transfer vehicle (MTV) to deliver the HMA from the hauling equipment to the paving machine for any lift in (or partially in) the top 0.30 feet of the pavement section used in traffic lanes. However, an MTDN is not required for HMA placed in irregularly shaped and minor areas such as tapers and turn lanes, or for HMA mixture that is accepted by Visual Evaluation. At the Contractor's request the Engineer may approve paving without an MTDN; the Engineer will determine if an AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. If a windrow elevator is used, the Engineer may limit the length of the windrow in urban areas or through intersections. To be approved for use, an MTV: 1. Shall be a self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 2. Shall not connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. 5-04.3(3)E Rollers Operate rollers in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When requested by the Engineer, provide a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer's recommendation for the use of any roller planned for use on the project. Do not use rollers that crush aggregate, produce pickup or washboard, unevenly compact the surface, displace the mix, or produce other undesirable results. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces Before constructing HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. Entirely remove all fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other deleterious substances from the existing pavement to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Thoroughly clean all pavements or bituminous surfaces of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. Thoroughly remove any cleaning or solvent type liquids used to clean equipment spilled on the pavement before paving proceeds. Fill all holes and small depressions with an appropriate class of HMA. Level and thoroughly compact the surface of the patched area. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 1 1 Ll F ] 1 1 1 1 Apply a uniform coat of asphalt (tack coat) to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to. be,placed or abutted. Apply tack coat to cover the cleaned existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots. Apply a heavy application of tack coat to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, limit the application of tack coat to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. Equip the spreading equipment with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Do not operate equipment on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. Repair tack coat damaged by the Contractor's operation, prior to placement of the HMA. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, use cationic emulsified asphalt CSS -1, CSS -1 h, STE-1, or Performance Graded (PG) asphalt for tack coat. The CSS -1 and CSS -1 h may be diluted with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. Do not allow the tack coat material to exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the asphalt supplier. When shown in the Plans, prelevel uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 5-04.3(4)A1 General When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks 1/4 inch in width and greater. Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS -1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the crack. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer's product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer's recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 application temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor's method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved in areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 1. Cracks % inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width — fill with sand slurry 5-04.3(4)8 Soil Residual Herbicide Where shown in the Plans, apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide. Comply with Section 8-02.3(3)B. Complete paving within 48 hours of applying the herbicide. Use herbicide registered with the Washington State Department of Agriculture for use under pavement. Before use, obtain the Engineer's approval of the herbicide and the proposed rate of application. Include the following information in the request for approval of the material: 1 1. Brand Name of the Material, 2. Manufacturer, 3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Registration Number, DI 4. Material Safety Data Sheet, and 5. Proposed Rate of Application. 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair Excavate pavement repair areas and backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as staked. Conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Repair pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor's operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. Do not excavate more area than can be completely backfilled and compacted during the same shift. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless ' shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, sawcut the perimeter of the pavement area.to be removed unless the pavement in the pavement repair I area is to be removed by a pavement grinder. 1 1 1 1 L 1 1 1 1 1 Excavated materials shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor -provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. Apply a heavy application of tack coat to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area, in accordance with Section 5-04.3(4). Place the HMA backfill in lifts not to exceed 0.35 -foot compacted depth. Thoroughly compact each lift by a mechanical tamper or a roller. 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates, RAP, & RAS Produce aggregate in compliance with Section 3-01. Comply with Section 3-02 for preparing stockpile sites, stockpiling, and removing from stockpile each of the following: aggregates, RAP, and RAS. Provide sufficient storage space for each size of aggregate, RAP and RAS. Fine aggregate or RAP may be uniformly blended with the RAS as a method of preventing the agglomeration of RAS particles. Remove the aggregates, RAP and RAS from stockpile(s) in a manner that ensures minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Keep different aggregate sizes separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(5)A Stockpiling RAP or RAS for High RAP/Any RAS Mixes Do not place any RAP or RAS into a stockpile which has been sequestered for a High RAP/Any RAS mix design. Do not incorporate any RAP or RAS into a High RAP/Any RAS mixture from any source other than the stockpile which was sequestered for approval of that particular High RAP/Any RAS mix design. RAP that is used in a Low RAP/No RAS mix is not required to come from a sequestered stockpile. 5-04.3(6) Mixing The asphalt supplier shall introduce anti -stripping additive, in the amount designated on the QPL for the mix design, into the asphalt binder prior to shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. Anti -strip is not required for temporary work that will be removed prior to Physical Completion. Use asphalt binder of the grade, and from the supplier, in the approved mix design. Prior to introducing reclaimed materials into the asphalt plant, remove wire, nails, and other foreign material. Discontinue use of the reclaimed material if the Engineer, in their sole discretion, determines the wire, nails, or other foreign material to be excessive. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 Size RAP and RAS prior to entering the mixer to provide uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA. If there is evidence of the RAP or RAS not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, immediately suspend the use of the RAP or RAS until changes have been approved by the Engineer. I� After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, RAS, new asphalt binder and recycling agent have been introduced into the mixer, mix the HMA until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, RAP and RAS is ensured. Upon discharge from the mixer, ensure that the temperature of the HMA does of Any Layer not exceed the optimum mixing temperature shown on the approved Mix Wearing Course Design Report by more than 25°F, or as approved by the Engineer. When a 1 inch WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, do not heat the WMA 0.35 feet additive (at any stage of production including in binder storage tanks) to a 0.30 feet temperature higher than the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of % inch the WMA additive. 1 0.15 feet A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, reduce the moisture content. During the daily operation, HMA may be temporarily held in approved storage facilities. Do not incorporate HMA into the Work that has been held for more than 24 hours after mixing. Provide an easily readable, low bin -level indicator on the storage facility that indicates the amount of material in storage. Waste the HMA in storage when the top level of HMA drops below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as, the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Dispose of rejected or waste HMA at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing Do not exceed the maximum nominal compacted depth of any layer in any course, as shown in Table 6, unless approved by the Engineer: Table 6 Maximum Nominal Compacted Depth of Any Layer HMA Class Wearing Course Other than Wearing Course 1 inch 0.35 feet 0.35 feet % and '/z inch 0.30 feet 0.35 feet % inch 1 0.15 feet 1 0.15 feet Use HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) to distribute the mix. On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 r 1 1 'J When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, place the material produced for each JMF with separate spreading and compacting equipment. Do not intermingle;, -,HMA produced; from more than one JMF. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shallconform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA Sample aggregate for meeting the requirements of Section 3-04 prior to being incorporated into HMA. (The acceptance data generated for the Section 3-04 acceptance analysis will not be commingled with the acceptance data generated for the Section 5-04.3(9) acceptance analysis.) Aggregate acceptance samples shall be taken as described in Section 3-04. Aggregate acceptance testing will be performed by the Contracting Agency. Aggregate contributed from RAP and/or RAS will not be evaluated under Section 3-04. For aggregate that will be used in HMA mixture which will be accepted by Statistical Evaluation, the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the aggregate will be based on: Samples taken prior to mixing with asphalt binder, RAP, or RAS; 2. Testing for the materials properties of fracture, uncompacted void content, and sand equivalent; 3. Evaluation by the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 3- 04, including price adjustments as described therein. For aggregate that will be used in HMA which will be accepted by Visual Evaluation, evaluation in accordance with items 1, 2, and 3 above is at the discretion of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance The Contracting Agency will evaluate HMA mixture for acceptance by one of three methods as determined from the criteria in Table 7. Table 7 Basis of Acceptance for HMA Mixture Visual Evaluation Statistical Evaluation • Commercial HMA All HMA placed at any mixture other Criteria location than that for • Any HMA placed in: accepted by Selecting o sidewalks Visual the o road approaches Evaluation Evaluation o ditches Method o slopes o paths o trails 0 gores AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 o prelevel o temporary pavement' o pavement repair v Other nonstructural applications of HMA as approved by the Engineer ' Temporary pavement is HMA that will be removed before Physical Completion of the Contract. 5-04.3(9)A Test Sections This Section applies to HMA mixture accepted by Statistical Evaluation. A test section is not allowed for HMA accepted by Visual Evaluation. The purpose of a test section is to determine whether or not the Contractor's mix design and production processes will produce HMA meeting the Contract requirements related to mixture. Construct HMA mixture test sections at the beginning of paving, using at least 600 tons and a maximum of 1,000 tons or as specified by the Engineer. Each test section shall be constructed in one continuous operation. 5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section — When Required, When to Stop Use Tables 8 and 9 to determine when a test section is required, optional, or not allowed, and to determine when performing test sections may end. Each mix design will be evaluated independently for the test section requirements. If more than one test section is required, each test section shall be evaluated separately by the criteria in table 8 and 9. Table 8 Criteria for Conducting and Evaluating HMA Mixture Test Sections For HMA Mixture Accepted by Statistical Evaluation High RAP/Any RAS Low RAP/No RAS Is Mixture Test At Contractor's Section Optional or Mandatory' Option Mandatory? Waiting period after paving the test 4 calendar days2 4 calendar days2 section. Meet "Results Provide samples What Must Happen Required to Stop and respond to to Stop Performing Performing Test WSDOT test Test Sections? Sections" in Table 9 results required by for High RAP/Any Table 9 for Low RAS. RAP/No RAS. 'If a mix design has produced an acceptable test section on a previous contract (paved in the same calendar year, from the same plant, using the same JMF) the test section may be AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 waived if approved by the Engineer. 2This is to provide time needed by the Contracting Agency to complete testing,.and the Contractor to adjust the mixture in response to those test results. Paving may resume when this is done. Table 9 Results Required to Stop Performing HMA Mixture Test Sections' (For HMA Mixture Accepted by Statistical Evaluation) Type of HMA Test Property High RAP/Any RAS Low RAP/No RAS Minimum PF; of 0.95 Gradation based on the criteria None4 - in Section 5- 04.3 9 B42 04.3(9)B42 Minimum PF; of 0.95 Asphalt Binder based on the criteria None4 - in Section 5- 04.3 9 B42 04.3(9)B42 Minimum PF; of 0.95 V. based on the criteria None4 - in Section 5- 04.3 9 B42 04.3(9)B42 Hamburg Wheel Meet requirements These tests will Track of Section 9- not be done as Indirect Tensile 03 8(2) 3 part of Test Strength Section. Aggregates Nonstatistical Sand Equivalent Evaluation in Uncompacted Void accordance with the None3 Content requirements of Fracture Section 3-043 'In addition to the requirements of this table, acceptance of the HMA mixture used in each test section is subject to the acceptance criteria and price adjustments for Statistical Evaluation (see Table 9a). 2Divide the test section lot into three sublots, approximately equal in size. Take one sample from each sublot, and test each sample for the property in the first column. 3Take one sample for each test section lot. Test the sample for the properties in the first column. 4Divide the test section lot into three sublots, approximately equal in size. Take one sample from each sublot, and test each sample for the property in the first column. There are no criteria for discontinuing test sections for these mixes; however, the contractor must comply with Section 5-04.3(11)F ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 before resuming paving. 5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section — Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test Section The Engineer will evaluate the HMA mixture in each test section for rejection, acceptance, and price adjustments based on the criteria in Table 9a using the data generated from the testing required by Table 9. Each test section shall be considered a separate lot. Table 9a Acceptance Criteria for HMA Mixture Placed in a Test Section (For HMA Mixture Accepted by Statistical Evaluation) Tvpe of HMA Test Property High RAP/Any RAS Low RAP/No RAS Gradation Statistical Asphalt Binder Statistical Evaluation Evaluation Va Hamburg Wheel Pass/Fail for the Track Indirect Tensile requirements of N/A Strength Section 9-03.5(2)' HMA Aggregate Nonstatistical Nonstatistical Sand Equivalent Evaluation in Evaluation in Uncompacted Void accordance with the accordance with Content requirements of the requirements Section 3-04 of Section 3-04 'Failure to meet the specifications for Hamburg and/or IDT will cause the mixture in the test section to be rejected. Refer to Section 5-04.3(11). 5-04.3(9)B Mixture Acceptance — Statistical Evaluation 5-04.3(9)61 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots HMA mixture which is accepted by Statistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency dividing that HMA tonnage into mixture lots, and each mixture lot will be evaluated using stratified random sampling by the Contracting Agency sub -dividing each mixture lot into mixture sublots. All mixture in a mixture lot shall be of the same mix design. The mixture sublots will be numbered in the order in which the mixture (of a particular mix design) is paved. Each mixture lot comprises a maximum of 15 mixture sublots, except: • The final mixture lot of each mix design on the Contract will comprise a maximum of 25 sublots. • A mixture lot for a test section will consist of three sublots. Each mixture sublot shall be approximately uniform in size with the maximum mixture sublot size as specified in'Table 10. The quantity of �t material represented by the final mixture sublot of the project, for AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 each mix design ,on the project, may be increased to a maximum of two times the mixture sublot quantity calculated. Table 10 Maximum HMA Mixture Sublot Size For HMA Accepted b Statistical Evaluation HMA Original Plan Quantity tons)' Maximum Sublot Size (tons)' < 20,000 1,000 20,000 to 30,000 1,500 >30,000 1 2,000 "Plan quantity" means the plan quantity of all HMA of the same class and binder grade which is accepted by Statistical Evaluation. 2 The maximum sublot size for each combination of HMA class and binder grade shall be calculated separately. For a mixture lot in progress with a mixture CPF less than 0.75, a new mixture lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. See also Section 5- 04.3(11)F. If, before completing a mixture lot, the Contractor requests a change to the JMF which is approved by the Engineer, the mixture produced in that lot after the approved change will be evaluated on the basis of the changed JMF, and the mixture produced in that lot before the approved change will be evaluated on the basis of the unchanged JMF; however, the mixture before and after the change will be evaluated in the same lot. Acceptance of subsequent mixture lots will be evaluated on the basis of the changed JMF. 5-04.3(9)B2 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Sampling Comply with Section 1-06.2(1). Samples of HMA mixture which is accepted by Statistical Evaluation will be randomly selected from within each sublot, with one sample per sublot. The Engineer will determine the random sample location using WSDOT Test Method T 716. The Contractor shall obtain the sample when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with FOP for WAQTC T 168. 5-04.3(9)B3 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing Comply with Section 1-06.2(1). The Contracting Agency will test the mixture sample from each sublot (including sublots in a test section) for the properties shown in Table 11. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Table 11 Testing Required for each HMA Mixture Sublot Test Procedure Performed b Va WSDOT SOP Engineer 20 731 40 Asphalt Binder Content FOP for Engineer AASHTO T 308 Gradation: Percent Passing FOP for Engineer 11/2", 1 ", 3/4", '/2", %", No. 4, WAQTC No. 8, No. 200 T 27/T 11 The mixture samples and tests taken for the purpose of determining acceptance of the test section (as described in Section 5-04.3(9)A) shall also be used as the test results for acceptance of the mixture described in 5-04.3(9)B3, 5-04.3(9)B4, 5-04.3(9)B5, and 5-04.3(9)B6 5-04.3(9)B4 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Pay Factors Comply with Section 1-06.2(2). The Contracting Agency will determine a pay factor (PF;) for each of the properties in Table 11, for each mixture lot, using the quality level analysis in Section 1-06.2(2)D. For Gradation, a pay factor will be calculated for each of the sieve sizes listed in Table 11 which is equal to or smaller than the maximum allowable aggregate size (100 percent passing sieve) of the HMA mixture. The USL and LSL shall be calculated using the Job Mix Formula Tolerances (for Statistical Evaluation) in Section 9-03.8(7). If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)B5 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Composite Pay Factors (CPF) Comply with Section 1-06.2(2). In accordance with Section 1-06.2(2)D4, the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) for each mixture lot from the pay factors calculated in Section 5-04.3(9)B4, using the price adjustment factors in Table 12. Unless otherwise specified, the maximum CPF for HMA mixture shall be 1.05. Table 12 HMA Mixture Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f' All aggregate passing: 11/2", 1 ", 3/4',1/2", %" and No.4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 40 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 Ir� 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 L� Air Voids' Va 1 20 5-04;3(9)66 Mixture'`Statistical Evaluation — Price Adjustments For each HMA mixture lot, a Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be determined and applied, as follows: JMCPA = [0.60 x (CPF —1.00)] x Q x UP Where JMCPA = Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment for a given lot of mixture ($) CPF = Composite Pay factor for a given lot of mixture (maximum is 1.05) Q = Quantity in a given lot of mixture (tons) UP= Unit price of the HMA in a given lot of mixture ($/ton) 5-04.3(9)B7 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Retests The Contractor may request that a mixture sublot be retested. To request a retest, submit a written request to the Contracting Agency within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been posted to the website or emailed to the Contractor, whichever occurs first. The Contracting Agency will send a split of the original acceptance sample for testing by the Contracting Agency to either the Region Materials Laboratory or the State Materials Laboratory as determined by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency will not test the split of the sample with the same equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and Va, and the results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA mixture in place of the original mixture sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $250 per sample. 5-04.3(9)C Vacant 5-04.3(9)D Mixture Acceptance — Visual Evaluation Visual Evaluation of HMA mixture will be by visual inspection by the Engineer or, in the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer may sample and test the mixture. 5-04.3(9)D1 Mixture Visual Evaluation — Lots, Sampling, Testing, Price Adjustments HMA mixture accepted by Visual Evaluation will not be broken into lots unless the Engineer determines that testing is required. When that occurs, the Engineer will identify the limits of the questionable HMA mixture, and that questionable HMA mixture shall constitute a lot. Then, the Contractor will take samples from the truck, or the Engineer will take core samples from the roadway at a minimum of three random locations from within the lot, selected in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 716, taken from the roadway in AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 I accordance with WSDOT SOP 734, and tested in accordance with WSDOT SOP 737. The Engineer will test one of the samples for all I' constituents in Section 5-04.3(9)B3. If all constituents from that test fall within the Job Mix Formula Tolerances (for Visual Evaluation) in Section 9-03.8(7), the lot will be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside those tolerance limits, the other samples will be tested for all constituents in Section 5- 04.3(9)B3, and a Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated in accordance with Table 13. Table 13 Visual Evaluation — Out of Tolerance Procedures Comply with the Following -Pay Factors' Section 5-04.3(9)B4 Composit Pay Factorsz Section 5-04.3(9)B5 Price Adjustments Section 5-04.3(9)B6 'The Visual Evaluation tolerance limits in Section 9-03.8(7) will be used in the calculation of the PF;. 2The maximum CPF shall be 1.00. 5-04.3(9)E Mixture Acceptance — Notification of Acceptance Test Results The results of all mixture acceptance testing and the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of the lot after three sublots have been tested will be available to the Contractor through The Contracting Agency's website The Contracting Agency will endeavor to provide written notification (via email to the Contractor's designee) of acceptance test results through its web -based materials testing system Statistical Analysis of Materials (SAM) within 24 hours of the sample being made available to the Contracting Agency. However, the Contractor agrees: 1. Quality control, defined as the system used by the Contractor to monitor, assess, and adjust its production processes to ensure that the final HMA mixture will meet the specified level of quality, is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has no right to rely on any testing performed by the Contracting Agency, nor does the Contractor have any right to rely on timely notification by the Contracting Agency of the Contracting Agency's test results (or statistical analysis thereof), for any part of quality control and/or for making changes or correction to any aspect of the HMA mixture. 3. The Contractor shall make no claim for untimely notification by the Contracting Agency of the Contracting Agency's test results or statistical analysis. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fi 1 1 t 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance For all HMA, the Contractor shall comply with the General Compaction Requirements,in.;Section 5-04.3(d,O)A. The Contracting Agency will evaluate all HMA for compaction compliance with one of the following - Statistical Evaluation, Visual Evaluation, or Test Point Evaluation - determined by the criteria in Table 14: Table 14 Criteria for Determining Method of Evaluation for HMA Compaction' Statistical Evaluation Visual Evaluation of Test Point Evaluation of HMA of HMA Compaction is HMA Compaction is Compaction is Required For: Required For: Re uired For: • Any HMA for which • "HMA for Any HMA not the specified course Preleveling..." meeting the thickness is greater • "HMA for criteria for than 0.10 feet, and Pavement. Statistical the HMA is in: Repair..." Evaluation or o traffic lanes, Visual Evaluation including but not limited to: • ramp lanes • truck climbing lanes • weaving lanes • speed change lanes 'This table applies to all HMA, and shall be the sole basis for determining the acceptance method for compaction. The Contracting Agency may, at its sole discretion, evaluate any HMA for compliance with the Cyclic Density requirements of Section 5-04.3(10)B. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction —General Compaction Requirements Immediately after the HMA has been spread and struck off, and after surface irregularities have been adjusted, thoroughly and uniformly compact the mix. The completed course shall be free from ridges, ruts, humps, depressions, objectionable marks, and irregularities and shall conform to the line, grade, and cross-section shown in the Plans. If necessary, alter the JMF in accordance with Section 9-03.8(7) to achieve desired results. Compact the mix when it is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Compact areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment by mechanical or hand tampers. Remove HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective. Replace the removed material with new HMA, and compact it immediately to conform to the surrounding area. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113/17 The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor's option, provided the specified densities are attained. An exception shall be that pneumatic tired rollers shall be used for compaction of the wearing course beginning October 1St of any year through March 31St of the following year. Coverage with a steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, operate rollers in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, do not operate a roller in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. On bridge decks and on the five feet of roadway approach immediately adjacent to the end of bridge/back of pavement seat, operate rollers in static mode only. 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction — Cyclic Density Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer's discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500 -foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. 5-04.3(10)C HMA Compaction Acceptance — Statistical Evaluation HMA compaction which is accepted by Statistical Evaluation will be based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency, and statistical analysis of those acceptance tests results. This will result in a Compaction Price Adjustment. 5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots HMA compaction which is accepted by Statistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots, and each compaction lot will be evaluated using stratified random sampling by the Contracting Agency sub -dividing each compaction lot into compaction sublots. All mixture in any individual compaction lot shall be of the same mix design. The compaction sublots will be numbered in the order in which the mixture (of a particular mix design) is paved. Each compaction lot comprises a maximum of 15 compaction sublots, except for the final compaction lot of each mix design on the Contract, which comprises a maximum of 25 sublots. Each compaction sublot shall be uniform in size as shown in Table 15, except that the last compaction sublot of each day may be increased to a maximum of two times the compaction sublot quantity calculated. Minor variations in the size of any sublot shall not be cause to invalidate the associated test result. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 11 11 u 1 11 1 1 1 L J L Table 15 HMA Compaction Sublot Size HMA Original Plan Quantity (tons)' Compaction Sublot Size tons <20,000 100 20,000 to 30,000 150 >30,000 200 In determining the plan quantity tonnage, do not include any tons accepted by test point evaluation. The following will cause one compaction lot to end prematurely and a new compaction lot to begin: For a compaction lot in progress with a compaction CPF less than 0.75, a new compaction lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. See also Section 5-04.3(11)F. All HMA which is paved on a bridge and accepted for compaction by Statistical Evaluation will compose a bridge compaction lot. If the contract includes such HMA on more than one bridge, compaction will be evaluated on each bridge individually, as separate bridge compaction lots. Bridge compaction sublots will be determined by the Engineer subject to the following: • All sublots on a given bridge will be approximately the same size. • Sublots will be stratified from the lot. • In no case will there be less than 3 sublots in each bridge compaction lot. • No sublot will exceed 50 tons. • Compaction test locations will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T166. 5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing Comply with Section 1-06.2(1). The location of HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Contracting Agency from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. The Contracting Agency will determine the random sample location using WSDOT Test Method T 716. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 11 Use Table 16 to determine compaction acceptance test procedures and to allocate compaction acceptance sampling and testing responsibilities between the Contractor and the Contracting Agency. HMA cores shall be taken or nuclear density testing shall occur after completion of the finish rolling, prior to opening to traffic, and on the same day that the mix is placed. Table 16 HMA Compaction Acceptance Testing Procedures and Responsibilities When Contract Includes Bid When Contract Does Not Item "HMA Core Include Bid Item "HMA Core - - Roadway" or Roadway" or "HMA Core — "HMA Core — Bridge 114 Brid a"4 Nuclear Basis for Test: Cores Cores3 Density Gauge 3 Contractor shall Contracting take cores' Agency will take using WSDOT cores' using SOP 7342 WSDOT SOP Contracting In -Place 734 Agency, using Contracting Contracting Density Agency will WSDOT FOP Determined by: determine core Agency will for AASHTO density using determine core T 355 FOP for density using AASHTO T 166 FOP for AASHTO T 166 Theoretical Maximum Contracting Agency, using FOP for AASHTO T 209 Density Determined by: Rolling Average of Theoretical Contracting Agency, using WSDOT SOP 729 Maximum Densities Determined by: Percent Contracting Contracting Contracting Agency, using Compaction in Agency, using Agency, using WSDOT FOP Each Sublot WSDOT SOP WSDOT SOP for AASHTO Determined by: 736 736 T 355 'The core diameter shall be 4 -inches unless otherwise approved by U It: CI IYII ICCI . 2The Contractor shall take the core samples in the presence of the Engineer, at locations designated by the Engineer, and deliver the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 fl, core samples to the Contracting Agency. 3The Contracting Agency will determine, in its sole discretion, whether it will take cores or use the nuclear density gauge to determine in- place density. Exclusive reliance on cores for density acceptance is generally intended for small paving projects and is not intended as a replacement for nuclear gauge density testing on typical projects. 4The basis for test of all compaction sublots in a bridge compaction lot shall be cores. These cores shall be taken by the Contractor when the Proposal includes the bid item "HMA Cores — Bridge". When there is no bid item for "HMA Cores — Bridge", the Engineer will be responsible for taking HMA cores for all compaction sublots in a bridge compaction lot. In either case, the Engineer will determine core location, in-place density of the core, theoretical maximum density, rolling average of theoretical maximum density, and percent compaction using the procedure called for in this Section. When using the nuclear density gauge for acceptance testing of pavement density, the Engineer will follow WSDOT SOP 730 for correlating the nuclear gauge with HMA cores. When cores are required for the correlation, coring and testing will be by the Contracting Agency. When a core is taken for gauge correlation at the location of a sublot, the relative density of the core will be used for the sublot test result and is exempt from retesting. 5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction —Price Adjustments For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which has less than three compaction sublots, for which all compaction sublots attain a minimum of 91 percent compaction determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355 (or WSDOT SOP 736 when provided by the Contract), the HMA will be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which does not meet the criteria in the preceding paragraph, the compaction lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2) to determine the appropriate Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA). All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given compaction lot shall be evaluated collectively. Additional testing by either a nuclear density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a .minimum of three tests for evaluation. For the statistical analysis in Section 1-06.2, use the following values: X = Percent compaction of each sublot USL = 100 LSL= 91 Each CPA will be determined as follows: CPA = [0.40 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Where CPA = Compaction Price Adjustment for the compaction lot CPF = Composite Pay Factor for the compaction lot (maximum is 1.05) Q = Quantity in the compaction lot (tons) UP= Unit price of the HMA in the compaction lot ($/ton) 5-04.3(10)C4 HMA Statistical Compaction —Requests for Retesting For a compaction sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 91 percent of the theoretical maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core, taken at the same location as the nuclear density test, be used for determination of the relative density of the compaction sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the compaction sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the compaction sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for retesting. When the CPF for the compaction lot based on the results of the cores is less than 1.00, the Contracting Agency will deduct the cost for the coring from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)D HMA Compaction — Visual Evaluation Visual Evaluation will be the basis of acceptance for compaction of the Bid items "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG _"and "HMA for Prelevelling Class PG_". This HMA shall be thoroughly compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller. 5-04.3(10)E HMA Compaction — Test Point Evaluation When compaction acceptance is by Test Point Evaluation, compact HMA based on a test point evaluation of the compaction train. Perform the test point evaluation in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-04.3(10)F HMA 'Compaction Acceptance —Notification of Acceptance Test Results The obligations and responsibilities for notifying the Contractor of compaction acceptance test results are the same as for mixture f acceptance test results. See Section 5-04.3(9)E. I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-04.3(11) Reject Work This Section applies to HMA and all requirements related to HMA (except aggregates prior to being incorporated into HMA). For rejection of aggregate prior to its incorporation into HMA refer to Section 3-04. 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work — General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor The Contractor may, prior to acceptance sampling and testing, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the _ materials unless the Contractor requests the rejected material to be tested. If the Contractor requests testing, acceptance will be by Statistical Evaluation, and a minimum of three samples will be obtained and tested. When uncompacted material is required for testing but not available, the Engineer will determine random sample locations on the roadway in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 716, take cores in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734, and test the cores in accordance with WSDOT SOP 737. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected ' material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-04.3(11)D Rejection — A Partial Sublot (Mixture or Compaction) In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a mixture or compaction sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. The Contracting Agency will obtain a minimum of three random samples of the suspect material and perform the testing. When uncompacted material is required for testing but is not available, the Engineer will select random sample locations on the roadway in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 716, take cores samples in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734, and test the material in accordance with WSDOT SOP 737. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)E Rejection —An Entire Sublot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire mixture or compaction sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When this occurs, a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. When uncompacted material is required for the additional samples but the material has been compacted, the Contracting Agency will take and test cores from the roadway as described in Section 5-04.3(11)D. The additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress (Mixture or Compaction) The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced when: 1. the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a mixture or compaction lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 2. the Pay Factor (PF;) for any constituent of a mixture or compaction lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 3. either the PF; for any constituent (or the CPF) of a mixture or compaction lot in progress is less than 0.75. 5-04.3(11)G Rejection — An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints Conduct operations such that placement of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed, but the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid HMA only when the placement of the course is discontinued for such a length of time that AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 Ll 1 1 1 •Xw• the HMA will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, cut back the previously compacted HMA to produce a slightlyJ beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. Construct a temporary wedge of HMA on a 50H:1 V where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. Separate the HMA in the temporary wedge from the permanent HMA upon which it is placed by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. Remove the wrapping paper and trim the joint to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. Waste the material that is cut away and place new HMA against the cut. Use rollers or tamping irons to seal the joint. 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints Offset the longitudinal joint in any one course from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. Locate all longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. Construct a notched wedge joint along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size nor more than '/2 of the compacted lift thickness, and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1 V. Uniformly compact the sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint. On one -lane ramps a longitudinal joint may be constructed at the center of the traffic lane, subject to approval by the Engineer, if: The ramp must remain open to traffic, or 2. The ramp is closed to traffic and a hot -lap joint is constructed. a. Two paving machines shall be used to construct the hot -lap joint. b. The pavement within 6 inches of the hot -lap joint will not be excluded from random location selection for compaction testing. c. Construction equipment other than rollers shall not operate on any uncompacted HMA. When HMA is placed adjacent to cement concrete pavement, construct longitudinal joints between the HMA and the cement concrete pavement. Saw the joint to the dimensions shown on Standard Plan A-40.10 and fill with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.2. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of the bridge paving joint sealsto be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the HMA overlay. Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer's application procedure. Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified in the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8). Apply the sealant in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the manufacturer's application procedure. 5-04.3(12)62 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, correct the pavement surface by one of the following methods: Remove material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Remove and replace the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Engineer. Correct defects until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the ' HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When portland cement concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the Plan grade minus the specified Plan depth of portland cement concrete pavement. Prior to placing the portland cement concrete pavement, bring any such irregularities to the required tolerance by grinding or other means approved by the Engineer. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the Traveled Way, pave the Roadway before the utility appurtenances are adjusted to the finished grade. 5-04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the Plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches Construct HMA approaches at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engineer, in accordance with Section 5-04. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Plane in such a manner that the underlying pavement is not torn, broken, or otherwise damaged by the planing operation. Delamination or raveling of the underlying pavement will not be construed as damage due to the Contractor's operations. Pavement outside the limits shown in the Plans or designated by the Engineer that is damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. For mainline planing operations, use equipment with automatic controls and with sensors for either or both sides of the equipment. The controls shall be capable of sensing the grade from an outside reference line, or a mat - referencing device. The automatic controls shall have a transverse slope controller capable of maintaining the mandrel at the desired transverse slope (expressed as a percentage) within plus or minus 0.1 percent. Remove all loose debris from the planed surface before opening the planed surface to traffic. The planings and other debris resulting from the planing operation shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C, or as otherwise allowed by the Contract. 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the Plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches Construct HMA approaches at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engineer, in accordance with Section 5-04. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 rA 5-04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. _ PG _, HMA for _ Cl. _ PG _, and Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the HMA. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace HMA as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), I� the material removed will not be measured. Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. Crack Sealing -LF will be measured by the linear foot along the line of the crack. Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest 0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4. Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. HMA sawcut and seal, and paved panel joint seal, will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4. 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "HMA Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "HMA for Approach Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "HMA for Preleveling Cl. ! PG _", per ton. "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "Commercial HMA", per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. _ PG _", "HMA for Approach Cl. _ PG _", "HMA for Preleveling Cl. _ PG _", "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG —", and "Commercial HMA" shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti -stripping additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5- 04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection. and which are included in the Proposal. "Crack Sealing -FA", by force account. "Crack Sealing -FA" will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. ,h "Crack Sealing -LF", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Crack Sealing -LF" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)A. "Soil Residual Herbicide ft. Wide", per mile, or "Soil Residual Herbicide", per square yard. The unit Contract price per mile or per square yard for "Soil Residual Herbicide" shall' be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install herbicide in accordance with Section 5-04.3(4)B. "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)C with the exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG _", per ton. "Asphalt for Fog Seal", per ton. Payment for "Asphalt for Fog Seal" is described in Section 5-02.5. "Longitudinal Joint Seal", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Longitudinal Joint Seal" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to construct the longitudinal joint between HMA and cement concrete pavement, as described in Section 5-04.3(12)B. "HMA Sawcut And Seal", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "HMA Sawcut And Seal" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5- 04.3(12)B1. "Paved Panel Joint Seal", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Paved Panel Joint Seal" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5- 04.3(12)62. "Planing Bituminous Pavement", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Planing Bituminous Pavement" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5- 04.3(14). "Temporary Pavement Marking", per linear foot. Payment for "Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8-23.5. "Water', per M gallon. Payment for "Water' is described in Section 2-07.5. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment", by calculation. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 1 "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(9)B6 and 5-04.3(9)D1. I "Compaction Price Adjustment", by calculation. "Compaction Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(10)C3. "HMA Core — Bridge", per each. The unit Contract price per each for "HMA Core — Bridge" shall be full payment for all costs, including traffic control, associated with taking HMA density cores in pavement that is on a bridge deck. "HMA Core — Roadway", per each. The unit Contract price per each for "HMA Core — Roadway" shall be full payment for all costs, including traffic control, associated with taking HMA density cores in pavement that is not on a bridge deck. "Cyclic Density Price Adjustment", by calculation. "Cyclic Density Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(10)B. 5-05.AP5 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement January 3, 2017 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving In last sentence of the second paragraph of item number 1, the reference to "Section 9- 01.2(4)" is revised to read "Section 9-01.2(1)B". The following is inserted after item number 2: 3. Mix Design Modifications - The Contractor may initiate adjustments to the aggregate proportions of the approved mix design. An adjustment in both the fine and coarse aggregate batch target weights of plus or minus 200 pounds per cubic yard will be allowed without resubmittal of the mix design. The adjusted aggregate weights shall become the new batch target weights for the mix design. Item number 3 is renumbered to 4 and revised (up until the table) to read: 4. Conformance to Mix Design - Cement and coarse and fine aggregate weights shall be within the following tolerances of the batch target weights of the mix design: Portland Cement Concrete Batch eights Cement +5% _1% Coarse Aggregate +2% -2% Fine Aggregate +2% -2% 5-05.3(3)B Mixing Equipment The last sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 1 t Plant -mixed concrete may be transported in nonagitated vehicles provided that the concrete is in a workabWcondition when placed and: a. discharge is completed within 45 minutes after the introduction of mixing water to the cement and aggregates, or b. discharge is completed within 60 minutes after the introduction of mixing water to the cement and aggregates, provided the concrete mix temperature is 70°F or below during placement, or c. discharge is completed within 60 minutes after the introduction of mixing water to the cement and aggregates, provided the mix contains an approved set retarder at the manufacturer's minimum dosage rate. 5-05.3(6) Subgrade This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.3(6) Surface Preparation The Subgrade surface shall be prepared and compacted a minimum of 3 feet beyond each edge of the area which is to receive concrete pavement in order to accommodate the slip -form equipment. Concrete shall not be placed during a heavy rainfall. Prior to placing concrete: 1. The surface shall be moist; 2. Excess water (e.g., standing, pooling or flowing) shall be removed from the surface. 3. The surface shall be clean and free of any deleterious materials. 4. The surface temperature shall not exceed 120'F or be frozen. 5-05.3(7)A Slip -Form Construction The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose, or by an electronic control system capable of controlling the line and grade within required tolerances. 6-02.AP6 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures January 3, 2017 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials In the sixth paragraph, the reference to "Section 9-01.2(4)" is revised to read "9-01.2(1)6". 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the third paragraph: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 The mix design submittal shall also include test results no older than one year showing that the Aggregates do not contain Deleterious Substances in accordance with Section 9-03. 6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete. Class 4000D The following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence of the last paragraph: Mix designs using shrinkage reducing admixture shall state the specific quantity required. The following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence of the last paragraph Testing samples of mixes using shrinkage reducing admixture shall use the admixture amount specified in the mix design submittal. 6-02.3(2)B Commercial Concrete The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Commercial concrete does not require mix design or source approvals for cement, aggregate, and other admixtures. 6-02.3(6)A1 Hot Weather Protection This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide concrete within the specified temperature limits. Cooling of the coarse aggregate piles by sprinkling with water is permitted provided the moisture content is monitored and the mixing water is adjusted for the free water in the aggregate. Shading or cooling aggregate piles (sprinkling of fine aggregate piles with water is not allowed). If sprinkling of the coarse aggregates is to be used, the piles moisture content shall be monitored and the mixing water adjusted for the free water in the aggregate. In addition, when removing the coarse aggregate, it shall be removed from at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pile. Refrigerating mixing water; or replacing all or part of the mixing water with crushed ice, provided the ice is completely melted by placing time. If air temperature exceeds 90°F, the Contractor shall use water spray or other accepted methods to cool all concrete -contact surfaces to less than 90°F. These surfaces include forms, reinforcing steel, steel beam flanges, and any others that touch the mix. 6-02.3(6)A2 Cold Weather Protection This section is revised to read: Concrete shall be maintained at or above a temperature of 40°F during the first seven I� Peri and at or above a temperature of 35°F days of the Cold Weather Protection Period p during the remainder of the Cold Weather Protection Period. Cold weather protection requirements do not apply to concrete placed below the ground line. Prior to placing concrete in cold weather, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing with a written procedure for cold weather concreting. The procedure shall detail how the Contractor will adequately cure the concrete and prevent the concrete AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 t temperature from falling below the minimum temperature. Extra protection shall be provided for areas especially vulnerable to freezing (such as exposed top surfaces, ' corners and edges, thin sections, and concrete placed into steel forms). Concrete placement will only be allowed if the Contractor's cold weather protection plan has been accepted by the Engineer. Prior to concrete placement, the Contractor shall review the 7 -day temperature predictions for the job site from the Western Region Headquarters of the National Weather Service (www.wrh.noaa.gov). When temperatures below 35°F are predicted, the Contractor shall: Install temperature data loggers in each concrete pour. One data logger shall be installed for every 100 yards of concrete placed. Data loggers shall be installed at locations directed by.the Engineer, and shall be placed 1.5 inches from the face of concrete. 2. Immediately after concrete placement, temperature data loggers shall be installed on the concrete surface at locations directed by the Engineer. One data logger shall be installed for every 100 yards of concrete placed. The data loggers shall be operated continuously during the Cold Weather Protection Period. Temperatures shall be measured, recorded and stored a minimum of every 30 minutes. Temperature date shall be submitted to the Engineer as a Type 1 Working Drawing within three days following the end of the Cold Weather Protection Period. If the concrete temperature falls below 40°F during the first seven days of the Cold Weather Protection Period, no curing time is awarded for that day and the Cold Weather Protection Period is extended for one additional day. If the concrete temperature falls below 35°F during Cold Weather Protection Period, the concrete may be rejected by the Engineer. f 6-02.3(17)K Concrete Forms on Steel Spans In the last paragraph, "ASTM A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325". 6-02.3(17)N Removal of Falsework and Forms The fifth paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(25)J Horizontal Alignment The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall check and record the horizontal alignment (sweep) of each girder at the following times: The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: Horizontal alignment of the top and bottom flanges shall be checked and recorded. Alternatively, the Contractor may check and record the horizontal alignment of the web near mid -height of the girder. Each check shall be made by measuring the maximum offset at mid -span relative to a chord that starts and stops at the girder ends. The Contractor shall check and record the alignment at a time when the girder is not influenced by temporary differences in surface temperature. Records for the initial check AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 , I (item 1 above) shall be included in the Contractor's prestressed concrete certificate of compliance. Records for all other checks shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working I Drawing. Immediately after the girder is removed from the casting bed, the alignment shall not be offset more than '/8 inch for each 10 feet of girder length. Any girder that exceeds an offset of inch for each 10 feet of girder length shall be corrected at the job site to the '/g inch maximum offset per 10 feet of girder length before concrete is placed into the diaphragms. 6-02.3(25)0 Girder to Girder Connections The first sentence of item number 2 in the second paragraph is revised to read:. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and weld ties shall be welded in accordance with Section 6-03.3(25). 6-02.3(26)D2 Test Block Dimensions The first sentence is revised to read: The dimensions of the test block perpendicular to the tendon in each direction shall be the smaller of twice the minimum edge distance or the minimum spacing specified by the special anchorage device manufacturer, with the stipulation that the concrete cover over any confining reinforcing steel or supplementary skin reinforcement shall be appropriate for the project -specific application and circumstances. 6-02.3(26)E2 Ducts for External Exposed Installation In the first paragraph, "ASTM D3350" is revised to read "ASTM D3035". In the fourth paragraph, "ASTM D3505" is revised to read "ASTM D3035". 6-02.3(26)G Tensioning Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 1. All concrete has reached a compressive strength of at least 4,000 psi or the strength specified in the Plans. When tensioning takes place prior to 28 -day compressive strength testing on concrete sampled in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)H, compressive strength shall be verified on field cured cylinders in accordance with the FOP for AASHTO T23. 6-02.3(27)A Use of Self -Consolidating Concrete for precast Units Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 2. Precast reinforced concrete three -sided structures, box culverts and split box culverts in accordance with Section 7-02.3(6). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 6-03.AP6 Section 6-03, Steel Structures January 3, 2017 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections In this section, "AASHTO M253" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A490", "ASTM F1852" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade F1852", and "ASTM A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325". In the headings of Table 3, "A 325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325". In the headings of Table 3, W 253" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A490". 6-05.AP6 Section 6-05, Piling August 1, 2016 In this section, the words "capacity" and "capacities" are replaced with "resistance" and "resistances", respectively. 6-05.3(1) Piling Terms The third paragraph is revised to read: Overdriving — Over -driving of piles occurs when the ultimate bearing resistance calculated from the equation in Section 6-05.3(12), or the wave equation driving criteria if applicable, exceeds the ultimate bearing resistance required in the Contract in order to reach the minimum tip elevation specified in the Contract, or as required by the Engineer. The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Minimum Tip Elevation — The minimum tip elevation is the elevation to which the pile tip shall be driven. 6-05.3(3)A Casting and Stressing The last sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: If the corrective action is not acceptable to the Engineer, the piling(s) will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. 6-05.3(5) Manufacture of Steel Piles This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: At least 14 -days prior to the start of production of the piling, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the production schedule. The Contractor shall give the Inspector safe and free access to the Work. If the Inspector observes any non specification Work or unacceptable quality control practices, the Inspector will advise the plant manager. If the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 corrective action is not acceptable to the Engineer, the piling(s) will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. 6-05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of a wave equation analysis for all pile driving systems used to drive piling with required maximum driving resistances of greater than 300 tons. 6-07.AP6 Section 6-07, Painting August 1, 2016 6-07.3(10)A Containment The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is replaced with the fallowing two new sentences: The containment system shall ensure no discharge into waters of the state. When there is no threat to discharging to the waters of the state, emissions shall not exceed the Level 2 Emissions standard in SSPC Technology Guide No. 6, Section 5.5, and assessed by Method A, Visible Emissions. 6-07.3(10)F Collecting, Testing, and Disposal of Containment Waste The third, fourth and fifth paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following two new paragraphs: Containment waste is defined as all paint chips and debris removed from the steel surface and all abrasive blast media, as contained by the containment system. After all waste from the containment system has been collected, the Contractor shall collect representative samples of the components that field screening indicates are lead - contaminated material. The Contractor shall collect at least one representative sample from each container. The Contractor may choose to collect a composite sample of each container, but the composite sample must consist of several collection points (a minimum of 3 random samples) that are representative of the entire contents of the container and representative of the characteristics of the type of waste in the container. In accordance with WAC 173-303-040, a representative sample means "a sample which can be expected to exhibit the average properties of the sample source." The debris shall be tested for metals using the Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedure (TCLP) and EPA Methods 1311 and 6010. At a minimum, the materials should be analyzed for the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) 8 Metals (arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, lead, mercury, selenium, and silver). Pursuant to the Dangerous Waste (DW) Regulations Chapter 173-303-90(8)(c) WAC, "Any waste that contains contaminants which occur at concentrations at or above the DW threshold must be designated as DW." All material within each individual container or containment system that designates as DW shall be disposed of at a legally permitted Subtitle C Hazardous Waste Landfill. All material within each individual container or containment system that designate below the DW threshold, will be designated as "Solid Waste" and shall be disposed of at a legally permitted Subtitle D Landfill. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 1 1 1 Disposal shall be in accordance with WAC 173-303 for waste designated "Dangerous Waste" and pursuant to WAC 173-350 for waste designated as "Solid Waste". 6-08.AP6 Section 6-08, Waterproofing January 3, 2017 This section and all subsections, including title, is revised to read: 6-08 Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks 6-08.1 Description This Work consists of removing and placing Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) or Bituminous Surface Treatment (BST) directly on or over a Structure. This Work also includes performing concrete bridge deck repair, applying waterproofing membrane, and sealing paving joints. 6-08.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 6-08.3 Construction Requirements 6-08.3(1) Definitions Adjusted Removal Depth — the Bituminous Pavement removal depth specified by the Engineer to supersede the Design Removal Depth after review of the Contractor survey of the existing Bituminous Pavement grade profile. Bituminous Pavement — the surfacing material containing an asphalt binder. Design Removal Depth — the value shown in the "pavement schedule" or elsewhere in the Plans to indicate the design thickness of Bituminous Pavement to be removed. Final Grade Profile — the compacted finished grade surface of completed Bituminous Pavement surfacing consisting of a vertical profile and superelevation cross -slope, developed by the Engineer for Grade Controlled Structure Decks based on the Contractor survey. Grade Controlled — a Structure Deck requiring restriction of Bituminous Pavement work, including restriction of pavement removal methods and restriction of overlay pavement thicknesses. Structure Deck — the bridge deck (concrete or timber), bridge approach slab, top of concrete box culvert, or other concrete surfaces over or upon which I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK ' Revised: 1/3/17 Bituminous Surface Treatment 5-02.2 r; Hot Mix Asphalt 5-04.2 Joint Sealants 9-04.2 Closed Cell Foam Backer Rod Waterproofing Membrane (Deck Seal) 9-04.2(3)A 9-11 Bridge Deck Repair Material 9-20.5 6-08.3 Construction Requirements 6-08.3(1) Definitions Adjusted Removal Depth — the Bituminous Pavement removal depth specified by the Engineer to supersede the Design Removal Depth after review of the Contractor survey of the existing Bituminous Pavement grade profile. Bituminous Pavement — the surfacing material containing an asphalt binder. Design Removal Depth — the value shown in the "pavement schedule" or elsewhere in the Plans to indicate the design thickness of Bituminous Pavement to be removed. Final Grade Profile — the compacted finished grade surface of completed Bituminous Pavement surfacing consisting of a vertical profile and superelevation cross -slope, developed by the Engineer for Grade Controlled Structure Decks based on the Contractor survey. Grade Controlled — a Structure Deck requiring restriction of Bituminous Pavement work, including restriction of pavement removal methods and restriction of overlay pavement thicknesses. Structure Deck — the bridge deck (concrete or timber), bridge approach slab, top of concrete box culvert, or other concrete surfaces over or upon which I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK ' Revised: 1/3/17 existing Bituminous Pavement is removed and new Bituminous Pavement is applied. 6-08.3(2) Contractor Survey for Grade Controlled Structure Decks Prior to removing existing Bituminous Pavement from a Grade Controlled Structure Deck, the Contractor shall complete a survey of the existing surface for use in establishing the existing cross section and grade profile elevations. When removal of Bituminous Pavement is to be achieved by rotary milling/planing, the Contractor's survey shall also include the depths of the existing surfacing at each survey point. The Contractor is responsible for all calculations, surveying, installation of control points, and measuring required for setting, maintaining and resetting equipment and materials necessary for the construction of the overlay to the Final Grade Profile. 6-08.3(2)A Survey Requirements The Contractor shall establish at least two primary survey control points for controlling actual Bituminous Pavement removal depth and the Final Grade Profile. Horizontal control shall be by station and offset which shall be tied to either the Roadway centerline or the Structure centerline. Vertical control may be an assumed datum established by the Contractor Primary control points shall be described by station or milepost and offset on the baseline selected by the Contractor. The Contractor may expand the survey control information to include secondary horizontal and vertical control points as needed for the project. Survey information collected shall include station or milepost, offset, and elevation for each lane line and curb line. Survey information shall be collected at even 20 foot station intervals, and along the centerline of each bridge expansion joint. The survey shall extend 300'-0" beyond the bridge back of pavement seat or end of Structure Deck. The survey information shall include the top of Bituminous Pavement elevation and, when rotary milling/planing equipment is used, the corresponding depth of Bituminous Pavement to the Structure Deck. The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy to within ± 0.01 feet for vertical control and ± 0.2 feet for horizontal control. Voids in HMA created by the Contractor's Bituminous Pavement depth measurements shall be filled by material conforming to Section 9-20 or another material acceptable to the Engineer. 6-08.3(2)B Survey Submittal The Contractor's survey records shall include descriptions of all survey control points including station/milepost, offset, and elevations of all secondary control points. The Contractor shall maintain survey records of sufficient detail to allow the'survey to be reproduced. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the compiled survey records and information. Survey data shall be submitted as an electronic file in Microsoft Excel format. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 6-08.3(3) General Bituminous Pavement Removal Requirements The Contractor shall remove Bituminous Pavement and associated deck repair material from Structure Decks to the horizontal limits shown in the Plans and to either the specified or adjusted Bituminous Pavement removal depth as applicable. Removal of Bituminous Pavement within 12 -inches of existing permanent features that limit the reach of the machine or the edge of the following items shall be by hand or by hand operated (nominal 30 -pounds class) power tools: existing bridge expansion joint headers; steel expansion joint assemblies; concrete butt joints between back of pavement seats and bridge approach slabs, bridge drain assemblies; thrie beam post steel anchorage assemblies fastened to the side or top of the Structure Deck. When removing Bituminous Pavement with a planer, Section 5-04.3(14) shall apply. If the planer contacts the Structure Deck in excess of the specified planing depth tolerance, or contacts steel reinforcing bars at any time, the Contractor shall immediately cease planing operations and notify the Engineer. Planing operations shall not resume until completion of the appropriate adjustments to the planing machine and receiving the Engineer's concurrence to resume. 6-08.3(4) Partial Depth Removal of Bituminous Pavement from Structure Decks The depth of surfacing removal, as measured to the bottom of the lowest milling groove generated by the rotary milling/planing machine shall be +0.01, - 0.02 -feet of the specified or Adjusted Removal Depth as applicable. 6-08.3(5) Full Depth Removal of Bituminous Pavement from Structure Decks 6-08.3(5)A Method of Removal The Contractor shall perform full depth removal by a method that does not damage or remove the Structure Deck in excess of the specified Bituminous Pavement removal tolerance. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the proposed methods and equipment to be used for full depth removal. 6-08.3(5)B Planer Requirements for Full Depth Removal The final planed surface shall have a finished surface with a tolerance of +0.01, -0.02 feet within the planed surface profile, as measured from a 10 - AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-08.3(2)C Final Grade Profile and Adjusted Removal Depth Based on.th'd,tesults of the survey, the Engineer may develop a Final Grade Profile and Adjusted Removal Depth. If they are developed, the Final Grade Profile and Adjusted Removal Depth will be provided to the Contractor within three working days after receiving the Contractor's survey information. When provided, the Adjusted Removal Depth supersedes the Design Removal Depth to become the Bituminous Pavement removal depth for that Structure Deck. 6-08.3(3) General Bituminous Pavement Removal Requirements The Contractor shall remove Bituminous Pavement and associated deck repair material from Structure Decks to the horizontal limits shown in the Plans and to either the specified or adjusted Bituminous Pavement removal depth as applicable. Removal of Bituminous Pavement within 12 -inches of existing permanent features that limit the reach of the machine or the edge of the following items shall be by hand or by hand operated (nominal 30 -pounds class) power tools: existing bridge expansion joint headers; steel expansion joint assemblies; concrete butt joints between back of pavement seats and bridge approach slabs, bridge drain assemblies; thrie beam post steel anchorage assemblies fastened to the side or top of the Structure Deck. When removing Bituminous Pavement with a planer, Section 5-04.3(14) shall apply. If the planer contacts the Structure Deck in excess of the specified planing depth tolerance, or contacts steel reinforcing bars at any time, the Contractor shall immediately cease planing operations and notify the Engineer. Planing operations shall not resume until completion of the appropriate adjustments to the planing machine and receiving the Engineer's concurrence to resume. 6-08.3(4) Partial Depth Removal of Bituminous Pavement from Structure Decks The depth of surfacing removal, as measured to the bottom of the lowest milling groove generated by the rotary milling/planing machine shall be +0.01, - 0.02 -feet of the specified or Adjusted Removal Depth as applicable. 6-08.3(5) Full Depth Removal of Bituminous Pavement from Structure Decks 6-08.3(5)A Method of Removal The Contractor shall perform full depth removal by a method that does not damage or remove the Structure Deck in excess of the specified Bituminous Pavement removal tolerance. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the proposed methods and equipment to be used for full depth removal. 6-08.3(5)B Planer Requirements for Full Depth Removal The final planed surface shall have a finished surface with a tolerance of +0.01, -0.02 feet within the planed surface profile, as measured from a 10 - AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 foot straight edge. Multiple passes of planing to achieve smoothness will not be allowed. In addition to Section 6-08.3(3), the planing equipment shall conform to the following additional requirements: The cutting tooth spacing on the rotary milling head shall be less than or equal to'/4 inch. 2. The rotary milling/planing machine shall have cutting teeth that leave a uniform plane surface at all times. All teeth on the mill head shall be kept at a maximum differential tolerance of %-inch between the shortest and longest tooth, as measured by a straight edge placed the full width of the rotary milling head. 3. Cutting tips shall be replaced when 30 percent of the total length of the cutting tip material remains. Prior to each day's Bituminous Pavement removal operations, the Contractor shall confirm to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the rotary head cutting teeth are within the specified tolerances. 6-08.3(5)C Structure Deck Cleanup after Bituminous Pavement Removal Waterproofing membrane that is loose or otherwise not firmly bonded to the Structure Deck shall be removed as an incidental component of the Work of surfacing removal. Existing waterproofing membrane bonded to the Structure Deck need not be removed. 6-08.3(6) Repair of Damage due to Bituminous Pavement Removal Operations All concrete bridge deck, pavement seat, and steel reinforcing bar damage due to the Contractor's surfacing removal operations shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with Section 1-07.13, and as specified below. Damaged concrete in excess of the specified Bituminous Pavement removal tolerance shall be repaired in accordance with Section 6-08.3(7), with the bridge deck repair material placed to the level of the surrounding bridge deck and parallel to the final grade paving profile. Damaged steel reinforcing bar shall be repaired as follows: Damage to steel reinforcing bar resulting in a section loss less than 20 -percent of the bar with no damage to the surrounding concrete shall be left in place and shall be repaired by removing the concrete to a depth %-inches around the top steel reinforcing bar and placing bridge deck repair material accepted by the Engineer to the level of the bridge deck and parallel to the final grade paving profile. 2. Damage to steel reinforcing bar resulting in a section loss of 20 - percent or more in one location, bars partially or completely removed AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113/17 1 from the bridge deck, or where there is a lack of bond to the concrete, shall be repaired by removing the adjacent concrete and splicing a new bar bf the same size. Concrete shall be removed to provide a 3/ - inch minimum clearance around the bars. The splice bars shall ' extend a minimum of 40 bar diameters beyond each end of the damage. ' 6-08.3(7) Concrete Deck Repair This Work consists of repairing the concrete deck after Bituminous Pavement has been removed. ' 6-08.3(7)A Concrete Deck Preparation The Contractor, with the Engineer, shall inspect the exposed concrete deck to establish the extent of bridge deck repair in accordance with ' Section 6-09.3(6), except item 4 in Section 6-09.3(6) does not apply. Areas of Structure Deck left with existing well bonded waterproof membrane after full depth Bituminous Pavement removal are exempt from this inspection requirement. All loose and unsound concrete within the repair area shall be removed with jackhammers or chipping hammers no more forceful than the nominal ' 30 pounds class, or other mechanical means acceptable to the Engineer, and operated at angles less than 45 degrees as measured from the surface of the deck to the tool. If unsound concrete exists around the existing steel reinforcing bars, or if the bond between concrete and steel reinforcing bar is broken, the Contractor shall remove the concrete to provide a % inch minimum clearance to the bar. The Contractor shall take care to prevent damage to the existing steel reinforcing bars and concrete to remain. ' After removing sufficient concrete to establish the limits of the repair area, the Contractor shall make % inch deep vertical saw cuts and maintain square edges at the boundaries of the repair area. The exposed steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the repair area shall be abrasive blasted and blown clean just prior to placing the bridge deck repair material. 1 1 1 h �J 6-08.3(7)B Ultra -Low Viscosity, Two -Part Liquid, Polyurethane - Hybrid Polymer Concrete The ultra-low viscosity, two-part liquid, polyurethane -hybrid polymer concrete shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Aggregate shall conform to the gradation limit requirements recommended by the manufacturer. The aggregate and the ultra-low viscosity, two-part liquid, polyurethane -hybrid polymer concrete shall be applied to the repair areas in accordance with the sequence and procedure recommended by the manufacturer. All repairs shall be float finished flush with the surrounding surface within a tolerance of 1/8 inch of a straight edge placed across the full width and breadth of the repair area. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK ' Revised: 1/3/17 67-08.3(7)C Pre -Packaged Cement Based Repair Mortar The Contractor shall mix the pre-packaged cement based repair mortar using equipment, materials and proportions, batch sizes, and process as recommended by the manufacturer. All repairs shall be float finished flush with the surrounding surface within a tolerance of 1/8 inch of a straight edge placed across the full width and breadth of the repair area. 6708.3(7)D Cure All bridge deck repair areas shall be cured in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and attain a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi before allowing vehicular and foot traffic on the repair and placing waterproofing membrane on the bridge deck over the repair. 6-08.3(8) Waterproof Membrane for Structure Decks This work consists of furnishing and placing a waterproof sheet membrane system over a prepared Structure Deck prior to placing an HMA overlay. The waterproof membrane system shall consist of a sheet membrane adhered to the Structure Deck with a primer. The Contractor shall comply with all membrane manufacturer's installation recommendations. 6-08.3(8)A Structure Deck Preparation The Structure Deck and ambient air temperatures shall be above 50°F and the Structure Deck shall be surface -dry at the time of the application of the primer and membrane. All areas of a Structure Deck that have fresh cast bridge deck concrete less than 28 days old (not including bridge deck repair concrete placed in accordance with Section 6-08.3(7)) shall cure for a period of time recommended by the membrane manufacturer, or as specified by the Engineer, before application of the membrane. The entire Structure Deck and the sides of the curb and expansion joint headers to the height of the HMA overlay shall be free of all foreign material such as dirt, grease, etc. Prior to applying the primer or sheet membrane, all dust and loose material shall be removed from the Structure Deck with compressed air. All surface defects such as spalled areas, cracks, protrusions, holes, sharp edges, ridges, etc., and other surface imperfections greater than % inch in width shall be corrected prior to application of the membrane. 6-08.3(8)B Applying Primer The primer shall be applied to the cleaned deck surfaces at the rate according to the procedure recommended by the membrane manufacturer. All surfaces to be covered by the membrane shall be thoroughly and uniformly coated with primer. Structure Deck areas left with existing well bonded waterproof membrane after bituminous surfacing AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 removal shall receive an application of primer in accordance with the ' membrane manufacturer's recommendations. Precautionary measures shall be taken to ensure that pools and thick layers of primer are not left on the deck surface. The membrane shall not be applied until the primer ' has cured or volatile material has substantially dissipated, in accordance with the membrane manufacturer's recommendations. ' The primer and waterproof membrane shall extend from the bridge deck up onto the curb face and expansion joint header face the thickness of the ' HMA overlay. The membrane shall adhere to the vertical surface. ' 6-08.3(8)C Placing Waterproof Membrane Membrane application shall begin at the low point on the deck, and ' continue in a lapped shingle pattern. The overlap shall be a minimum of six inches or greater if recommended by the membrane manufacturer. ' Membrane seams shall be sealed as recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Hand rollers or similar tools shall be used on the applied membrane to assure firm and uniform contact with the primed Structure ' surfaces. ' The fabric shall be neatly cut and contoured at all expansion joints and drains. The cuts at bridge drains shall be two right angle cuts made to the inside diameter of the bridge deck drain outlet, after which the corners of ' the waterproof membrane shall be turned down into the drains and laid in a coating of primer. 6-08.3(8)D Membrane Repair and Protection ' The waterproof membrane will be visually inspected by the Engineer for uniformity, tears, punctures, bonding, bubbles, wrinkles, voids and other defects. All such deficiencies shall be repaired in accordance with the ' membrane manufacturer's recommendations prior to placement of the HMA overlay. 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 The membrane material shall be protected from damage due to the paving ' operations in accordance with the membrane manufacturer's recommendations. No traffic or equipment except that required for the actual waterproofing and paving operations will be permitted to travel or ' rest on the membrane until it is covered by the HMA overlay. The use of windrows is not allowed for laydown of HMA on a membrane. ' Where waterproofing membrane is placed in stages or applied at different times, a strip of temporary paper shall be used to protect the membrane overlap from the HMA hand removal methods. 6-08.3(9) Placing Bituminous Pavement on Structure Decks HMA overlay shall be applied on Grade Controlled Structure Decks using ' reference lines for vertical control in accordance with Section 5-04.3(3)C. The compacted elevation of the HMA overlay on Structure Decks shall be within ± 0.02 feet of the specified overlay thickness or Final Grade Profile as ' applicable. Deviations from the final grade paving profile in excess of the 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 specified tolerance and areas of non -conforming surface smoothness shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5-04.3(13). 1 Final grade Roadway transitions to a Structure Deck with Bituminous Pavement shall not exceed a 0.20 percent change in grade in accordance with the bridge deck transition for HMA overlay Standard Plan, unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Final grade compacted HMA elevations shall be higher than an adjacent concrete edge by 1/4 inch ±'/8 inch at all expansion joint headers and concrete butt joints as shown in the concrete to asphalt butt joint details of the bridge paving joint seals Standard Plan. This also applies to steel edges within the limits of the overlay such as bridge drain frames and steel joint riser bars at bridge expansion joints. 6-08.3(9)A Protection of Structure Attachments and Embedments The Contractor is responsible for protecting all Structure attachments and embedments from the application of BST and HMA. Drainage inlets that are to remain open, and expansion joints, shall be cleaned out immediately after paving is completed. Materials passing through expansion joints shall be removed from the bridge within 10 working,days. All costs incurred by the Contractor in protective measures and clean up shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the associated Bid items of Work. 6-08.3(10) HMA Compaction on Structure Decks Compaction of HMA on Structure Decks shall be in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(10). Work rejected in accordance with Section 5-04.3(11) shall include the materials, work, and incidentals to repair an existing waterproof membrane damaged by the removal of the rejected work. 6-08.3(11) Paved Panel Joint Seals and HMA Sawcut and Seal Bridge paving joint seals shall be installed in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(12)6 and the details shown in the Plans and Standard Plans. When concrete joints are exposed after removal of Bituminous Pavement, the joints shall be cleaned and sealed in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the paved panel joint seal details of the bridge paving joint seals Standard Plan, including placement of the closed cell backer rod at the base of the cleaned joint. If waterproofing membrane is required, the membrane shall be slack or folded at the concrete joint to allow for Structure movements without stress to the membrane. After placement of the HMA overlay, the second phase of the paved panel joint seal shall be completed by sawing the HMA and sealing the sawn joint in accordance with Section 5-04.3(12)B2. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 ' 6-08.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items when they are included in the Proposal: "Structure Surveying", lump sum. ' "Removing Existing Overlay From Bridge Deck_", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Removing Existing Overlay From Bridge Deck —"'shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified for full removal of Bituminous Pavement on Structure Decks, including the removal of ' existing waterproof membrane and disposing of materials. 1 1 1 1 1 1 "Bridge Deck Repair Br. No._", per square foot. The unit Contract price per square foot for "Bridge Deck Repair Br. No._" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including removing and disposing of the concrete within the repair area and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair concrete. "Waterproof Membrane Br. No._", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Waterproof Membrane Br. No._" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including repairing any damaged or defective waterproofing membrane and repair of damaged HMA overlay. 6-09.AP6 Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays April 4, 2016 6-09.3(8)A Quality Assurance for Microsilica Modified and Fly Ash Modified Concrete Overlays The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read the following two new sentences: The Engineer will perform slump, temperature, and entrained air tests for acceptance in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)D and as specified in this Section after the Contractor has turned over the concrete for acceptance testing. Concrete samples for testing shall be supplied to the Engineer in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)E. The last paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-08.4 Measurement Removing existing Bituminous Pavement from Structure Decks will be measured by ' the square yard of Structure Deck surface area with removed overlay. Bridge deck repair will be measured by the square foot surface area of deck ' concrete removed with the measurement taken at the plane of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars. ' Waterproof membrane will be measured by the square yard surface area of Structure Deck and curb and header surface area covered by membrane. ' 6-08.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items when they are included in the Proposal: "Structure Surveying", lump sum. ' "Removing Existing Overlay From Bridge Deck_", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Removing Existing Overlay From Bridge Deck —"'shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified for full removal of Bituminous Pavement on Structure Decks, including the removal of ' existing waterproof membrane and disposing of materials. 1 1 1 1 1 1 "Bridge Deck Repair Br. No._", per square foot. The unit Contract price per square foot for "Bridge Deck Repair Br. No._" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including removing and disposing of the concrete within the repair area and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair concrete. "Waterproof Membrane Br. No._", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for "Waterproof Membrane Br. No._" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including repairing any damaged or defective waterproofing membrane and repair of damaged HMA overlay. 6-09.AP6 Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays April 4, 2016 6-09.3(8)A Quality Assurance for Microsilica Modified and Fly Ash Modified Concrete Overlays The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read the following two new sentences: The Engineer will perform slump, temperature, and entrained air tests for acceptance in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)D and as specified in this Section after the Contractor has turned over the concrete for acceptance testing. Concrete samples for testing shall be supplied to the Engineer in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)E. The last paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-09.3(8)B Quality Assurance for Latex Modified Concrete Overlays The first two paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: The Engineer will perform slump, temperature, and entrained air tests for acceptance in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)D and as specified in this Section after the Contractor has turned over the concrete for acceptance testing. The Engineer will perform testing as the concrete is being placed. Samples shall be taken on the first charge through each mobile mixer and every other charge. thereafter. The sample shall be taken after the first 2 minutes of continuous mixer operation. Concrete samples for testing shall be supplied to the Engineer in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)E. The second to last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Recommendations made by the technical representative on or off the jobsite shall be adhered to by the Contractor. 6-10.AP6 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier August 1, 2016 6-10.3(5) Temporary Concrete Barrier This section title is revised to read: Temporary Barrier The first paragraph is revised to read: For temporary barrier, the Contractor may use precast concrete barrier or temporary steel barrier. Temporary concrete barrier shall comply with Standard Plan requirements and cross-sectional dimensions, except that: (1) it may be made in other lengths than those shown in the Standard Plan, and (2) it may have permanent lifting holes no larger than 4 inches in diameter or lifting loops. Temporary steel barrier shall be certified that it meets NCHRP 350 or MASH crash test requirements and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6-10.4 Measurement The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Temporary barrier will be measured by the linear foot along the completed line and slope of the barrier, one time only for each setup of barrier protected area. 6-10.5 Payment The Bid item "Temporary Conc. Barrier", per linear foot, and the paragraph following this Bid item, is revised to read: "Temporary Barrier", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for,"Temporary Barrier" shall be full pay for all costs, including furnishing, installing, connecting, anchoring, maintaining, temporary storage, and final removal of the temporary barrier. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 Ell II f 0 h! J 1 1 1 P C 1 1 1 1 r, 1 Ll 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 6-12.AP6 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls January 3, 2017 6-12.3(9) Access Doors and Concrete Landing Pads The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall construct concrete landing pads for each access door location as shown in the Plans. 6-12.5 Payment In the paragraph following the bid item "Noise Barrier Wall Access Door", per each, "concrete landing pad" is revised to read "concrete landing pads". 6-14.AP6 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls January 3, 2017 6-14.3(2) Submittals The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of detailed plans for each wall. 6-14.5 Payment The bid item "Concrete Fascia Panel", per square foot, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read:. "Concrete Fascia Panel For Geosynthetic Wall", per square foot. All costs in connection with constructing the concrete fascia panels as specified shall be included in the unit Contract price per square foot for "Concrete Fascia Panel For Geosynthetic Wall", including all steel reinforcing bars, premolded joint filler, polyethylene bond breaker strip, joint sealant, PVC pipe for weep holes, exterior surface finish, and pigmented sealer (when specified), constructing and placing the concrete footing, edge beam, anchor beam, anchor rod assembly, and backfill. 6-19.AP6 Section 6-19, Shafts January 3, 2017 6-19.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-19.3(10) Engineer's Final Acceptance of Shafts The Engineer will determine final acceptance of each shaft, based on the nondestructive QA test results and analysis for the tested shafts, and will provide a response to the Contractor within 3 working days after receiving the test results and analysis submittal. 6-19.3(1)B Nondestructive Testing of Shafts This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 6-19.3(1)B1 Nondestructive Quality Assurance (QA) Testing of Shafts Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall perform nondestructive QA testing of shafts, except for those constructed completely in the dry Either crosshole sonic log (CSL) testing in accordance with ASTM D 6760 or thermal integrity profiling (TIP) testing in accordance with ASTM D 7949 shall be used. 6-19.3(1)62 Nondestructive Quality Verification (QV) Testing of Shafts The Contracting Agency may perform QV nondestructive testing of shafts that have been QA tested by the Contractor. The Contracting Agency may test up to ten percent of the shafts. The Engineer will identify the shafts selected for QV testing and the testing method the Contracting Agency will use. The Contractor shall accommodate the Contracting Agency's nondestructive testing. 6-19.3(2) Shaft Construction Submittal This section is revised to read: The shaft construction submittal shall be comprised of the following four components: construction experience; shaft installation narrative; shaft slurry technical assistance; and nondestructive QA testing personnel. The submittals shall be Type 2 Working Drawings, except the shaft slurry technical assistance and nondestructive QA testing personnel submittals shall be Type 1. This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 6-19.3(2)D Nondestructive QA Testing Organization and Personnel The Contractor shall submit the names of the testing organizations, and the names of the personnel who will conduct nondestructive QA testing of shafts. The submittal shall include documentation that the qualifications specified below are satisfied. For TIP testing, the testing organization is the group that performs the data analysis and produces the final report. The testing organizations and the testing personnel shall meet the following minimum qualifications: The testing organization shall have performed nondestructive tests on a minimum of three deep foundation projects in the last two years. 2. Personnel conducting the tests for the testing organization shall have a minimum of one year experience in nondestructive testing and interpretation. 3. The experience requirements for the organization and personnel shall be consistent with the testing methods the Contractor has selected for a nondestructive testing of shafts. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 ' 4. Personnel preparing test reports shall be a Professional Engineers, licensed under Title 18.,RCW, State of Washington, and in accordance with WAC 196- 23-020. 6-19.3(3) Shaft Excavation The second paragraph is revised to read: ' Shaft excavation shall not be started until the Contractor has received the Engineer's acceptance for the reinforcing steel centralizers required when the casing is to be pulled during concrete placement. This section is supplemented with the following: Except as otherwise noted, the Contractor shall not commence subsequent shaft excavations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, based on the results and analysis of the nondestructive testing for the first shaft. The Contractor may ' commence subsequent shaft excavations prior to receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, provided the following condition is satisfied: 1 1 1 the specified concrete cover throughout the length of the shaft 6-19.3(5)C Concrete Cover Over Steel Reinforcing Bars In the table, the second column (including heading) is revised to read: Minimum Concrete Cover, and Concrete Cover Tolerance, Except at Permanent Slip Casing Inches 3,-11/, 4,-2 4,-2 6,-3 The following new paragraph is inserted after the table: The concrete cover tolerances specified above apply to the concrete cover specified in the Plans, even if it exceeds the minimum concrete cover. 6-19.3(6) Access Tubes for Crosshole Sonic Log (CSL) Testing This section title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 The Engineer permits continuing with shaft construction based on the Engineer's ' observations of the construction of the first shaft, including, but not limited to, conformance to the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B, and the Engineer's review of Contractor's daily reports and Inspector's daily logs concerning excavation, steel reinforcing bar placement, and concrete placement. ' 6-19.3(5)B Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Centralizers This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: The Contractor shall furnish and install additional centralizers as required to maintain 1 1 1 the specified concrete cover throughout the length of the shaft 6-19.3(5)C Concrete Cover Over Steel Reinforcing Bars In the table, the second column (including heading) is revised to read: Minimum Concrete Cover, and Concrete Cover Tolerance, Except at Permanent Slip Casing Inches 3,-11/, 4,-2 4,-2 6,-3 The following new paragraph is inserted after the table: The concrete cover tolerances specified above apply to the concrete cover specified in the Plans, even if it exceeds the minimum concrete cover. 6-19.3(6) Access Tubes for Crosshole Sonic Log (CSL) Testing This section title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-19.3(6) Contractor Furnished Accessories for Nondestructive QA Testing This section is supplemented with the following three new subsections: 6-19.3(6)D Shafts Requiring Thermal Wire The Contractor shall furnish and install thermal wire in all shafts receiving the thermal wire method of TIP testing, except as otherwise noted in Section 6-19.3(1)B1. 6-19.3(6)E Thermal Wire and Thermal Access Points (TAPs)' The thermal wire and associated couplers shall be obtained from the source specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall securely attach the thermal wire to the interior of the reinforcement cage of the shaft in conformance with the supplier's instructions. At a minimum, one thermal wire shall be furnished and installed for each foot of shaft diameter, rounded to the nearest whole number, as shown in the Plans. The number of thermal wires for shaft diameters specified as "X feet 6 inches" shall be rounded up to the next higher whole number. The thermal wires shall be placed around the shaft, inside the spiral or hoop reinforcement, and tied to the vertical reinforcement with plastic "zip" ties at a maximum spacing of 2 -feet. Steel tie wire shall not be used. The thermal wire shall be installed in straight alignment and taut, but with enough slack to not be damaged during reinforcing cage lofting. The wires shall be as near to parallel to the vertical axis of the reinforcement cage as possible. The thermal wire shall extend from the bottom of the reinforcement cage to the top of the shaft,; with 15 -feet of slack wire provided above the top of shaft. Care shall be taken to prevent damaging the thermal wires during reinforcement cage installation and concrete placement operations in the shaft excavation. After completing shaft reinforcement cage fabrication at the site and prior to installation of the cage into the shaft excavation, the Contractor shall install and connect thermal access points (TAPS) to the thermal wires. The TAPS shall record data for at least one hour after the cage is placed in the excavation to measure the slurry temperature and enable the steel and slurry temperatures to equilibrate prior to placing concrete in the shaft. The TAPS shall record and store data every 15 minutes. The TAPS shall remain active for a minimum of 36 hours. Prior to beginning concrete placement the TAPS shall be checked to ensure they are recording data and that the wires have not been damaged. If a TAP unit is not functioning due to a damaged wire, the Contractor shall repair or replace the wire. If a TAP unit fails or a wire breaks after concrete placement has started, the Contractor shall not stop the concrete placement operation to repair the wire. 6-19.3(6)F Use of Access Tubes for TIP Testing Under the Thermal Probe Method The Contractor may use access tubes for TIP testing under the thermal probe method. Access tubes shall be cared for in accordance with Section 6-1.9.3(6)C. Prior to TIP testing under the thermal probe method, the water in each tube shall be removed, collected, and stored in an insulated container. The access tube shall be blown dry and swabbed to remove residual water. After TIP testing, the collected and stored tube water shall be introduced back into the access tube. New potable water may be used, AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 ' 6-19.3(9) Nondestructive Testing of Shafts (Crosshole Sonic Log (CSL) Testing) This section, including title, is revised to read: 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 provided the water temperature is not more than 10°F cooler than the average concrete ' temperature measured by the probe. 6-19.3(6)A Shafts Requiring CSL Access Tubes This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-19.3(6)A Shafts Requiring Access Tubes The Contractor shall furnish and install access tubes in all shafts receiving CSL testing ' or the thermal probe method of TIP testing, except as otherwise noted in Section 6- 19.3(1)61. 6-19.3(6)B Orientation and Assembly of the CSL Access Tubes This section's title is revised to read: 6-19.3(6)6 Orientation and Assembly of the Access Tubes 6-19.3(6)C Care for CSL Access Tubes from Erection through CSL Testing This section's title is revised to read: 6-19.3(6)C Care for Access Tubes from Erection Through Nondestructive QA ' Testing The second sentence is revised to read: ' The Contractor shall keep all of a shaft's access tubes full of water through the completion of nondestructive QA testing of that shaft. t6-19.3(7)A Concrete Class for Shaft Concrete This section is revised to read: Shaft concrete shall be Class 5000P conforming to Section 6-02. 6-19.3(7)B Concrete Placement Requirements The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The Section 6-02.3(6) restriction for 5 feet maximum free fall shall not apply to placement of concrete into a shaft. 6-19.3(7)1 Requirements for Placing Concrete Above the Top of Shaft This section is revised to read: Concrete shall not be placed above the top of shaft (for column splice zones, columns, footings, or shaft caps) until the Contractor receives the Engineer's acceptance of nondestructive QA testing, if performed at that shaft, and acceptance of the shaft. ' 6-19.3(9) Nondestructive Testing of Shafts (Crosshole Sonic Log (CSL) Testing) This section, including title, is revised to read: 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-19.3(9) Nondestructive QA Testing of Shafts The Contractor shall provide nondestructive QA testing and analysis on all shafts with access tubes or thermal wires and TAPS facilitating the testing (See Section 6- 19.3(1)B). The testing and analysis shall be performed by the testing organizations identified by the Contractor's submittal in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)D. The Engineer may direct that additional testing be performed at a shaft if anomalies or a soft bottom are detected by the Contractor's testing. If additional;, testing at a shaft confirms the presence of a defect(s) in the shaft, the testing costs and the delay costs resulting from the additional testing shall be borne by the Contractor in accordance with Section 1-05.6. If the additional testing indicates that the shaft has no defect, the testing costs and the delay costs resulting from the additional testing will be paid by the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 1-05.6, and, if the shaft construction is on the critical path of the Contractor's schedule, a time extension equal to the delay created by the additional testing will be granted in accordance with Section 1-08.8. 6-19.3(9)A Schedule of CSL Testing This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-19.3(9)A TIP Testing Using Thermal Probes or CSL Testing If selected as the nondestructive QA testing method by the Contractor, TIP testing using thermal probes, or CSL testing shall be performed after the shaft concrete has cured at least 96 hours. Additional curing time prior to testing may be required if the shaft concrete contains admixtures, such as set retarding admixture or water -reducing admixture, added in accordance with Section 6-02.3(3). The additional curing time prior to testing required under these circumstances shall not be grounds for additional compensation or extension of time to the Contractor in accordance with Section 1-08.8. 6-19.3(9)B Inspection of CSL Access Tubes This section's title is revised to read: 6-19.3(9)B Inspection of Access Tubes 6-19.3(9)C Engineer's Final Acceptance of Shafts This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-19.3(9)C TIP Testing With Thermal Wires and TAPS If selected as the nondestructive QA testing method by the Contractor, TIP testing with thermal wires and TAPs (See Section 6-19.3(6)E) shall be performed. The TIP testing shall commence at the beginning of the concrete placement operation, recording temperature readings at 15 -minute intervals until the peak temperature is captured in the data. Additional curing time may be required if the shaft concrete contains admixtures, such as set retarding admixture or water -reducing admixture, added in accordance with Section 6-02.3(3). The additional curing time required under these circumstances shall not be grounds for additional compensation or extension of time to the Contractor in accordance with Section 1-08.8. TIP testing shall be conducted at all shafts in which thermal wires and TAPS have been installed for thermal wire analysis (Section 6-19.3(6)A). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-19.3(9)D Requirements to Continue Shaft Excavation Prior to Acceptance of First Shaft This section, including title, is revised to read: 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 6-19.3(9)D Nondestructive QA Testing Results Submittal ' The Contractor shall submit the results and analysis of the nondestructive QA testing for each shaft tested. The Contractor shall submit the test results within three working days of testing. Results shall be a Type 1 Working Drawing presented in a written report. TIP reports shall include. - nclude:1. 1 .A map or plot of the wire/tube location within the shaft and their position relative to a known and identifiable location, such as North. ' 2. Graphical displays of temperature measurements versus depth of each wire or tube for the analysis time selected, overall average temperature with depth, shaft radius or diameter with depth, concrete cover versus cage position with depth, and effective radius. 3. The report shall identify unusual temperatures, particularly significantly cooler local deviations from the overall average. 4. The report shall identify the location and extent where satisfactory or ' questionable concrete is identified. a. Satisfactory (S) - 0 to 6% Effective Radius Reduction and Cover Criteria Met b. Questionable (Q) - Effective Local Radius Reduction > 6%, Effective Local Average Diameter Reduction > 4%, or Cover Criteria Not Met 5. Variations in temperature between wire/tubes (at each depth) which in turn correspond to variations in cage alignment. 6. Where shaft specific construction information is available (e.g. elevations of the top of shaft, bottom of casing, bottom of shaft, etc.), these values shall be noted on all pertinent graphical displays. CSL reports shall include: S1. A map or plot of the tube location within the shaft and their position relative to a known and identifiable location, such as North. t2. Graphical displays of CSL Energy versus Depth and CSL signal arrival time versus depth or velocity versus depth. 3. The report shall identify the location and extent where good, questionable, and poor concrete is identified, where no signal was received, or where water is present. 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 a. Good (G) -No signal distortion and decrease in signal velocity of 10% or less is indicative of good quality concrete. I b. Questionable (Q) - Minor signal distortion and a lower signal amplitude with a decrease in signal velocity between 10% and 20%. c. Poor (P) - Severe signal distortion and much lower signal amplitude with a decrease in signal velocity of 20% or more. d. No Signal (NS) - No signal was received. e. Water (W) - A measured signal velocity of nominally V = 4,800 to 5,000 fps. All QA test reports will provide a recommendation to accept the shaft as -is, recommendation for further review by the Engineer, or will provide a plan for further testing, investigation or repair to address any deficiencies identified by the testing. 6-19.3(9)E Additional CSL Testing This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-19.3(9)E Vacant 6-19.3(9)1 Requirements for CSL Access Tubes and Cored Holes After CSL Testing This section's title is revised to read - 6 -19.3(9)1 Requirements for Access Tubes and Cored Holes After CSL Testing 6-19.4 Measurement This section is revised to read: Constructing shafts will be measured by the linear foot. The linear foot measurement will be calculated using the top of shaft elevation and the bottom of shaft elevation for each shaft as shown in the Plans. Rock excavation for shaft, including haul, will be measured by the linear foot of shaft excavated. The linear feet measurement will be computed using the top of the rock line, defined as the highest bedrock point within the shaft diameter, and the bottom elevation shown in the Plans. QA shaft test will be measured once per shaft tested. 6-19.5 Payment This section is revised to read: Payment will be made for the following Bid items when they are included in the Proposal: "Constructing_Diam. Shaft", per linear foot. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Constructing_Diam. Shaft" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including: 1. Soil excavation for shaft, including all costs in connection with furnishing, mixing, placing, maintaining, containing, collecting, and disposing of all mineral, synthetic and water slurry, and disposing of groundwater collected by the excavated shaft. ' 2. Furnishing and placing temporary shaft casing, including temporary casing in addition to the required casing specified in the Special Provisions, and including all costs in connection with completely removing the casing after completing shaft construction. 3. Furnishing permanent casing for shaft. Placing 4. permanent casing for shaft. 5. Casing shoring, including all costs in connection with furnishing and ' installing casing shoring above the specified upper limit for casing shoring but necessary to provide for sufficient water head pressure to resist artesian water pressure present in the shaft excavation, removing casing shoring, and placing seals when required. ' 6. Furnishing and placing steel reinforcing bar and epoxy -coated steel reinforcing bar, including furnishing and installing steel reinforcing bar centralizers. 7. Installation of CSL tubes or thermal wires. 8. Furnishing, placing and curing concrete to the top of shaft or to the construction joint at the base of the shaft -column splice zone as applicable. ' Payment for "Constructing_Diam. Shaft" will be made upon Engineer acceptance of the shaft, including completion of satisfactory QA shaft tests as applicable. 1 "Rock Excavation For Shaft Including Haul", per linear foot. When rock excavation is encountered, payment for rock excavation is in addition to the unit Contract price per linear foot for "Constructing_Diam. Shaft" "Shoring Or Extra Excavation Cl. A - _", lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for "Shoring Or Extra Excavation Cl. A - _" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including all costs in connection with all excavation outside the limits specified for soil and rock excavation for shaft including haul, all temporary telescoping casings, and all temporary casings beyond the limits of required temporary casing specified in the Special Provisions. "QA Shaft Test", per each. The unit Contract price per each for "QA Shaft Test" shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified, including operating all associated accessories necessary to AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 record and process data and develop the summary QA test reports. Section 1-04.6 does not apply to this bid item. "Removing Shaft Obstructions", estimated. Payment for removing, breaking -up, or pushing aside shaft obstructions, as defined in Section 6-19.3(3)E, will be made for the changes in shaft; construction methods necessary to deal with the obstruction. The Contractor and the Engineer shall evaluate the effort made and reach agreement on the equipment and employees utilized, and the number of hours involved for each. Once these cost items and their duration have been agreed upon, the payment amount will be determined using the rate and markup methods specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for the item "Removing Shaft Obstructions" in the Bid Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. If drilled shaft tools, cutting teeth, casing or Kelly bar is damaged as a result of the obstruction removal work, the Contractor will be compensated for the costs to repair this equipment in accordance with Section 1-09.6. If shaft construction equipment is idled as a result of the Work required to deal with the obstruction and cannot be reasonably reassigned within'the project, then standby payment for the idled equipment will be added to the payment calculations. If labor is idled as a result of the Work required to deal with the obstruction and cannot be reasonably reassigned within the project, then all labor costs resulting from Contractor labor agreements and established Contractor policies will be added to the payment calculations. The Contractor shall perform the amount of obstruction Work estimated by the Contracting Agency within the original time of the Contract. The Engineer will consider a time adjustment and additional compensation for costs related to the extended duration of the shaft construction operations, provided: The dollar amount estimated by the Contracting Agency has been exceeded,and 2. The Contractor shows that the obstruction removal „Work represents a delay to the completion of the project based on theicurrent progress schedule provided in accordance with Section 1-08.3. 7-02.AP7 Section 7-02, Culverts January 3, 2017 7-02.2 Materials The following three new items are inserted after the item "Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete: Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9-03.12(3) Butyl Rubber Sealant 9-04.11 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 External Sealing Band 9-04.12 SThe last paragraph is deleted .. 3. Length of Opposite Surfaces — Variations in lengths of two opposite surfaces of the three -sided section shall not be more than 3/4 inch unless beveled sections are being used to accommodate a curve in the alignment. 4. Reinforcing steel placement shall meet the tolerances specified in Section 6- 02.3(24)C. Tolerances for PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be as follows: 1. Internal Dimensions — The internal dimensions shall not vary more than 1 percent from the Plan dimensions. If haunches are used, the haunch dimensions shall not vary more than'/4 inch from the Plan dimensions. 2. Slab and Wall Thickness — The slab and wall thickness shall not be less than that shown in the Plans by more than 5 percent or 3/,s inch, whichever is greater. A thickness more than that required in the Plans will not be a cause for rejection. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 7-02.3(6) Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures, Box Culverts and Split ' Box Culverts This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: When the Plans include a complete set of design details for a Structure (defining panel shapes and dimensions, concrete strength requirements, and steel reinforcing bar, joint, ' and connection details), the design and load rating preparation and calculation submittal requirements of Sections 7-02.3(6)A1 and 7-02.3(6)A2 do not apply for the components shown in the Plans, but all other requirements of this Section remain in effect. The Contractor may propose alternate concrete culvert designs, accommodating the same rise, span, and length as shown in the Plans, to replace the Structure details shown in the Plans. If an alternate concrete culvert design is proposed, all of the requirements of this Section, including design and load rating preparation and calculation submittal, apply. 7-02.3(6)A General This section is supplemented with the following two new paragraphs: Tolerances for PRCTSS shall be as follows: ' 1. Internal Dimensions — The internal dimension shall not vary more than 1 percent or 2 inches, whichever is less, from the Plan dimensions. The haunch dimensions shall not vary more than 3/4 inch from the Plan dimensions. 2. Slab and Wall Thickness — The slab and wall thickness shall not be less than ' that shown in the Plans by more than 5 percent or 1/2 inch, whichever is greater. A thickness more than that required in the Plans will not be a cause for rejection if proper joining is not affected. 3. Length of Opposite Surfaces — Variations in lengths of two opposite surfaces of the three -sided section shall not be more than 3/4 inch unless beveled sections are being used to accommodate a curve in the alignment. 4. Reinforcing steel placement shall meet the tolerances specified in Section 6- 02.3(24)C. Tolerances for PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be as follows: 1. Internal Dimensions — The internal dimensions shall not vary more than 1 percent from the Plan dimensions. If haunches are used, the haunch dimensions shall not vary more than'/4 inch from the Plan dimensions. 2. Slab and Wall Thickness — The slab and wall thickness shall not be less than that shown in the Plans by more than 5 percent or 3/,s inch, whichever is greater. A thickness more than that required in the Plans will not be a cause for rejection. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 3. Length of Opposite Box Segments — Variations in lengths of two opposite surfaces of the box segments shall not be more than 1/8 inch per foot of internal span, with a maximum of 5/8 inch for all sizes through 7 feet internal span, and a maximum of % inch for internal spans greater than 7 feet, except where beveled sections are being used to accommodate a curve in the alignment. 4. Length of Box Segments — The underrun in length of a segment shall not be more than 1/8 inch per foot of length with a maximum of %2 inch in any box segment. 5. Length of Legs and Slabs — The variation in length of the legs shall not be more than 1/8 inch per foot of the rise of the leg per leg with a maximum of 5/8 inches. The differential length between opposing legs of the same segment shall not be more than 1/2 inch. Length of independent top slab spans shall not vary by more than '/ inch per foot of span of the top slab, with a maximum of 5/8 inches. 6. Reinforcing steel placement shall meet the tolerances specified in Section 6- 02.3(24)C. This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 7-02.3(6)A5 Wingwalls and Retaining Walls Wingwalls and retaining walls (including cutoff walls and headwalls) shall be constructed in accordance with the Contractor's design and Working Drawing submittal or when the Plans include a complete set of design details for a wall (defining panel shapes and dimensions, concrete strength requirements, and steel reinforcing bar, joint, and connection details),the details shown in the Plans. Precast concrete construction shall conform to Sections 6-02.3(28) and 6-11.3(3). Culvert bedding material shall be furnished, placed, and compacted in accordance with Section 7-02.3(6)A4. 7-02.3(6)A1 Design Criteria The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Whenever the minimum finished backfill or surfacing depth above the top of the Structure is less than V-0" (except when the top of the Structure is directly exposed to vehicular traffic), either all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit shall be epoxy -coated with 2" minimum concrete cover from the face of concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars, or the minimum concrete cover shall be 2'/2". The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Concrete cover from the face of any concrete surface to the face of any steel reinforcement shall be 1 -inch minimum end clearance at all joints, and 2 -inches minimum at all other locations. 7-02.3(6)A2 Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 7 u 1 1 1 1 For precast Structures with a span length greater than 20 -feet (as defined in Section 7- 02.3(6)A1), except when the depth of fill above the top of culvert exceeds the Structure span length, a Type 2E Working Drawing shall be submitted consisting of a load rating report prepared in accordance with the AASHTO Manual for Bridge Evaluation and WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD M 23-50 Chapter 13. Soil pressures used shall include effects from the backfill material and compaction methods, and shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03 and the geotechnical report prepared for the project. 7-02.3(6)A3 Casting This section is revised to read: Concrete shall conform to Section 6-02.3(28)B, with a 28 -day compressive strength as specified in the Plans or the Working Drawings submittal. 7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation The last paragraph is revised to read: The upper layer of bedding course shall be a 6 -inch minimum thickness layer of culvert bedding material, defined as granular material either conforming to Section 9-03.12(3) or to AASHTO Grading No. 57 as specified in Section 9-03.1(4)C. The plan limits of the culvert bedding material shall extend 1 -foot beyond the plan limits of the culvert or the Structure footing as applicable. The culvert bedding material shall be compacted in accordance with the Section 2-09.3(1)E requirements for gravel backfill for drains. After compaction, the culvert bedding material shall be screeded transversely to the specified line and grade. Voids in the screeded culvert bedding material shall be filled and then rescreeded prior to erecting the precast Structure. 7-02.3(6)B3 Erection The last paragraph is revised to read: Adjacent precast sections shall be connected by welding the weld -tie anchors in accordance with Section 6-03.3(25). Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when welding the weld -ties. The weld -tie anchor spacing shall not exceed U-0". After connecting the weld -tie anchors, the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field primer conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(2). 7-02.3(6)C1 Casting This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of the precast Structures. Fabrication shop drawings replicating complete design details when shown in the Plans shall be Type 2 Working Drawings. Submittals completing the design based on the schematic geometric requirements shown in the Plans, or proposing a Contractor designed alternative concrete culvert Structure shall be Type 2E Working Drawings with supporting design calculations. The last paragraph is revised to read: 1 1 1 1 7 u 1 1 1 1 For precast Structures with a span length greater than 20 -feet (as defined in Section 7- 02.3(6)A1), except when the depth of fill above the top of culvert exceeds the Structure span length, a Type 2E Working Drawing shall be submitted consisting of a load rating report prepared in accordance with the AASHTO Manual for Bridge Evaluation and WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD M 23-50 Chapter 13. Soil pressures used shall include effects from the backfill material and compaction methods, and shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03 and the geotechnical report prepared for the project. 7-02.3(6)A3 Casting This section is revised to read: Concrete shall conform to Section 6-02.3(28)B, with a 28 -day compressive strength as specified in the Plans or the Working Drawings submittal. 7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation The last paragraph is revised to read: The upper layer of bedding course shall be a 6 -inch minimum thickness layer of culvert bedding material, defined as granular material either conforming to Section 9-03.12(3) or to AASHTO Grading No. 57 as specified in Section 9-03.1(4)C. The plan limits of the culvert bedding material shall extend 1 -foot beyond the plan limits of the culvert or the Structure footing as applicable. The culvert bedding material shall be compacted in accordance with the Section 2-09.3(1)E requirements for gravel backfill for drains. After compaction, the culvert bedding material shall be screeded transversely to the specified line and grade. Voids in the screeded culvert bedding material shall be filled and then rescreeded prior to erecting the precast Structure. 7-02.3(6)B3 Erection The last paragraph is revised to read: Adjacent precast sections shall be connected by welding the weld -tie anchors in accordance with Section 6-03.3(25). Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when welding the weld -ties. The weld -tie anchor spacing shall not exceed U-0". After connecting the weld -tie anchors, the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field primer conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(2). 7-02.3(6)C1 Casting This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 PRCSBC shall consist of lid elements and "U" shaped base elements. The vertical legs of the "U" shaped base elements shall be full height matching the rise of the culvert, except as otherwise specified for culvert spans greater than 20 -feet. For PRCSBC spans greater than 20 -feet (as defined in Section 7-02.3(6)A1), the lid elements may include vertical legs of a maximum length of 4 -feet. All vertical and horizontal joints of PRCBC and PRCSBC elements shall be tongue and groove type joints, except PRCBC and PRCSBC of 20 -foot span,', or less may have keyway joints connected by weld -tie anchors in accordance with ,Section 6-02.3(25)0. The weld -tie anchor spacing shall not exceed 6'-0". There shall be at least two galvanized steel tie plates across each top unit tongue and groove joint and each tongue and groove joint between upper and lower units, unless otherwise shown in the Plans or required by the seismic designed completed in accordance with Section 7- 02.3(6)A1. 7-02.3(6)C3 Erection This section is revised to read: PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be erected and backfilled in accordance with the erection sequence specified in the Working Drawing submittal, and the construction equipment restrictions specified in Section 6-02.3(25)0. The Contractor shall install a continuous strip of butyl rubber sealant within all tongue and groove joints prior to connecting the precast elements together. The butyl rubber sealant shall have a minimum cross section of/2-inch by 1'/2 -inch, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. After connecting the joints with weld -tie anchors, the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field primer conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(2). The Contractor shall wrap all exterior joints along the top and sides of the PRCBC and PRCSBC with a 12 -inch wide strip of external sealing band centered about the joint and adhesively bonded to the concrete surface. Backfill beside the PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be brought up in sequential layers, compacted concurrently. The difference in backfill height on opposing sides of the Structure shall not exceed 2 -feet. 7-02.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: Culvert bedding material will be measured by the cubic yard of material placed. 7-02.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: "Culvert Bedding Material", per cubic yard. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 1 1 1 1 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 1 11 7-08.AP7 Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation. Requirements January 3, 2017 7-08.3(1)A Trenches The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The embankment material shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density and the moisture content at the time of compaction shall be between optimum and 3 percentage points below optimum as determined by the Compaction Control Tests specified in Section 2-03.3(14)D. 8-01.AP8 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control August 1, 2016 8-01.2 Materials This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Recycled concrete, in any form, shall not be used for any Work defined in Section 8-01. 8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Material used for stabilized construction entrance shall be free of extraneous materials that may cause or contribute to track out. 8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning This section is revised to read: Self-propelled street sweepers shall be used to remove and collect sediment and other debris from the Roadway, whenever required by the Engineer. The street sweeper shall effectively collect these materials and prevent them from being washed or blown off the Roadway or into waters of the State. Street sweepers shall not generate fugitive dust and shall be designed and operated in compliance with applicable air quality standards. Material collected by the street sweeper shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Street washing with water will require the concurrence of the Engineer. 8-09.AP8 Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers January 3, 2017 8-09.5 Payment In the last paragraph, "flaggers and spotters" is revised to read "flaggers". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 8-10.AP8 Section 8-10, Guide Posts January 4, 2016 8-10.3 Construction Requirements The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 8-11.AP8 Section 8-11, Guardrail August 1, 2016 8-11.3(1)F Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. 8-11.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail', per linear foot is revised to read: The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail' shall be full payment for all costs to perform the Work as described in Section 8- 11.3(1)F, except for replacement posts and blocks. The paragraph following the Bid item "Raising Existing Beam Guardrail', per linear foot is revised to read: The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Raising Existing Beam Guardrail' shall be full payment for all costs to perform the Work as described in Section 8-11.3(1)E, except for replacement posts and blocks. 8-20.AP8 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical January 3, 2017 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code The second paragraph is revised to read: Wherever reference is made in these Specifications or in the Special Provisions to the Code, the rules, or the standards mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, rule, or standard that is in effect on the Bid advertisement date. 8-20.3(5)A General The last paragraph is revised to read: Immediately after the sizing mandrel has been pulled through, install an equipment grounding conductor if applicable (see Section 8-20.3(9)) and any new or existing wire AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 I 1 1 1 1 1 71 LJ 1 1 PVC and HDPE conduits shall be Schedule 80 unless installed as innerduct. 8-20.3(5)D Conduit Placement Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. 24 -inches below the top of the untreated surfacing on a Roadbed. 8-20.3(9) . Bonding, Grounding The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the first paragraph: Install an equipment grounding conductor in all new conduit, whether or not the equipment grounding conductor is called for in the wire schedule. For each new conduit with innerduct install an equipment grounding conductor in only one of the innerducts unless otherwise required by the NEC or the Plans. The fourth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied) is revised to read: Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors meeting the requirements of Section 9-29.3(2)A3 shall be minimum #8 AWG, installed in accordance with the NEC. Where existing conduits are used for the installation of new circuits, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed unless an existing equipment ground conductor, which is appropriate for the largest circuit, is already present in the existing raceway. The equipment ground conductor between the isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures shall be minimum #14 AWG stranded copper conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, the equipment -grounding conductor shall be sized by the largest overcurrent device serving any circuit contained within the conduit. The second sentence of the fifth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied) is revised to read: A non -insulated stranded copper conductor, minimum #8 AWG with a full circle crimp on connector (crimped with a manufacturer recommended crimper) shall be connected to the junction box frame or frame bonding stud, the other end shall be crimped to the equipment bonding conductor, using a "C" type crimp connector. The last two sentences of the sixth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied) are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 or cable as specified in the Plans. Where conduit is installed for future use, install a 200 -pound minimum tensile strength pull string with the equipment grounding conductor. The pull string shall be attached to duct plugs or caps at both ends of the conduit. 8-20.3(5)A1 Fiber Optic Conduit The last paragraph is deleted. 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type The second and third paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following new .� paragraph: 1 1 1 1 1 71 LJ 1 1 PVC and HDPE conduits shall be Schedule 80 unless installed as innerduct. 8-20.3(5)D Conduit Placement Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. 24 -inches below the top of the untreated surfacing on a Roadbed. 8-20.3(9) . Bonding, Grounding The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the first paragraph: Install an equipment grounding conductor in all new conduit, whether or not the equipment grounding conductor is called for in the wire schedule. For each new conduit with innerduct install an equipment grounding conductor in only one of the innerducts unless otherwise required by the NEC or the Plans. The fourth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied) is revised to read: Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors meeting the requirements of Section 9-29.3(2)A3 shall be minimum #8 AWG, installed in accordance with the NEC. Where existing conduits are used for the installation of new circuits, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed unless an existing equipment ground conductor, which is appropriate for the largest circuit, is already present in the existing raceway. The equipment ground conductor between the isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures shall be minimum #14 AWG stranded copper conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, the equipment -grounding conductor shall be sized by the largest overcurrent device serving any circuit contained within the conduit. The second sentence of the fifth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied) is revised to read: A non -insulated stranded copper conductor, minimum #8 AWG with a full circle crimp on connector (crimped with a manufacturer recommended crimper) shall be connected to the junction box frame or frame bonding stud, the other end shall be crimped to the equipment bonding conductor, using a "C" type crimp connector. The last two sentences of the sixth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied) are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 For light standards, signal standards, cantilever and sign bridge Structures the supplemental grounding conductor shall be #4 AWG non -insulated stranded copper conductor. For steel sign posts which support signs with sign lighting or flashing beacons the supplemental grounding conductor shall be #6 AWG non insulated stranded copper conductor. The fourth to last paragraph is revised to read: Install a two grounding electrode system at each service entrance point, at each electrical service installation and at each separately derived power source. The service entrance grounding electrode system shall conform to the "Service Ground" detail. in the Standard Plans. If soil conditions make vertical grounding electrode installation impossible an alternate installation procedure as described in the NEC may be used. Maintain a minimum of 6 feet of separation between any two grounding electrodes within the grounding system. Grounding electrodes shall be bonded copper, ferrous core materials and shall be solid rods not less than 10 feet in length if they are'/2 inch in diameter or not less than 6 feet in length if they are % inch or larger in diameter. 8-20.3(13)A Light Standards The first sentence in the second to last paragraph is revised to read: All new and relocated metal light standards shall be numbered for identification using painted 4 inch block gothic letters (similar to series C highway lettering) and numbers installed 3 feet above the base facing the Traveled Way. The numbered list in the second to last paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: NN CC -SSSS wv Where: tli NN— Is the pole number as identified in the Plans. May be one or more characters. cc — Is the circuit letter as identified in the Plans. May be one or more characters. SSSS— Is he service cabinet number as identified in the Plans. Do not include the two or three letter prefix. Up to four digits - do not include leading zeros. VVV — Is the operating voltage of the luminaire. Always three digits. 8-20.3(13)C Luminaires The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall mark the installation date on the inside of the luminaire ballast or driver housing using a permanent marking pen. 8-22.AP8 I Section 8-22, Pavement Marking a January 4, 2016 8-22.4 Measurement The first two sentences of the fourth paragraph are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113/17 The measurement for "Painted Wide Lane Line", "Plastic Wide Lane Line", "Profiled Plastic Wide Lane Line",,"Painted BarrierCenter Line", "Plastic Barrier Center Line", "Painted Stop Line", "Plastic Stop Line", "Painted Wide Dotted Entry Line", or "Plastic Wide Dotted Entry Line" will be based on the total length of each painted, plastic or t profiled plastic line installed. No deduction will be made for the unmarked area when the marking includes a broken line such as, wide broken lane line, drop lane line, wide dotted lane line or wide dotted entry line. 8-22.5 Payment The following two new Bid items are inserted after the Bid item "Plastic Crosshatch Marking", per linear foot: "Painted Wide Dotted Entry Line", per linear foot. "Plastic Wide Dotted Entry Line", per linear foot. ' 9-01.1 Types of Cement This section is revised to read: Cement shall be classified as portland cement, blended hydraulic cement, or rapid hardening hydraulic cement. 9-01.2(2) Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-01.2(2) Rapid Hardening Hydraulic Cement f Rapid hardening hydraulic cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1600. 9-01.AP9 Section 9-01, Portland Cement January 3, 2017 f9-01.2(4) This section's title is revised to read: Cement ' 9-01.1 Types of Cement This section is revised to read: Cement shall be classified as portland cement, blended hydraulic cement, or rapid hardening hydraulic cement. 9-01.2(2) Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-01.2(2) Rapid Hardening Hydraulic Cement f Rapid hardening hydraulic cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1600. I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 9-01.2(3) Low Alkali Cement This section is renumbered as follows: 9-01.2(1)A Low Alkali Cement f9-01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement This section is renumbered as follows: 9-01.2(1)B Blended Hydraulic Cement In the first paragraph, the last two sentences of item number 3 are revised to read: I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Separate testing of each source of fly ash at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure. Expansion at 180 days shall be 0.10 percent or less. In the first paragraph, the last two sentences of item number 4 are revised to read: Separate testing of each source of slag at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure. Expansion at 180 days shall be 0.10 percent or less In the first paragraph, the last two sentences of item number 5 are revised to read: Separate testing of each source of fly ash or slag at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure. Expansion at 180 days shall be 0.10 percent or less. 9-01.3 Tests and Acceptance The second paragraph is revised to read: Cement producers/suppliers that certify portland cement or blended hydraulic cement shall participate in the Cement Acceptance Program as described in WSDOT Standard Practice QC 1. Rapid hardening hydraulic cement producers/suppliers are not required to participate in WSDOT Standard Practice QC 1. 9-03.AP9 Section 9-03, Aggregates January 3, 2017 9-03.1(1) General Requirements In this section, each reference to "Section 9-01.2(3)" is revised to read "Section 9-01.2(1)A". This first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Reclaimed aggregate may be used if it complies with the specifications for Portland Cement Concrete. Reclaimed aggregate is aggregate that has been recovered from plastic concrete by washing away the cementitious materials. 9-03.1(2) Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete This section is revised to read: Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand or manufactured sand, or combinations thereof, accepted by the Engineer, having hard, strong, durable particles free from adherent coating. Fine aggregate shall be washed thoroughly to meet the specifications. 9-03.1(2)A Deleterious Substances This section is revised to read: The amount of deleterious substances in the washed aggregate shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO M 6 and not exceed the following values: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 0 1 1 1 Material finer than No. 200 Sieve 2.5 percent by weight Clay lumps and friable particles 3.0 percent by weight Coal and lignite 0.25 percent by weight Particles of specific gravity less than 2.00 1.0 percent by weight. Organic impurities shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T 21 by the glass color standard procedure and results darker than organic plate no. 3 shall be rejected. A darker color results from AASHTO T 21 may be used provided that when tested for the effect of organic impurities on strength of mortar, the relative strength at 7 days, calculated in accordance with AASHTO T 71, is not less than 95 percent. 9-03.1(4) Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete This section is revised to read: Coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or combinations thereof having hard, strong, durable pieces free from adherent coatings. Coarse aggregate shall be washed to meet the specifications. 9-03.1(4)A Deleterious This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-03.1(4)A Deleterious Substances The amount of deleterious substances in the washed aggregate shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO M 80 and not exceed the following values: Material finer than No. 200 Clay lumps and Friable Particles Shale Wood waste Coal and Lignite Sum of Clay Lumps, Friable Particles, and Chert (Less Than 2.40 specific gravity SSD) 1.0' percent by weight 2.0 percent by weight 2.0 percent by weight 0.05 percent by weight 0.5 percent by weight 3.0 percent by weight 'If the material finer than the No. 200 sieve is free of clay and shale, this percentage may be increased to 1.5. 9-03.1(4)C Grading The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the last pargraph: Where coarse aggregate size 467 is used, the aggregate may be furnished in at least two separate sizes. 9-03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete This section is revised to read: As an alternative to using the fine aggregate sieve grading requirements in Section 9- 03.1(2)B, and coarse aggregate sieve grading requirements in Section 9-03.1(4)C, a combined aggregate gradation conforming to the requirements of Section 9-03.1(5)A may be used. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 C 9-03.1(5)A Deleterious Substances This section is revised to read: The amount of deleterious substances in the washed aggregates 3/ inch or larger shall not exceed the values specified in Section 9-03.1(4)A and for aggregates smaller than % inch they shall not exceed the values specified in Section 9-03.1(2)A. 9-03.1(5)B Grading The first paragraph is deleted. 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements In the table in item number 3, the heading "Statistical and Nonstatistical" is revised to read "Statistical". 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments In the table in item number 1, the column titled "Nonstatistical Evaluation" is deleted In the table in item 1, the last column titled "Commercial Evaluation" is revised to read "Visual Evaluation". 9-03.11(1) Streambed Sediment The following three new sentences are inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: Alternate gradations may be used if proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of 0.45 power maximum density curve of the proposed gradation. The alternate gradation shall closely follow the maximum density line and have Nominal Aggregate Size of no less than 1'/2 inches or no greater than 3 inches. 9-03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the second paragraph: As an alternative, AASHTO grading No. 57 may be used in accordance with Section 9- 03.1(4)C. 9-03.12(5) Gravel Backfill for Drywells The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the second paragraph: As an alternative, AASHTO grading No. 4 may be used in accordance with Section 9- 03.1(4)C. 9-03.21(1)B Concrete Rubble This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-03.21(1)6 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Recycled concrete aggregates are coarse aggregates manufactured from hardened concrete mixtures. Recycled concrete aggregate may be used as coarse aggregate or blended with coarse aggregate for Commercial Concrete. Recycled concrete aggregate shall meet all of the requirements for coarse aggregate contained in Section 9-03.1(4) AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113/17 1 or 9-03.1(5). In addition to the requirements of Section 9-03.1(4) or 9-03.1(5), recycled concrete shall: 1. Contain an aggregated weight of less than 1 percent of adherent fines, vegetable matter, plastics, piaster, paper, gypsum board, metals, fabrics, wood, tile, glass, asphalt (bituminous) materials, brick, porcelain or other deleterious substance(s) not otherwise noted; 2. Be free of harmful components such as chlorides and reactive materials unless mitigation measures are taken to prevent recurrence in the new concrete; 3. Have an absorption of less than 10 percent when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 85. Recycled concrete aggregate shall be in a saturated condition prior to mixing. Recycled concrete aggregate shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of any water of the State. 9-03.21(1)D Recycled Steel Furnace Slag This section title is revised to read: Steel Slag 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material In the Hot Mix Asphalt column, each value of "20" is revised to read "25". The last column heading "Steel Furnace Slag" is revised to read "Steel Slag". The following new row is inserted after the second row: Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete 1 9-03.1(4) 0 1 100 1 0 10 9-04.AP9 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials January 3, 2017 This section is supplemented with the following two new subsections: 9-04.11 Butyl Rubber Sealant Butyl rubber sealant shall conform to ASTM C 990. 9-04.12 External Sealing Band External sealing band shall by Type III B conforming to ASTM C 877. 9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints This section is supplemented with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 As an alternative to the above, a semi-rigid, non -extruding, resilient type, closed -cell polypropylene foam, preformed joint filler with the following physical properties as tested to AASHTO T 42 Standard Test Methods may be used. Closed -Cell Poly ropylene Foam Preformed Joint Filler Physical Property Requirement Test Method Water Absorption < 1.0% AASHTO T 42 Compression Recovery > 80% AASHTO T 42 Extrusion < 0.1 in. AASHTO T 42 Density > 3.5 lbs./cu.ft. AASHTO T 42 Water Boil 1 hr. No expansion AASHTO T 42 Hydrochloric Acid Boil 1 hr. No disintegration AASHTO T 42 Heat Resistance OF 392°F± 5°F ASTM D 5249 9-04.2(1) Hot Poured Joint Sealants This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 9-04.2(1)A Hot Poured Sealant Hot poured sealant shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM D5167 and tested in accordance with ASTM D5329. 9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement Hot poured sealant for cement concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of ASTM D6690 Type IV, except for the following: The Cone Penetration at 25°C shall be 130 maximum. 2. The extension for the Bond, non -immersed, shall be 100 percent 9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement Hot poured sealant for bituminous pavement shall meet the requirements of ASTM D6690 Type 1 or Type ll. 9-04.2(1)B Sand Slurry for Bituminous Pavement Sand slurry is mixture consisting of the following components measured by total weight: Twenty percent CSS -1 emulsified asphalt, 2. Two percent portland cement, and 3. Seventy-eight percent fine aggregate meeting the requirements of 9-03.1(2)6 Class 2. Fine aggregate may be damp (no free water). 9-04.2(2) Poured Rubber Joint Sealer The last paragraph is deleted. 9-04.4(1) Rubber Gaskets for Concrete Pipes and Precast Manholes "AASHTO M 198" is revised to read "ASTM C 990". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9-04.4(3) Gaskets for Aluminum or Steel Culvert or Storm Sewer Pipe In the last sentence, "AASHTO M 198" is revised to read "ASTM C 990". 9-06.AP9 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials January 3, 2017 9-06.5(3) High -Strength Bolts In this section, "ASTM A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325", "ASTM A490" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A490", and "ASTM F1852" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade F1852". In the fifth paragraph, "ASTM -A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125". 9-06.12 Bronze Castings In this section, "AASHTO M107" is revised to read "ASTM 1322" 9-06.16 Roadside Sign Structures In the first paragraph, "ASTM A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325". 9-07.AP9 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel August 1, 2016 9-07.1(1)A Acceptance of Materials The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Reinforcing steel rebar manufacturers shall comply with the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) Work Plan for Reinforcing Steel (rebar) Manufacturers. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Steel reinforcing bar manufacturers use either English or a Metric size designation while stamping rebar. 9-07.1(2) Bending The first two sentences of the first paragraph are deleted and replaced with the following two new sentences: Steel reinforcing bars shall be cut and bent cold to the shapes shown on the Plans. Fabrication tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 315. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 9-10.AP9 Section 9-10, Piling August 1, 2016 9-10.3 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piling This section is revised to read: Reinforcement for cast -in-place concrete piles shall conform to Section 9-07.2 9-11.AP9 Section 9-11, Waterproofing January 3, 2017 This section (and all subsections), including title, is revised to read: 9-11 Waterproof Membrane 9-11.1 Asphalt for Waterproofing Waterproof membrane shall be a sheet membrane conforming to ASTM D 6153 Type 111, the puncture capacity specified below, and either the thin polymer sheet tensile stress or the geotextile and fabric grab tensile strength specified below: Performance Properties Test Method Specification Requirements Tensile Stress ASTM D 882 75 pounds per inch for Thin Polymer Sheets min. Grab Tensile Strength ASTM D 4632 (for Geotextiles and (Woven or 200 pounds min. Fabrics) Nonwoven Puncture Capacity (For Thin Polymer Sheets, ASTM E 154 200 pounds min. Geotextiles and Fabrics Waterproofing membrane will be accepted based on a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with each lot of waterproof membrane. 9-11.2 Primer for Waterproof Membrane The primer for the waterproof membrane shall be appropriate for bonding the sheet membrane to the bridge deck surface and shall be compatible with the membrane in accordance with the waterproof membrane manufacturer's recommendations. 9-20.AP9 Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar January 3, 2017 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 ' Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical January 3, 2017 ' 9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1 I ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 9-20.5 Bridge Deck Repair Material Bridge deck repair material shall be either an ultra-low viscosity, two-part liquid, ' polyurethane -hybrid polymer concrete, or a pre-packaged cement based repair mortar, conforming to the following requirements - equirements:1. 1 .Minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi, in accordance with ASTM C 109. 2. Total soluble chloride ion content by mass of product shall conform to the limits specified in Section 6-02.3(2) for reinforced concrete. ' 3. Permeability of less than 2,000 coulombs at 56 -days in accordance with AASHTO T 277. If pre-packaged deck repair material does not include coarse aggregate, the Contractor shall extend the mix with coarse aggregate as recommended by the manufacturer. 9-23.AP9 ' Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures January 3, 2017 ' 9-23.9 Fly Ash The first paragraph is revised to read: ' Fly ash shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M295 Class C or F including supplementary optional chemical requirements as set forth in Table 2. The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The supplementary optional chemical limits in AASHTO M295 Table 2 do not apply to fly ash used in Controlled Density Fill. 9-23.12 Metakaolin ' This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-23.12 Natural Pozzolan ' Natural Pozzolans shall be either Metakaolin or ground Pumice and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M295 Class N, including supplementary optional chemical requirements as set forth in Table 2. 9-29.AP9 ' Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical January 3, 2017 ' 9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1 I ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 9-29.2(5) Testing Requirements The Contractor shall provide for testing of junction boxes, cable vaults and pull boxes. ' Junction boxes, cable vaults and pull boxes shall be tested by an independent materials testing facility, and a test report issued documenting'the results of the tests performed. For each junction box, vault and pull box type, the independent testing laboratory shall meet the requirements of AASHTO R 18 for Qualified Tester and Verified Test Equipment. The test shall be conducted in the presence of a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural, and each test sheet shall have the Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal, and registration number. One copy of the test report shall be furnished to the Contracting Agency certifying that the box and cover meet or exceed the loading requirements for that box type, and shall include the following information: Product identification. 2. Date of testing. 3. Description of testing apparatus and procedure. 4. All load deflection and failure data. 5. Weight of box and cover tested. 6. Upon completion of the required test(s) the box shall be loaded to failure or to the maximum load possible on the testing machine (70,000 pounds minimum). 7. A brief description of type and location of failure or statement that the testing machine reached maximum load without failure of the box. 9-29.2(5)A Standard Duty Boxes and Vaults Standard Duty Concrete Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes shall be load tested to 22,500 pounds. The test load shall be applied uniformly through a 10 by 10 by 1 -inch steel plate centered on the lid. The test load shall be applied and released ten times, and the deflection at the test load and released state shall be recorded for each interval. At each interval the junction box shall be inspected for lid deformation, failure of the lid/frame welds, vertical and horizontal displacement of the lid/frame, cracks, and concrete spalling. Concrete junction boxes will be considered to have withstood the test if none of the following conditions are exhibited: Permanent deformation of the lid or any impairment to the function of the lid. 2. Vertical or horizontal displacement of the lid frame. 3. Cracks wider than 0.012 inches that extend 12 inches or more. 4. Fracture or cracks passing through the entire thickness of the concrete AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 3. The locking mechanism(s) shall be tested as follows: a. The locking mechanism shall be cycled 250 times (locked, then unlocked again) at room temperature (60-80°F). If there is more than ' one identical locking mechanism, only one needs to be cycled in this manner. ' b. Temperature changes should be limited to no more than 60°F per hour. ' c. The security lid shall be cooled to and held at -30°F for 15 minutes. The locking mechanism shall then be cycled once to verify operation 5. Spalling of the concrete. ' d. The security lid shall be heated to and held at 120-122°F for 15 9-29.2(5)B Retrofit. Security Lids for Standard Duty Concrete Junction Boxes Security lids used to retrofit existing Standard Duty Concrete Junction Boxes shall ' be tested as follows - ollows:1. 1 .The security lid shall be installed on any appropriately sized box that is currently approved on the Qualified Products List. ' 2. The security lid and box assembly shall be load tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(5)A. After the ten load cycles but before loading to failure, ' the security lid shall be fully opened and removed to verify operability. 3. The locking mechanism(s) shall be tested as follows: a. The locking mechanism shall be cycled 250 times (locked, then unlocked again) at room temperature (60-80°F). If there is more than ' one identical locking mechanism, only one needs to be cycled in this manner. ' b. Temperature changes should be limited to no more than 60°F per hour. ' c. The security lid shall be cooled to and held at -30°F for 15 minutes. The locking mechanism shall then be cycled once to verify operation at this temperature. ' d. The security lid shall be heated to and held at 120-122°F for 15 minutes. The locking mechanism shall then be cycled once to verify operation at this temperature. e. The security lid shall be temperature adjusted to and held at 110°F and 95% humidity for 15 minutes. The locking mechanism shall then ' be cycled once to verify operation at this temperature and humidity. 9-29.2(5)C Standard Duty Non -Concrete Junction Boxes Non -concrete Junction Boxes shall be tested as defined in the ANSUSCTE 77 Tier 15 test method using the test load of 22,500 pounds (minimum) in place of the design load during testing. In addition, the Contractor shall provide a Manufacturer ' Certificate of Compliance for each non -concrete junction box installed. 9-29.2(5)D Heavy -Duty Boxes and Vaults Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes shall be load tested to 46,000 pounds. The test load shall be applied vertically through a 10 by 20 by 1 - inch steel plate centered on the lid with an orientation both on the long axis and the short axis of the junction box. The test load shall be applied and released ten times ' on each axis. The deflection at the test load and released state shall be recorded for each interval. At each interval the test box shall be inspected for lid deformation, failure of the lid or frame welds, vertical and horizontal displacement of the lid frame, cracks, and concrete spalling. After the twentieth loading interval the test ' shall be terminated with a 60,000 pound load being applied vertically through the I AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 steel plate centered on the lid and with the long edge of steel plate orientated parallel to the long axis of the box. Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes will be considered to have withstood the 46,000 pound test if none of the following conditions are exhibited: Permanent deformation of the lid or any impairment to the function of the lid. 2. Vertical or horizontal displacement of the lid frame. 3. Cracks wider than 0.012 inches that extend 12 inches or more. 4. Fracture or cracks passing through the entire thickness of the concrete. 5. Spalling of the concrete. Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes will be considered to have withstood the 60,000 pound test if all of the following conditions are exhibited: The lid is operational. 2. The lid is securely fastened. 3. The welds have not failed. 4. Permanent dishing or deformation of the lid is'/4 inch or less. 5. No buckling or collapse of the box. 9-29.2(1) Standard Duty and Heavy Duty Junction Boxes This section, including title, is revised to read - 9 -29.2(l) Junction Boxes For the purposes of this Specification concrete is defined as portland cement concrete and non -concrete is all others. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for all components, hardware, lid, frame, 0 reinforcement, and box dimensions. The shop drawings shall be prepared by (or under the supervision of) a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Q Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural. Each sheet shall carry the following: 1. Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal, and registration number. If a complete assembly drawing is included which a references additional drawing numbers, including revision numbers for those drawings, then only the complete assembly drawing is required to be stamped. 2. , The initials and dates of all participating design professionals. 3. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the a revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision. 7 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 �J 1 1 Design calculations shall carry on the cover page, the Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature; original seal; and registration number. For each type of junction box, or whenever there is a change to the junction box design, a proof test, as defined in this Specification, shall be performed and new shop drawings submitted. 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes This section is revised to read: Standard Duty Junction Boxes are defined as Type 1, 2 and 8 junction boxes and shall have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(5). A complete Type 8 Junction Box includes the spread footing shown in the Standard Plans. All Standard Duty Junction Boxes placed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared use paths shall have slip resistant surfaces. Non -slip lids and frames shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M111. 9-29.2(1)A1 Concrete Junction Boxes The Standard Duty Concrete Junction Box steel frame, lid support, and lid shall be painted with a black paint containing rust inhibiters or painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6-07.3, or hot -dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. Concrete used in Standard Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 6,000 psi when reinforced with a welded wire hoop, or 4,000 psi when reinforced with welded wire fabric or fiber reinforcement. The frame shall be anchored to the box by welding headed studs % by 3 inches long, as specified in Section 9-06.15, to the frame. The wire fabric shall be attached to the studs and frame with standard tie practices. The box shall contain ten studs located near the centerline of the frame and box wall. The studs shall be placed one anchor in each corner, one at the middle of each width and two equally spaced on each length of the box. Materials for Type 1, 2, and 8 Concrete Junction Boxes shall conform to the following: Materials Requirement Concrete Section 6-02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9-07 Fiber Reinforcing ASTM C1116, Type III Lid ASTM A786 diamond plate steel Slip Resistant Lid ASTM A36 steel Frame ASTM A786 diamond plate steel or ASTM A36 steel Slip Resistant Frame ASTM A36 steel Lid Support ASTM A36 steel, or ASTM A1011 SS Grade 36 or higher Handle & Handle support ASTM A36 steel, or ASTM A1011 CS (Any Grade) or SS (Any Grade Anchors studs Section 9-06.15 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 Bolts, Studs, Nuts, Washers ASTM F593 or A193, Type 304 or 316, or Stainless Steel grade 302, 304, or 316 steel in accordance with approved shop drawing Locking and Latching In accordance with approved shop drawings Mechanism Hardware and Bolts 9-29.2(1)A2 Non -Concrete Junction Boxes Material for the non -concrete junction boxes shall be of a quality that will provide for a similar life expectancy as portland cement concrete in a direct burial application. Type 1, 2, and 8 non -concrete junction boxes shall have a Design Load of 22,500 pounds and shall be tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(5). Non -concrete junction boxes shall be gray in color and have an open bottom design with approximately the same inside dimensions, and present a load to the bearing surface that is less than or equal to the loading presented by the concrete junction boxes shown in the Standard Plans. Non -concrete junction box lids shall include a pull slot and embedded 6 by 6 by'/4-inch steel plate, and shall be secured with two '/2 inch stainless steel Penta -head bolts recessed into the cover. The tapped holes for the securing bolts shall extend completely through the box to prevent accumulation of debris. Bolts shall conform to ASTM F593, stainless steel. 9-29.2(1)B Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes are defined as Type 4, 5, and 6 junction boxes and shall be concrete and have a minimum vertical load rating of 46,000 pounds without permanent deformation and 60,000 pounds without failure when tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(5). 9-29.2(1)C Testing Requirements This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.2(2) Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Pull Boxes, and Heavy Duty Pull Boxes This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-29.2(2) Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a concrete box and as a concrete lid. The lids for Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be interchangeable and both shall fit the same box as shown in the Standard Plans. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for all components, including concrete box, Cast Iron Ring, Ductile Iron Lid, Steel Rings, and Lid. In addition, the shop drawings shall show placement of reinforcing steel, knock outs, and any other appurtenances. The shop drawing shall be prepared by or under the direct supervision of a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural. Each sheet shall carry the following: Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal, and registration number. If a complete assembly drawing is included which AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1!3117 1 1 1 L� 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 references additional drawing numbers, including revision numbers for those drawings, then only the complete assembly drawing is required to be stamped. 2. The initials and dates of all participating design professionals. 3. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision. Design calculations shall carry on the cover page, the Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal, and registration number. For each type of box or whenever there is a change to the Cable Vault or Pull box design, a proof test, as defined in this Specification, shall be performed and new shop drawings submitted. 9-29.2(2)A Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, and Standard Duty Pull Boxes This section's title is revised to read: 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(5). For the purposes of this Section, Small Cable Vaults are considered a type of Standard Duty Cable Vault. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Concrete for Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: All Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes placed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared -use paths shall have slip -resistant surfaces. The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Materials for Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall conform to the following: 9-29.2(2)B Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be constructed of concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi, and have a minimum vertical load rating of 46,000 pounds without permanent deformation and 60,000 pounds without failure when tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(5). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3117 9-29.2(3) Structure Mounted Junction Boxes The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: Surface mounted junction boxes and concrete embedded junction boxes installed in cast -in-place structures shall be stainless steel NEMA 4X. Concrete embedded junction boxes installed in structures constructed by slip forming shall be stainless steel NEMA 3R and shall be adjustable for depth, with depth adjustment bolts, which are accessible from the front face of the junction box with the lid installed. 9-29.3(1) Fiber Optic Cable This section is revised to read: All fiber optic cables shall be single mode fiber optic cables unless otherwise specified in the Contract. All fiber optic cables shall meet the following requirements: a. Compliance with the current version of ANSUICEA S-87-640. A product data specification sheet clearly identifying compliance or a separate letter from manufacturer to state compliance shall be provided. b. Cables shall be gel free, loose tube, low water peak, and all dielectric with no metallic component. c. Cables shall not be armored unless specified in the Contract. d. Cables shall be approved for mid -span entries and be rated by the manufacturer for outside plant (OSP) use, placement in underground ducts, and aerial installations. e. Fiber counts shall be as specified in the Contract. Fibers and buffer tubes shall be color coded in accordance with the current version of EIA/TIA-598. g. Fibers shall not have any factory splices. h. Outer Jacket shall be Type M (Medium Density Polyethylene). Outer jacket shall be free from holes, splits, blisters, or other imperfections and must be smooth and concentric as is consistent with the best commercial practice. A minimum of one (1) rip cord is required for each cable. Cable markings shall meet the following additional requirements: 1. Color shall be white or silver. 2. Markings shall be approximately 3 millimeters (118 mils) in height, and dimensioned and spaced to produce good legibility. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 113117 i 3. Markings shall include the manufacturer's name, year of manufacture, the number of fibers, the words "OPTICAL CABLE", and sequential length marks. 4. Sequential length markings shall be in meters or feet, spaced at intervals not more than 1 meter or 2 feet apart, respectively. ' 5. The actual cable length shall not be shorter than the cable length marking. The actual cable length may be up to 1 % longer than the cable length marking. 6. Cables with initial markings that do not meet these requirements will not be accepted and may not be re -marked. 1 k. Short term tensile strength shall be a minimum of 600 pounds (lbs). Long term tensile strength shall be a minimum of 180 pounds (lbs). Tensile strength shall be achieved using a fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) central ' member and / or aramid yarns. I. All cables shall be new and free of material or manufacturing defects and dimensional non-uniformity that would: 1. Interfere with the cable installation using accepted cable installation ' practices; tThis 2. Degrade the transmission performance or environmental resistance after installation; 3. Inhibit proper connection to interfacing elements; 1 4. Otherwise yield an inferior product. m. The fiber optic cables shall be shipped on reels with a drum diameter at least 20 times the diameter of the cable, in order to prevent damage to the cable. The reels shall be substantial and constructed so as to prevent damage during shipment and handling. Reels shall be labeled with the same information required for the cable markings, with the exception that the total length of cable shall be marked instead of incremental length marks. Reels shall also be labeled with the type of cable. tThis section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9-29.3(1)B Multimode Optical Fibers Where multimode fiber optic cables are specified in the Contract, the optical fibers shall be one of the following types, as specified in the Contract: a. Type OM1, meeting the requirements of EIA/TIA 492 -AAAA -A or ISO/IEC 11801. The fiber core diameter shall be 62.5 pm. ' b. Type OM2, meeting the requirements of EIA/TIA 492-AAAB-A or ISO/IEC Fj 11801. The fiber core diameter shall be 50 Nm ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 All multimode optical fibers shall have a maximum attenuation of 3.0 dB/km at 850nm and 1.0 dB/km at 1300nm. Completed cable assemblies shall be rated for 1000BaseLX Ethernet communications. 9-29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable This section is revised to read: Single -Mode optical fibers shall be EIA/TIA 492-CAAB or ISO/IEC 11801 Type OS2, low water peak zero dispersion fibers, meeting the requirements of ITU -T G.652.D. 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards The third paragraph is revised to read: Light standard, signal standards, slip base hardware and foundation hardware shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111 and AASHTO M 232. Where colored standards are required, standards shall be powder -coated after galvanizing in accordance with Section 6-07.3(11). The standard color shall be as specified in the Contract. 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards In the first paragraph, "ASTM A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325". 9-29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware In this section, "ASTM A325" is revised to read "ASTM F3125 Grade A325". 9-29.7(2) Fused Quick -Disconnect Kits The table is supplemented with the following new row: LED* I 10A I 10A I 20A The following footnote is inserted after the table: Applies to all LED luminaires, regardless of wattage. Fuses for LED luminaires shall be slow blow. 9-29.10 Luminaires The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: All luminaires shall be provided with markers for positive identification of light source type and wattage in accordance with ANSI C136.15-2011, with the exception that LED luminaires shall be labeled with the wattage of their conventional luminaire equivalents — the text "LED" is optional. The table in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Conventional Lamp Wattage Conventional Wattage Legend Equivalent LED Legend 70 7 7E 100 10 10E AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 150 15 15E 175 17 17E 200 20, - 20E 250 25 25E 310 31 31E 400 40 40E 700 70 70E 750 75 75E 1,000 X1 ME 9-29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets Item 2C is revised to read: c. Transformer up to 12.5 KVA 20" 48" 24" Transformer 12.6 to 35 KVA 30" 60" 32" The following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence of item number 10: There shall be an isolation breaker on the input (line) side of the transformer, and a breaker array on the output (load) side. 9-35.AP9 Section 9-35, Temporary Traffic Control Materials August 1, 2016 9-35.12 Transportable Attenuator The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The transportable attenuator shall be mounted on, or attached to, a host vehicle that complies with the manufacturer's recommended weight range. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2016 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/3/17 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1 1 1 1 1 1�1 G 1 J L 1 1 1 PART III SPECIAL PROVISIONS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS.............................................................................................III-1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK .............................................................................................................................III-3 DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS............................................................................... 2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK........................................................................................................ 2 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS..........................................................................................................................2 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS.........................................................................................................6 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT.................................................................................................13 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK.....................................................................................................................................16 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK................................................................................................................................17 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL..........................................................................................................................28 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC...................................................................... 28 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS...............................................................................................................42 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL.............................................................................................................. 51 DIVISION 2 - EARTHWORK.....................................................................................................57 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP.................................................................................... 57 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................... 58 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................62 2-07 WATERING.............................................................................................................................................. 63 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION........................................................................................................................ 63 2-11 TRIMMING AND CLEANUP....................................................................................................................... 64 DIVISION 3 - AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE..........................................66 3-01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES.......................................................................................... 66 City of Bremerton David Road Watermain Replacement 111-i January 2017 Contract Documents Table of Contents DIVISION4 - BASES................................................................................................................67 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING....................................................................................................... 67 DIVISION 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS...................................................69 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT.......................................................:........................................................................... 69 DIVISION 6 - STRUCTURES....................................................................................................75 6-02 CONCRETE STRUCTURES.......................................................................................................................... 75 DIVISION 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS.........................................................................................................77 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................... 77 7-09 WATER MAINS........................................................................................................................................ 80 7-14 HYDRANTS.............................................................................................................................................. 87 7-15 SERVICE CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................................... 88 DIVISION 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION................................................................91 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL..........................................................................91 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION........................................................................................................................92 8-13 MONUMENT CASES.................................................................................................................................93 DIVISION9 - MATERIALS.......................................................................................................95 9-30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS..........................................................................................................95 STANDARDPLANS.................................................................................................................98 City of Bremerton David Road Watermain Replacement 111 -ii January 2017 Contract Documents Table of Contents 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter "Standard Specifications"). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project -specific fill-ins; and project -specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project -specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the date of the GSP and its source, for example: (May 18, 2007 APWA GSP) (August 7, 2006 WSDOT GSP) (April 7, 2007 City of Bremerton GSP) - City of Bremerton GSPs are indicated by the characters (******) - City of Bremerton new sections are indicated by the text (NEW SECTION) Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are the following documents. The Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor's own expense. - Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any. - Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current edition. - City of Bremerton Standards for Work in the Right -of -Way (available at http://www.ci.bremerton.wa.us/413/Design-Construction-Standards City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 Special Provisions DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Contract provides for the completion of the David Road Water Main Replacement Project, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. The improvements for which bids will be received are described as follows: The WORK to be completed under this Contract generally consists of replacing 1240 feet of 4" steel water main with 8 -inch -diameter DI water main and reconstruction with HMA pavement. Project site is located within David Road in Kitsap County, WA. 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1-01.3 Definitions This Section is supplemented with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications to the terms "State", "Department of Transportation", "Washington State Transportation Commission", "Commission", "Secretary of Transportation", "Secretary", "Headquarters", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency'. All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location"., The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5. City The word "City' shall mean the City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, Washington, 98310 Commission, Washington State Transportation Commission City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-2 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 iSubstitute the following: 1 1 fl 1 J 1 1 The words "Commission" or "Washington State Transportation Commission" shall refer to the City of Bremerton City Council. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract". Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be substantially complete. The Contract Time is in calendar days. Contracting Agency The City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, Washington, 98310 acting through its legally constituted officials, agents, officers, or employees, is responsible for the execution and administration of the Contract. Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-3 Division i- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. Department, Department of Transportation Substitute the following: The words "Department' or "Department of Transportation" shall mean the City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, Washington, 98310. Engineer Substitute the following: The word "Engineer" shall mean the City of Bremerton City Engineer and his/her authorized representatives. Force Account Work Additional Work that may be required because of City -directed changes in the work, differing site conditions, emergencies or other reasons that the Engineer determines is not included in the Contract unit prices, and for which payment is to be determined as required by Sections 1-04 and 1-09 of this Contract. Force Account Work shall be authorized only by written Work Change Directive issued by the Engineer. Imported Material Materials obtained from sources outside the project site that are not furnished by the City. Materials excavated from anywhere on the project or from designated borrow areas, or that are furnished by the City, shall not be considered imported material. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-4 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents u 1 ILaboratory Secretary, Secretary of Transportation Substitute the following: All reference to the words "Secretary" or "Secretary of Transportation" shall mean the City of Bremerton City Council, Mayor or their authorized representatives. State Substitute the following: The word "State" shall mean the City of Bremerton Department of Public Works and Utilities, 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, Washington, 98310. When in reference to a State law or code, "State" shall remain in effect. Traffic Both vehicular and non -vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and ' equestrian traffic. Work Change Directive A written order issued by the Engineer directing a change in the design, specifications, quantities, materials or methods of the work. A Work Change Directive may, or may not, alter the Contract Price or Contract Time. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-5 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Delete this definition and substitute the following: The word "Laboratory" shall mean the official laboratories of the City of Bremerton, or other laboratories the City of Bremerton authorizes to test work, soils, and materials. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which S' the Contract time begins. Owner The City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, Washington, 98310 acting through its legally constituted officials, agents, officers, or employees, is responsible for the execution and administration of the Contract. Plans Add the following: Plans consist of City of Bremerton Standard Details included in Appendix B. Provide The word "provide" shall be understood to mean "furnish and install, complete in place." Secretary, Secretary of Transportation Substitute the following: All reference to the words "Secretary" or "Secretary of Transportation" shall mean the City of Bremerton City Council, Mayor or their authorized representatives. State Substitute the following: The word "State" shall mean the City of Bremerton Department of Public Works and Utilities, 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, Washington, 98310. When in reference to a State law or code, "State" shall remain in effect. Traffic Both vehicular and non -vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and ' equestrian traffic. Work Change Directive A written order issued by the Engineer directing a change in the design, specifications, quantities, materials or methods of the work. A Work Change Directive may, or may not, alter the Contract Price or Contract Time. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-5 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. 1-02.1(1) Supplemental Qualifications Criteria (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP, requires pre -approval on FHWA funded projects, through WSDOT/Local Programs) In addition, the Contracting Agency has established Contracting Agency -specific and/or project - specific supplemental criteria, in accordance with RCW 39.04.350(2), for determining Bidder responsibility, including the basis for evaluation and the deadline for appealing a determination that a Bidder is not responsible. These criteria are contained in Section 1-02.14 Option C of these Special Provisions. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Noticing Inviting Bids. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Reduced plans (11" x 17") 3 Contract Provisions 3 Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34") 2 Basis of Distribution Furnished automatically upon award. Furnished automatically upon award. Furnished only upon request. Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Notice Inviting Bids. I 1-02.3 Estimated Quantities Delete this section and replace with the following: The estimated quantities shown in the bid forms are estimates only, being given only as the basis for the comparison of bids, and the City does not warrant, expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith. The right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work or to make changes in the work required as may be deemed necessary is reserved by the City as provided elsewhere in these 1 I City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-6 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 specifications. The basis of payment will be the actual unit bid items of work performed and measured in accordance with the contract. All prospective bidders should note that certain bid items might be included in the Bid Form to establish a unit price should the use of those items tbecome necessary during construction. Allowance will not be made for loss of anticipated profits or additional compensation should the use of these items be deemed unnecessary. 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1-02.4(1) General Section 1-02.4(1) is supplemented with the following: No interpretation of the meaning of the Plans, Specifications, or other Prebid Documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation shall be submitted in writing, addressed to the City; and to be given consideration, shall be received at least 10 days prior to date fixed for bid opening. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written Addenda to the Specifications that, if issued, will be mailed or otherwise delivered to each prospective bidder. Failure of any bidder to receive any such Addendum shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All Addenda so issued shall become a part of the Contract Documents. 1-02.5 Proposal Forms (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D/MNVBE commitment, if. applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-7 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the last paragraph, and replace it with the following: The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/MM/BE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and be signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any DMI/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the limited liability company name and be signed by a member, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. 1-02.7 Bid Deposit (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency -assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-8 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1-02.8 Non -Collusion Declaration and Lobbying Certification 1-02.8(1) Non -Collusion Declaration Section 1-02.8(1) is supplemented with the following: As a condition precedent to award of the Contract for this work, the successful bidder shall file a sworn statement executed by, or on behalf of, the person, association, or corporation that he (they) has (have) not either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such Contract. This sworn statement shall be in the form of an affidavit executed and sworn to be the successful bidder before a person who is authorized by the Laws of this State to administer_ oaths. The original of such sworn statement shall be filed with the City Clerk, City of Bremerton, prior to the award of the contract. The Non -Collusion Affidavit will be a part of the Bid Proposal. By signing this proposal, the bidder will be deemed to have signed and agreed to the provisions of the Non -Collusion Affidavit. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal Replace Section 1-02.9 with the following: Each proposal shall be submitted only on the blank forms bound in this document, and submitted in a sealed envelope marked clearly with the project name. Bid packet submitted shall include all bid forms listed in the Bidder Checklist in Part I. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-9 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents s 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; C. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-9 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents s The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the ' Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidders DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1- 02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions, The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or +� More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under j the same or different names. 2. A Proposal maybe considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; C. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if: The Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or 2. evidence of collusion exists with any other Bidder or potential Bidder. Participants in collusion will be restricted from submitting further bids; or 3. the Bidder, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, is not qualified for the work or to the full extent of the bid, or to the extent that the bid exceeds the authorized prequalification amount as may have been determined by a prequalification of the Bidder; or 4. an unsatisfactory performance record exists based on past or current Contracting Agency work or for work done for others, as judged from the standpoint of conduct of the work; workmanship; or progress; affirmative action; equal employment opportunity practices; termination for cause; or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise, Minority Business Enterprise, or Women's Business Enterprise utilization; or 5. there is uncompleted work (Contracting Agency or otherwise), which in the opinion of the Contracting Agency might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the work bid upon; or City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-10 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS �. Contract Documents ■ 6. the Bidder failed to settle bills.for labor or materials on pastor current contracts, unless there are extenuating circUr stances acceptable to the Contracting Agency; or 7. the Bidder has failed to complete a written public contract or has been convicted of a crime arising from a previous public contract, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Contracting Agency; or ■ 8. the Bidder is unable, financially or otherwise, to perform the work, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency; or 9. there are any other reasons deemed proper by the Contracting Agency. 10. The Bidder owes delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. 11. The Bidder is debarred or suspended by the Federal government. 12. The Bidder has a record of prevailing wage violations as determined by WA Labor & Industries in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. 13. The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. �+ The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and include for each project the following information: • Name of project • The owner and contact information for the owner; • A list of claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for any of the projects listed; • A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. 14. The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. ■ The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 11141 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 15. The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts. As evidence that the Bidder meets the bidder responsibility criteria above, the apparent two lowest Bidders may be required to submit to the Contracting Agency within 24 hours of the bid submittal deadline, documentation (sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) demonstrating compliance with all applicable responsibility criteria, including all documentation specifically listed in the supplemental criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request such documentation from other Bidders as well, and to request further documentation as needed to assess bidder responsibility. The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these supplemental criteria shall be any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether from the Bidder or third parties) which any reasonable owner would rely on for determining such compliance, including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting Agency from owners for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter. If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within 24 hours of receipt of the Contracting Agency's determination by presenting its appeal to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 1-02.15 Pre Award Information (August 14, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, City of Bremerton January 2017' David Road Water Main Replacement 111-12 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents J 2. Samples of these materials,forquality and. fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various.phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. Add the following new section: 1-02.16 Addenda and Interpretations of Documents (NEW SECTION) No oral interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications, or other pre bid documents will be made to any bidder. Every request for such interpretation shall be submitted in writing, addressed to the City's contact person (listed on the cover page of these contract documents), and to be given consideration, shall be received at least three (3) working days prior to date fixed for Bid Opening. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the Specifications which, if issued, will be mailed or otherwise delivered to each prospective bidder. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become a part of the Contract documents. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1-03.3 Execution of Contract City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-13 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Replace Section 1-03.3 with the following: The City will mail three copies of the contract to the successful Bidder immediately after award. Within 10 calendar days from receipt of the contracts, the successful bidder shall return 3 signed original contracts, insurance certificates as required by Section 1-03.8, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4 of these Contract: Documents. Before execution of the contract by the City, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the City may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the City executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the City nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within City -furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the City. If the bidder's performance of the requirements of this Section is delayed by circumstances beyond the bidder's control, the City may grant up to 20 calendar days of additional time, provided that the City agrees that circumstances warrant an extension. 1-03.4 Contract Bond Replace Section 1-03.4 with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed contract bonds in the form of a Performance Bond and a separate Payment Bond, each for the full contract amount. The Performance Bond shall: 1. Be on a Contracting Agency -furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time,- 4. ime; 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the contract. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-14 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and be signed by an officer of the"Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice-president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice-president). The Payment Bond shall - 1 . hall:1. Be on a Contracting Agency -furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, c. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 3. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 4. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice-president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice-president). The Performance Bond for this project shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year following acceptance by the City. The bond shall be executed by a surety company authorized to do business within the State of Washington and shall be subject to the approval of the City. 1-03.7 Judicial Review Delete all occurrences of "Thurston County" in this section and replace with "Kitsap County". City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 11, January 2017 111-15 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1-04.4 Changes 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes Section 1-04.4(1) is supplemented with the following: Payments or credits for changes amounting to $10,000 or less, excluding increased or decreased quantities, may be made under the bid item "Minor Changes and Force Account". At the discretion of the Contracting Agency, this procedure for Minor Changes may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, "Changes." The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Minor Change. The agreement for the Minor Change will be documented by signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement by the Engineer. If the Contractor is in disagreement with anything required by the order for Minor Change, the Contractor may protest the order as provided in the Standard Specifications, Section 1 04.5. Payments or credits will be determined in accordance with the Standard Specifications, Section 1 09.4. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for "Minor Changes and Force Account" in the Proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-16 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities Section 1-04.6 is deleted in its entirety. Add the following new section: 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.3 Plans and Working Drawings Supplement this section with the following: Record Drawings Prior to acceptance of the completed project, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer one legible and neatly marked set of full-sized Plans showing any changes in location, elevation, or configuration of the pipelines and appurtenant valves and fittings, manholes, catch basins, site work, and other pertinent items. These Plans shall be kept current during the course of construction, kept on site at the Contractor's site office, and be available for review by the Engineer at all times. The Contractor is not responsible to complete record drawings in electronic format (e.g., AutoCAD). Record drawings shall be updated daily and changes occurring on any day shall be entered on the record drawings by noon on the next working day. The Contractor and the Engineer shall review the record drawings. weekly. A pay submittal shall not be considered complete or payable if the record drawings are not current as required by this session. No measurement or payment will be made to complete record drawings. Record drawings shall be considered incidental to other bid items. 1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes rSection 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: Contractor -Provided Surveying Staking for the installation of utilities and for the construction of the roadway and other facilities will be provided by the Contractor as follows: �i Water: One (1) offset stake and hub will be provided at +/-50-foot intervals and/or appropriate tee/bend locations along the new water lines, along with water appurtenances such as water meters, hydrants, and valves. All other required staking shall be provided by the Contractor as Project Surveying. Monuments and Property Corners It is the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer if a monument or property corner will be damaged or lost due to construction activities. In accordance with Washington State Law, the monument or property corner must be perpetuated and replaced upon r completion of the project. Monument Positions City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 January 2017 III -17 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Monuments shall be referenced and an application for permit to remove or destroy a survey monument will be filled out by the City and will be submitted to the Department of Natural Resources (DNR). Upon completion of the road surface, the destroyed monument position will be reset and referenced by four 2 -foot straddle positions set by the City. The Contractor will then drill and core out the monument position and place a blank surface brass monument cemented in the cored position, after which the City will mark the referenced position and file a completion report for Monument Removal or Destruction with the DNR. 1-05.5 Submittals (NEW SECTION) 1-05.5(1) General Submittals covered by these requirements include manufacturers' information, Shop Drawings, test procedures, test results, samples, requests for substitutions, and miscellaneous work-related submittals. Submittals shall also include, but not be limited to, all materials, fabricated items, schedules, plans, and all other submittals specifically listed elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall furnish all drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, tests, methods, schedules, and manufacturer's installation and other instructions as specifically required in the Contract Documents to demonstrate fully that the materials and equipment to be furnished and the methods of work comply with the provisions and intent of the Contract Documents. 1-05.5(2) Contractor's Responsibilities The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment, or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. The Contractor shall verify that all features of all products conform to the specified requirements. Submittal documents shall be clearly edited to indicate only those items, models, or series of equipment, which are being submitted for review. All extraneous materials shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the City in each case where his submittal may affect the work of another contractor or the City. The Contractor shall completely coordinate submittals among his subcontractors and suppliers including those submittals complying with applicable technical sections. The Contractor shall coordinate submittals with the work so that work will not be delayed. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule different categories of submittals, so that one will not be delayed for lack of coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of failure to properly coordinate, schedule or provide complete submittals, or not allowing for sufficient review and processing time by the City. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of work related to a submittal until: 1. The submittal process is complete; 2. Contractor has obtained from the City a submittal marked "No Exceptions Taken", "Make Corrections Noted" or "Product Data/Not Reviewed". City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-18 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 The Contractor shall certify on each,submittal document that he has reviewed the submittal, verified field conditions, and compli6 With the Contract Documents by signing and dating the submittal transmittal form. The Contractor may authorize in writing a material or equipment supplier to deal directly with the City with regard to a submittal. These dealings shall be limited to contract interpretations to clarify and expedite the work. In such cases, the Contractor is not absolved from his responsibilities defined herein. 1-05.5(3) Request for Substitution or Deviation Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item or supplier is ' intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. Unless expressly stated otherwise, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted if sufficient information is submitted by the CONTRACTOR to allow the ENGINEER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The Contractor shall bear all actual costs incurred by the City associated with review of a proposed substitution or deviation regardless of whether the substitution or deviation is ultimately approved by the City. Requests for substitution or deviation for other equipment or material shall be in writing and �,. shall be accompanied with sufficient information to permit the City to identify the nature and scope of the request. Information to be provided along with the request shall include: All submittal information required for the specified equipment, including all deviations from the specified requirements necessitated by the proposed substitution. 2. Materials of construction, including material specifications and references. 3. Performance data, including performance curves and guaranteed power consumption, over the range of specified operating conditions. 4. Dimensional drawings, showing required access and clearances, including any changes to the work required to accommodate the proposed substitution or deviation. 5. Where controls are a part of the proposed substitution or deviation, piping, process and instrumentation drawings (PIDs), produced in the project format and with project - specific symbols, along with control descriptions. 6. Where controls specified in the project manual require modification to accommodate the proposed substitution or deviation, piping, process and instrumentation drawings (PIDs), produced in project format and with project -specific symbols, with all required modifications clearly highlighted. 7. Information and performance characteristics for all system components and ancillary devices to be furnished as a part of the proposed substitution or deviation. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 January 2017 111-19 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 8. Reproducible contract drawings, marked up to illustrate the alterations to all structural, architectural, mechanical, electrical, and HVAC systems required to accommodate the proposed substitution or deviation. 9. A list of installations of the proposed substitution or deviation indicating application, location, owner and date of first use. Upon receipt of written application for substitution or deviation from the Contractor, including the information specified above, the City will estimate the cost of evaluating the request and present the estimate to the Contractor. The Contractor is advised that the estimate is based upon the best information available to the City at the time; however, the actual cost, based on time and expense, will be documented and applied in the final analysis of the substitution or deviation request. If the Contractor wishes to proceed with the request, he shall advise the City in writing and submit sufficient additional information as may be requested by the City. No evaluation will take place until such time as the Contractor has agreed to the estimate in writing and has authorized the City to deduct the actual cost of the evaluation from monthly progress payments due the Contractor. 1-05.5(4) Categories of Submittals Shop Drawings: Per Section 1-06.1. Samples: Per Section 1-06.1. Administrative Submittals: Submittals that are not Shop Drawings or Samples, or that do not reflect quality of product or method of construction. May include, but not be limited to: 1. Applications for payment. 2. Construction photographs. 3. Progress reports. 4. Progress schedules. 5. Schedule of values. 6. Schedule of estimated progress payments. 7. Training materials. 8. Training schedules. 9. Submittals required by laws, regulations, and governing agencies. Quality Control Submittals: May include, but not be limited to: 1. Manufacturer's instructions. , 2. Certificates/Certifications.- a. ertificates/Certifications: a. Manufacturer's. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-20 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 Ib. Inspection 9. Reports (inspection and test). 10. Statements of qualifications. 11. Test specimens. Submittals (Product Data) for Information Only: Required Submittals (Product Data) for Information Only are not subject to submittal review procedures and shall be provided where specified as part of the work under this contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection procedures. 1-05.5(5) Submittal Transmittal Procedure When the Contract Documents require a submittal, the Contractor shall submit the specified information to the designated City representative via e-mail in Adobe PDF format. Unless otherwise specified, submittals shall be accompanied by transmittal forms to be provided by City. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. The form shall be signed by the Contractor's review or authorized representative. Submittal documents common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified with all the appropriate equipment numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX"; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX -Y"; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B, or C being the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 025-6, for example, is the second resubmittal of submittal 025. Submittals which are incomplete and/or do not have all the information required to be submitted, including but not limited to a signed and dated submittal transmittal form, and copy of marked -up specifications and/or drawings when specified , are not acceptable and will be returned without review. All submittal information provided by subcontractors shall be transmitted through the Contractor and shall bear the Contractor's signature. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-21 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 3. Governing Agency's. 4. Manufacturer's field service reports. 5. Manufacturer's test reports. 6. Operation and maintenance data. 7. Operation and maintenance manuals. i 8. Quality control plan. 9. Reports (inspection and test). 10. Statements of qualifications. 11. Test specimens. Submittals (Product Data) for Information Only: Required Submittals (Product Data) for Information Only are not subject to submittal review procedures and shall be provided where specified as part of the work under this contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection procedures. 1-05.5(5) Submittal Transmittal Procedure When the Contract Documents require a submittal, the Contractor shall submit the specified information to the designated City representative via e-mail in Adobe PDF format. Unless otherwise specified, submittals shall be accompanied by transmittal forms to be provided by City. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. The form shall be signed by the Contractor's review or authorized representative. Submittal documents common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified with all the appropriate equipment numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX"; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX -Y"; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B, or C being the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 025-6, for example, is the second resubmittal of submittal 025. Submittals which are incomplete and/or do not have all the information required to be submitted, including but not limited to a signed and dated submittal transmittal form, and copy of marked -up specifications and/or drawings when specified , are not acceptable and will be returned without review. All submittal information provided by subcontractors shall be transmitted through the Contractor and shall bear the Contractor's signature. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-21 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1-05.5(6) Submittal Review Procedure Unless otherwise specified, within 14 calendar days after receipt of a submittal for review and comment, the City shall review the submittal and return the reviewed copy with the transmittal cover sheet via e-mail in Adobe PDF format. If the review indicates that the material or equipment complies with the project manual, submittal copies will be marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN." In this event, the Contractor may begin to incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal. 2. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." The Contractor may begin incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in O&M data, a corrected copy shall be provided. 3. If the review reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked "AMEND AND RESUBMIT." Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." 4. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method does not comply with the Contract Documents, copies of the submittal will be marked "REJECTED - SEE REMARKS." Submittals with deviations which have not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." 5. If the review indicates that the submittal is Product Data or a Required Submittal (Product Data) for Information Only the submittal will be marked "PRODUCT DATA/NOT REVIEWED. Acceptability of the material, equipment, or work shall be determined under normal inspection procedures. 1-05.5(6)A Effect of Review of Contractor's Submittals Review of drawings or information regarding materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the City, or by any delegated representative, officer or employee thereof, and the Contractor shall have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the City has no objection to the Contractor, upon his own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. Approval of shop drawings or other submittals by the City is only for general conformance with the design concept of the product and general compliance with the Contract Documents. Any action required is subject to the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall. be confirmed and correlated at the job site, City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-22 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 l I coordination of his work with that of,all other trades, and the satisfactory performance of his work. <, 1-05.5(7) Required Submittals The Contractor shall provide the City all required submittals identified in the Special Provisions and Standard Specifications Sections, or shown on Contract Plans, which shall include, but not be limited to: 1-05.5(7)A Submittals for the Pre -construction Conference The following items shall be submitted at the pre -construction conference prior to the Notice to Proceed. For each item, submit 3 hard copies and an electronic copy on a USB thumb drive. 1. Contractor's and Subcontractor's Contact Information - Names and 24-hour contact telephone numbers of contractor's and each subcontractor's key personnel identified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.13. Electronic copy shall be in MS Word. 2. Contractor's Labor Classifications and Rates: Classification of all workers to be employed by the Contractor and its subcontractors in the work, excluding the Contractor's Superintendent and General Foremen (if any), and; straight -time and overtime Weighted Wage Rates for each submitted labor classification, computed as required in Standard Specification Section 1-09.6. Update and resubmit the entire labor classification file whenever worker classifications are changed, added or deleted. Electronic copy shall be in MS Excel. 3. Contractor's Eauioment Classifications and Rates: Make and model of each item of equipment and small tools to be employed by the Contractor and its subcontractors in the work, and; working and standby (idle) hourly rates for each submitted item of equipment, computed as required by Standard Specification Section 1-09.6 and the AGC/WSDOT Equipment Rental Rate Agreement referenced therein. Update and resubmit this entire equipment classification file whenever equipment or small tools classifications are changed, added or deleted. Electronic copy shall be in MS Excel. 4. Contractor's Progress Schedule (Type B): Progress schedule identified in Special Provisions Section 1-08.3(2)A. Format shall be MS Project. 5. Master Submittal Control Spreadsheet: List all required submittals in an Excel Spreadsheet, with assigned number, reference, description, review status, and comments. The City will review and comment on the document for revisions by the Contractor. The spreadsheet shall be reviewed at each meeting to ensure timely submission and review of the submittal documentation. 6. Cost breakdown for lump sum items, if applicable. 1 7. List of all Subcontractors, including: a. Percentage value of work assigned. b. Principal contact(s). City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-23 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents t c. Address d. Telephone and fax numbers. 8. List of all requested exceptions to the Contract Documents. 1-05.5(7)6 Construction Submittals The following items shall be submitted, as applicable, at least three weeks prior to the associated construction activity to allow ample time for review and resubmittal if necessary. • Catalog information and data sheets for all materials to be installed on project. • Erosion Control Plans • Temporary Traffic Control Plans • Certification for Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) • Manufacturer's certification for trench boxes to be utilized. • Any other construction -related submittal identified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1-05.5(7)C Additional Administrative Submittals The following administrative submittals shall be submitted when noted: • Retainage account information — Submit prior to first invoice • Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates for prime contractor and subcontractors — Submit prior to issuance of Notice to Proceed. • Certified Payrolls — Submit weekly. • Affidavit of Wages Paid — Submit upon completion of Work. • Additional submittals where identified in the Contract Documents and as requested by the Engineer. 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-24 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents t 1 Direct or indirect costs incurred by, the Contracting, Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, ' or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or ' replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the ' performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. ' 1-05.10 Guarantees ' Section 1-05.10 is supplemented with the following: If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such period as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall within seven (7) days of receiving written notice, without cost to City, (i) remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the works of others resulting there from. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City ' may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid for by Contractor. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph, the Warranty Period hereunder with respect to ' Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. t1-05.11 Final Inspection Replace Section 1-05.11 with the following new Subsections 1-05.11(1) and 1-05.11(2): 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date (NEW SECTION) When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing and request the Engineer to establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. ' City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-25 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor; will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date The Contractor shall notify the City in writing at least 3 working days prior to completion of all work and shall certify that all items have been accomplished and ready for final inspection. If all items are not completed and ready for final inspection, no inspection will be made at that time and the Contractor shall reimburse the City for the Engineer's and inspector's fees. Engineer and inspector fees are based on labor and material costs, overhead, and profit. The Contractor shall reschedule the final inspection as indicated above. When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.12 Final Acceptance City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-26 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents l� i ' Delete the third and fourth sentences ofthe first paragraph of Section 1-05.12. Add the following new section: ' 1-05.12(1) One -Year Guarantee Period (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) y The Contractor shall return to the project and repair or replace all defects in workmanship and material discovered within one year after Final Acceptance of the Work. The Contractor shall start work to remedy any such defects within 7 calendar days of receiving Contracting Agency's written notice of a defect, and shall complete such work within the time stated in the Contracting Agency's notice. In case of an emergency, where damage may result from delay or where loss of services may result, such corrections may be made by the Contracting Agency's own forces or another contractor, in which case the cost of corrections shall be paid by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor does not accomplish corrections ' within the time specified, the work will be otherwise accomplished and the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor. When corrections of defects are made, the Contractor shall then be responsible for correcting all defects in workmanship and materials in the corrected work for one year after acceptance of the corrections by Contracting Agency. This guarantee is supplemental to and does not limit affect the requirements that the Contractor's work comply with the requirements of the Contract or any other legal rights or remedies of the Contracting Agency. ' Add the following new section. 1-05.16 Water and Power (NEW SECTION) ' The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. Water may be obtained from the Owner's hydrants. No charge for water will be made unless there is obvious waste. The Contractor will be required to deposit $2,000.00 for use of a ' hydrant meter and backflow preventer assembly with the Owner. The deposit will be refunded upon return of the undamaged meter/backflow preventer assembly. Application and deposit for a water meter shall be done at the Department of Community Development (DCD) on the 6th floor of the Norm Dicks Government Center at 345 6th Street. City Public Works staff will then install the meter at a location requested by the Contractor. Add the following new section. 1-05.17 Oral Agreements (NEW SECTION) No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-27 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation.shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior To Use Supplement this section with the following: Shop Drawings. In addition to notification of material suppliers and fabricators, the Contractor shall also furnish for the Engineer's review and approval all required shop drawings. Shop drawings are defined as drawings or data, which illustrate how specific items, shall be fabricated, manufactured, or installed. Shop drawings are required for all shop, field fabricated or manufactured items and shall include all information necessary for the fabrication and installation of the item and to show conformance with these contract documents. The information shall include, but not be limited to: 1. For fabricated items or those constructed in place, component sizes, layout, materials, and connection details including, but not limited to, connectors, weld type, reinforcement schedules and sizes, and boring and jacking equipment. 2. Shop drawings for reinforced concrete structures shall include, but not be limited to, reinforcement bending and placing drawings. 3. Piping Fabrication and Placement Drawings. 4. Erection Drawings. 5. Diagrams, Illustrations and Data (product, design, or other). Manufacturers' standard catalog information and details maybe submitted; however, standard manufacturers' information and advertising literature may not necessarily be sufficient. Samples are Physical examples of. materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. Samples submitted shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of products or materials and full range of colors available. Shop drawings and samples shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1-05.5. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-28 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, ' publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons ' and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. 1-07.2 State Taxes ' Replace Section 1-07.2, including its subsections, with the following: ' 1-07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. ' The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. tThe Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract -related taxes have been paid ' (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-29 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. Rule 171 applies to Bid Schedule A. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. Rule 170 applies to Bid Schedules B and C. 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations 1-07.5(2) State Department of Wildlife and Fisheries City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-30 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents ' Delete the last paragraph and replace with. the followingYr;.. Work in all items (1) through (8) above shall be incidental to other contract pay items. 1-07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work ' 1-07.13(1) General Section 1-07.13(1) is supplemented with the following: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate all work to be performed under this Contract, including the ordering and acquisition of all equipment and materials. This coordination shall encompass all work to be performed by the Contractor, their subcontractor, the City of Bremerton and any public utilities that may be involved. ' The Contractor shall submit a performance bond in accordance with the City of Bremerton, State of Washington, Public Works performance and payment bond requirements. The performance bond shall be in the full amount of Contract. ' Whether or not there appears here or elsewhere herein specific reference to guarantees of all items of materials, equipment, and workmanship, they nevertheless shall be so guaranteed against mechanical, structural, or other defects for which the Contractor is responsible that ' may develop or become evident within a period of one year from and after acceptance of the work by the City. Such guarantees shall include care of backfilling of ditches or at structures should the fill settle to such extent as to require refilling or resurfacing roadway surfaces to ' restore the original or intended condition or grade. This guarantee shall be understood to imply prompt attention to any remedy of such defects as those mentioned above if and as they occur after the Contractor shall have written notice of their existence. If the defect, in the opinion of the City, is of such nature as to demand immediate repair, the City shall have the right to correct and cost thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. To support the above guarantee, the Contractor's performance bond shall remain in full force and effect for one year following the acceptance of the Project by the City. The bond shall be executed by a surety company authorized to do business within the State of Washington and ' it shall be subject to the approval of the attorney for the City. 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control Section 1-07.15 is supplemented with the following: ' Contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent siltation of downstream facilities, adjacent properties and Washington Narrows, Puget Sound. When submitting erosion control plan as outlined in the Standard Specification the Contractor shall address the following items: ' 1. Protection of existing storm sewer system. 2. Disposal of water from dewatering systems. 3. Disposal of water from normal trench dewatering. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-31 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan ection 1-07.15(1) is supplemented with the following: All costs associated with the SPCC plan shall be included in the lump sum price for "Mobilization" and will include: 1. All costs associated with developing the SPCC plan. 2. All costs associated with providing and maintaining on-site standby materials and equipment described in the SPCC plan. Costs associated with cleanup of spills resulting from Contractor's operations, negligence, or omissions shall not be measured for payment. 1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property Section 1-07.16(1) is supplemented with the following: Asphalt concrete pavement or bituminous surfacing outside the project area that is disturbed by the work shall be restored to its original condition. Asphalt pavement restoration shall comply with the provisions of Section 5-04 (Hot Mix Asphalt) of the Standard Specifications. All other surfaces, mailboxes, fences, signs, etc., disturbed by the project shall be promptly replaced or relocated to original or better than condition. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed landscaping in conformance with Section 8-02 (Roadside Restoration). All costs associated with Protection and Restoration of Property, as described under Section 107.16, shall be included in the lump sum price for "Mobilization", except for private property restoration associated with construction of the individual grinder pump stations. Add the following new subsections: 1-07.16(1)A Lot Corners or Permanent Control Points (NEW SECTION) All lot corners or corners of tracts, section corners or permanent markers of subdivisions therein as well as street monuments and right-of-way monuments shall be carefully noted and maintained by the Contractor. Some monuments are shown on the Plans and there may be others. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any existing federal, state, county, city, and private land monuments encountered prior to pipeline construction. The Contractor shall preserve such monuments intact and undisturbedor they shall be referenced by a land surveyor licensed to practice in the State of Washington prior to any disturbance. Any such pin, pipe, stone, plaque, or monument that is removed or disturbed by the Contractor shall be accurately located and replaced by a licensed surveyor at the expense of the Contractor. Replacement of survey monuments and lot corners shall conform in all respects to the requirements of RCW 58.09 and Chapter 332 120 WAC. Applicable permits as required by City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-32 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 �Id 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 fl 11� I L the Washington Department of Natural Resources shall be obtained by the contractor's surveyor. This work shall be inciderfal`to Contract pay items. ' The City will provide copies of Records of Survey to the Contractor prior to construction for the contractor's use in protecting monument, corners, and other markers. 1-07.16(1)B Preconstruction Photographs (NEW SECTION) The City will take preconstruction photographs immediately prior to construction initiation in order to provide a substantiated record of the condition of existing improvement. These photographs shall be considered as indicative of the nature of the original improvements in determining the adequacy or inadequacy of restoration. In addition, the Contractor may also wish to document the existing conditions for themselves in the event of a claim situation from an adjacent property owner. 1-07.16(3) Fences, Mailboxes, Incidentals Add the following new subsection: 1-07.16(3)A Easements and Permits (NEW SECTION) Where portions of the work are located on public or private property, easements and permits have been or shall be obtained by the City, including easements for the designated long-term and short-term construction areas. Easements will provide for the use of property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the City. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or street right-of-way limits or make special arrangements with the property owners, tenants, and/or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the City, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. Before final payment will be authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor will be required to furnish the City with written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements, or special easements have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of- way obtained by the City. 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Supplement this section by including the following new subsections: 1-07.17(3) Underground Utilities (NEW SECTION) City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-33 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the drawings. The locations shown are based upon existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans. However, there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor, and no responsibility is assumed by either the City or the Engineer for the accuracy of their location, existence or completeness. No excavation shall commence until underground facilities have been located. Contractor shall use reasonable care, including precisely locating known underground facilities. If an unidentified underground facility is encountered, the excavator shall cease digging in the vicinity and notify the Engineer, City and the affected facility owner: In case there is damage, the excavator shall, additionally, take public safety measures, if required. Damaged underground facilities shall not be buried, relocated and/or repaired, prior to inspection by the City and the affected facility owner. In accordance with and as defined by RCW 19.122, emergency excavations are exempt from the time requirements. "Emergency" includes customer service outage. Provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities when they are exposed and suspended in the excavation. Reference Section 7-08.3(5) for requirements for potholing of existing utilities. 1-07.17(4) Contractor's Responsibility for Utility Properties & Services (NEW SECTION) I Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, power, oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer, or irrigation systems, operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. The Contractor shall protect, in place, all railway, telegraph, telephone (including poles, guy wires and anchors), television, power (including poles, guy wires, and anchors), oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer, or irrigation systems from damage. If interfering railway, telegraph, telephone (including poles, guy wires, and anchors), television, power (including poles, guy wires, and anchors), oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer, or irrigation systems are encountered notify the Engineer and the appropriate utility company at least two (2) working days in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. The Contractor shall pay all costs of protecting and/or relocation of such facilities. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result on accidental breakage due to construction operations, the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority, cooperate with said authority in restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all associated costs of repair subject to determination of responsibility. In no case shall interruption of any water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. All costs of repairing utilities interrupted or uprooted, replacing driveway and roadside culverts, fences, guard posts, landscape shrubs, traffic signs, and mailboxes shall be considered incidental. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-34 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 1 1 1 Ll r� 1 i 1 1 it 1 1 1 1 1 In the event the Contractor encounters water and sewer service lines that interfere with trenching or that must be relocated 'to -avoid the new pipeline, the services may be cut, and the trench dug through, only after obtaining prior approval of the Water Department, Engineering Department, or Fire Department, as applicable, and the Engineer. All work and repairs to the water system shall be performed by City forces only. The services will be restored with similar or equal materials. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. Existing water mains are generally buried at 3' depth from the ground surface to the top of pipe. The Contractor shall take every possible precaution to preserve the existing improvements. All damages to existing improvements from the Contractor's operation, whether within the road right-of-way or in private property, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to remedy. The Engineer will review the pre -construction photographs for confirmation of possible damage by the Contractor's activities. All such areas identified by the Engineer shall be restored to their preconstruction equivalent to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1-07.17(5) List of Utility Owners (NEW SECTION) Following is a list of the utilities serving the work area indicating the name (if available) and telephone number of the responsible authority of the various utilities which should be notified if conflicts or emergencies arise during the progress of the work. Outside normal working hours, report emergencies and initiate contact with the appropriate individual by calling 911. UTILITY CONTACT TABLE UTILITY UTILITY NAME 7 CONTACT TELEPHONE # Within City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities (PWU): Storm and Sanitary Sewers PWU Pat Jacobsen Ned Lever 473-5920 473-2398 Water PWU Bob Zurbrugg Ned Lever 473-5920 473-2398 Streets PWU Millennka Hawkins- Bates Shane Weber 473-5333 473-2354 Contact City Engineer Tom Knuckey at 473-2376 if unable to contact PWU individuals above. ' City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 January 2017 111-35 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OTHER UTILITIES Power Puget Sound Energy Dispatcher 888-225-5773 Telephone Century Link Repair Dept. 800-573-1311 Gas Cascade Natural Gas Mike Dunn 479-3966 Cable TV Comcast Jerry Biggs 377-8528 415-2477 ager Fiber Optic Convergence John Stockwell 425-213-6016 Underground Utilities Locate Service J 800-424-5555 Note: All numbers are (360) prefix unless noted otherwise 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-07.18 Insurance (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 1-07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer's financial condition. B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the commencement of the Contractor's Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims -made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ("tail") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The Contractor's Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage and shall contain a waiver of subrogation against the Contracting Agency for claims arising out of any operations, liabilities and obligations to which coverage applies. Any insurance, self- insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-36 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 1 1 p"1 l J 1 1 1 111� fl r E. The Contractor shall provide the ,p acting Agency and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days' notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate'the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the ' Contractor from the Contracting Agency. H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional Liability and Builder's Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein: ■ the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers The above -listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of ' Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor -provided insurance as set forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors. The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-37 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each Subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage. 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. Verification of coverage shall include: 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy these requirements — actual endorsements must be submitted. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers, the signed Contract for the work. 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor's maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency's recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self- insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy's deductibles or self-insured retention, said deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not, limited to liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products -completed operations, personal and 'advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-38 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 s 1 1 1 1 ' be no exclusion for liability arising from, explosion, collapse or underground property damage. tThe Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the Contractor's completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion of the Work. Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence $1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers' Liability each accident 1-07.18(5)6 Automobile Liability Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non -owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements. Such policy must provide the following minimum limit: $1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident 1-07.18(5)C Workers' Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 1 Add the following new section: 1-07.18(5)F Excess or Umbrella Liability (NEW SECTION) (May 10, 2006 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability coverage at limits of one (1) million per occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage shall apply, at a minimum, to both the Commercial General and Auto insurance policy coverage. I This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor's primary Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverage, or any combination thereof. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-39 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following The Contractor shall do whatever work is necessary for safety and be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including employees) a and property during the Contract period. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the work by authorized government officials. Work areas shall be barricaded to prevent public access and provide a buffer between the work zone and the public. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a 1. At all times, the Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain additional signage and other measures to safely route vehicular and pedestrian traffic through the construction area and protect the public from construction activities during both working and non -working hours. 2. Pedestrian traffic shall be maintained at all times through the construction area. Signage a and flaggers shall be provided to direct pedestrians to ADA -compliant routes during construction. During non -working hours, the Contractor shall also provide ADA -compliant pedestrian facilities through the work area. Appropriate signage, in conformance with the MUTCD, shall be installed to inform pedestrians of sidewalk closures and other conditions. 3. The actual construction area (open trench) shall be limited to a maximum length of150 feet. On -street parking may be prohibited within this area; however, parking for local traffic shall be allowed on the roadway up to within 50 feet each side of the trench area. For construction of the Shallow Sewer Trench, the Contractor is allowed to have an open trench greater than 150 feet, but shall provide the necessary barricades and/or trench covering for pedestrian and traffic safety. An exception to these requirements requires written approval from the Owner. 4. Where roadways are closed to traffic during working hours and open to traffic during non- working hours, the Contractor shall cover or remove all signage that does not apply to the existing condition (open or closed). asphalt concrete pavement. 5. All signage and traffic control devices installed by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the MUTCD. 6. The Contractor shall not begin work on a segment until the other segments are open to through traffic. The Contractor shall temporarily restore trenches and other excavations to allow the ;road to be open to through traffic. Trench restoration shall consist of cold mix asphalt concrete pavement. 7. All additional signage and traffic control measures needed to provide detours, to route pedestrians and vehicles through the construction area, and to protect the public and workers shall be furnished by the Contractor and the cost thereof included in the lump sum payment item for the temporary traffic control. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-40 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS A. David Road (Northlake Way to west end) 1. Two way traffic must be maintained at all times during non -working hours. At least one lane must remain open with proper traffic control to ensure two way access during working hours. Flaggers shall be used as necessary to safely route traffic through the work area. 1-07.23(3) Communication/Dissemination of Information NEW SECTION It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate daily, all construction activities and scheduling, with local residents, businesses, and the Owner/Engineer for work within the construction segment. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to: a. Time and location of all roadway and sidewalk closures (minimum 5 working days' notice). ib. Schedule and location of active trench construction and restoration as it affects parking restrictions and driveway closures (minimum 2 working days' notice). c. Schedule and location of all utility shut -offs to specific properties (minimum 5 working days' notice). 1-07.24 Rights of Way Replace Section 1-07.24, in its entirety, with the following: Street right of way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way t and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued Addendum. Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public right of way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. rWhenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement III -41 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary, construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section: 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters (NEW SECTION) (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new Subsections 1-08.0(1), 1-08.0(2), 1-08.0(3), 1-08.0(4), and 1-08.0(5): 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (NEW SECTION) (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer, and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: • To review the initial progress schedule; • To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; • To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; • To establish normal working hours for the work; • Establish regular date, time, and place for weekly construction meetings; • To review safety standards and traffic control; and • To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-42 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: • An initial progress schedule; • Pre -construction submittals (see 1-05.5(7)A) • A breakdown of all lump sum items; 1 A list of material sources for approval if applicable. 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work (NEW SECTION) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved in writing by the Contracting Agency, the normal straight time working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8 -hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of a working day with a maximum 1 -hour lunch break and a 5 -day work week. Alternatively, the contractor may work a 10 -hour work day and a 4 -day work week. The normal straight time working period, including daily start and ending times, shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing the work. The City shall be notified in writing if the Contractor modifies the schedule at any time during construction. Written permission from the Engineer is required, if a Contractor desires to perform work on holidays, Saturdays, or Sundays; before 7:00 a.m. or after 7:00 p.m. on any day; or longer than the scheduled work day. The Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for such permission, no later than noon on the working day prior to the day for which the Contractor is requesting permission to work. Permission to work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours Monday through Friday may be given subject to certain other conditions set forth by the Contracting Agency or Engineer. These conditions may include but are not limited to: The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. 1 Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees when in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence. For these necessary personnel, the Owner reserves the right to require reimbursement of salaries by the Contractor for work during non-standard work hours. In such cases, the Contracting Agency may deduct from amounts due or to become due to the Contractor for the costs in excess of the straight -time costs for employees of the Contracting Agency required to work overtime hours. 1-08.0(3) Weekly Construction Meetings (NEW SECTION) Weekly meetings shall be held at a mutually agreed-upon location and day of the week and time. The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the work, resolve any quantity or force City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-43 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents account disagreements, review the Contractor's Progress and Schedule, and review the record drawings. The Contracting Agency shall develop an agenda for each weekly meeting. The Contractor shall provide an updated 3 -week look -ahead schedule for each meeting. 1-08.0(5) Construction Constraints and Work Sequence (NEW SECTION) The Owner requires specific construction constraints and work sequence to maintain water and sewer service, as well as public access during the work. Additional sequence constraints are described in Section 1-07.23. These constraints and work sequence elements are as follows: U New water, main along David Road shall be constructed and permanent service provided to property owners prior to abandonment of existing water main. Interruption of water service shall not exceed 4 hours, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Contractor shall inform each resident 2 days prior to any water or sewer service disruption. 1-08.3 Progress Schedule Section 1-08.3 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule to the Owner at the pre -construction conference. The Owner will have the right to review the schedule, and must approve the schedule prior to issuing Notice to Proceed. The monthly schedule updates shall clearly identify the critical path items of the work. 1-08.3(1) General Requirements Section 1-08.3(1) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a Type B Schedule. The schedule shall, be prepared electronically using Microsoft Project 2003 (or later), or scheduling software acceptable to the Owner. Section 1-08.3(2) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide a monthly update to the Type B Schedule, to be submitted at the first weekly meeting of the month. Payment shall be withheld until the updated schedule has been submitted and approved by the Owner. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-44 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 ' 1-08.4 Prosecution of Work Delete this section and : replace it with the following: 9 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) ' 1-08.5 Time of Completion Replace Section 1-08.5 with the following: The Contractor shall mobilize equipment and construction trailer at the site and begin work within ten (10) calendar days of the Notice to Proceed date. The Work shall obtain Substantial Completion within the times designated in "Article 2" of the CONTRACT. Time lost in replacing improper work or material shall not furnish any grounds to the Contractor for claiming an extension of time for the completion of the work and shall not release the Contractor from damages or liabilities for failure to complete the work within the time stipulated. 1-08.6 Suspension of Work Section 1-08.6 is supplemented with the following: The Engineer may order suspension of all or any part of the work if unsuitable weather, private ' utility relocation efforts by others, and other such conditions beyond the control of the Contractor prevent satisfactory and timely performance of the work. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-45 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility Y fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. ' 1-08.5 Time of Completion Replace Section 1-08.5 with the following: The Contractor shall mobilize equipment and construction trailer at the site and begin work within ten (10) calendar days of the Notice to Proceed date. The Work shall obtain Substantial Completion within the times designated in "Article 2" of the CONTRACT. Time lost in replacing improper work or material shall not furnish any grounds to the Contractor for claiming an extension of time for the completion of the work and shall not release the Contractor from damages or liabilities for failure to complete the work within the time stipulated. 1-08.6 Suspension of Work Section 1-08.6 is supplemented with the following: The Engineer may order suspension of all or any part of the work if unsuitable weather, private ' utility relocation efforts by others, and other such conditions beyond the control of the Contractor prevent satisfactory and timely performance of the work. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-45 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents If the work is suspended for these reasons, the period of work stoppage will be counted as r unworkable days. The Engineer will set the number of unworkable days (or parts of days) by deciding how long the suspension delayed the entire project. 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension ension Revise the second paragraph of Section 1-08.7 to read: At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1-07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. 1-08.8 Extensions of Time Section 1-08.8 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall consider and make allowances for normal seasonal weather patterns in the scheduling and sequencing of the work in order to complete the work by the specified deadlines. The Owner will not extend the specified completion dates for reasons of unfavorable weather unless the Contractor can demonstrate that weather patterns have been extraordinary and the Contractor has made a good faith effort to limit the amount of area exposed to the weather at any given time. Due to the nature of the project, the Contractor shall anticipate there will be numerous unforeseen conflicts with underground utilities. The Owner will have representatives on site during working hours to make decisions when a deviation from the design is required. The time required for the Contractor and the Owner to make adjustments for unforeseen conditions shall not be grounds for additional compensation due to delay nor an extension of the completion deadline. The only exceptions to this rule are as follows: 1. The Owner has failed to make a decision within 8 working hours when an unforeseen conflict is discovered on a critical path time of work. 2. The unforeseen conflict involves hazardous materials or historical artifacts which prevent the Contractor for proceeding with critical path elements of the work. 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages Delete and replace the second and third paragraphs of Section 1-08.9 with the following: Liquidated damages are established per "Article 3" of the Contract. The Engineer will deduct the accumulated amount from any money due or coming due to the Contractor. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-46 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 FJ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities Section 1-09.1 is supplemented with the following: Bid items that are to be measured by the "Ton" will be measured as follows: 1. Quantities shall be based on certified truck tickets signed by the driver and collected by the City's Project Inspector daily at the time and place of delivery. Loads of material for which a certified weight ticket has not been given to the City's Project Inspector shall not be paid for. 2. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a ticket is given to the City's Project Inspector for each truckload of material delivered. Tally tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered to the project. The tickets shall bear at least the following information: a. Truck number. b. Quantity delivered in cubic yards and tons. c. Driver's name and date of delivery. d. Location of delivery by job name and street name. e. Place for receipting by the City's Project Inspector. f. Type of material delivered. 3. Tickets shall be given to the City's Project Inspector on a daily basis. Tickets will only be accepted on the date the material is delivered. Tickets will not be accepted at a later date unless prior agreements have been made. Add the following new section: 1-09.1(1) Quantity Reporting Requirements (NEW SECTION) General Requirement: Preparation of daily Quantity Reports generally as described in this Section is hereby required of both the City and Contractor. Controlling Record: City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that the purpose of such daily Quantity Reports is to create a valid, contemporaneous record of all bid -item work performed by the Contractor, with the goal of limiting disputes by tracking and agreeing on the various ' quantities of work as it is performed. The daily Quantity Reports required herein shall become the controlling record and source documentation of the work performed and the materials provided by the Contractor each day. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-47 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Correction of Errors: Nothing in this Section shall bar later adjustment of quantities for the purpose of correcting errors or omissions when such adjustment is authorized by the Engineer. City and Contractor hereby agree that the Engineer's decision regarding corrections shall be final, as provided in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.1. Dispute Resolution: For the purposes of this Section only, daily Quantity Reports for the preceding week shall be reviewed by the Contractor and Engineer at each weekly construction meeting and, to the extent possible, any dispute related to the quantity of work performed during the preceding week shall be resolved and final bid item quantities agreed upon. Daily Quantity Report Report Preparation: The Engineer will complete a daily Quantity Report for each day that work is performed. The Contractor shall furnish any required material invoices or load receipts to the Engineer each day in time for completion of the day's report. The Engineer and Contractor shall review each day's report not later than the end of the next business day. Both the Engineer and Contractor shall sign/initial each day's Quantity Report, acknowledging the quantities of work and materials indicated in the Report. The City uses an approved -equivalent of WSDOT Form #422-635, titled Field Note Record for daily quantity reports. A sample form is included in the appendices. 1-09.6 Force Account Section 1-09.6 is supplemented with the following: Bid Item #1, "Minor Changes and Force Account", has been included in the Bid Proposal for the following changes resulting in extra work: • As directed by the Owner in accordance with Section 1-04.4. These changes are issued via written Work Change Directives (WCDs). Due to differing site conditions, as described in Section 1-04.7, for which the Engineer determines the Contractor is due additional compensation per Section 1-04.7 and which is not covered by the contract unit prices. Payment from this bid item is only permitted by written approval from the Engineer in accordance with Sections 1-04.4 and 1-09.6. Add the following, new section: 1-09.6(1) Force Account Reporting Requirements (NEIN SECTION) General Requirement: Preparation of daily reports generally as described in this Section, of all Force Account Work authorized by the City, is hereby required of both the City and Contractor. Controlling Record: City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that the purpose of such daily reports is to create a valid, contemporaneous record of all work performed by the Contractor City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-48 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 in response to Work Change Directives (WCD) issued by the City, with the goal of limiting disputes by agreeing on the amounts and costs of work as the work is performed. The daily reports required herein shall become the controlling record and source documentation of the work actually performed, and the materials actually provided, by the Contractor for Force Account Work. Error Correction: Nothing in this Section shall bar later adjustment of quantities or costs for the purpose of correcting errors or omissions when such adjustment is authorized by the Engineer. City and Contractor hereby agree that the Engineer's decision regarding corrections shall be final, as provided in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.1. Dispute Resolution: For the purposes of this Section only, Daily Force Account Reports for the preceding week shall be reviewed by the Contractor and Engineer at each weekly Construction Meeting and, to the extent possible, any dispute related to the quantity of Force Account work performed during the preceding week shall be resolved and final material quantities, labor hours and equipment hours agreed upon. `- Daily Force Account Report Report Preparation: The Engineer will complete a daily Force Account report for each unit of Force Account work, for each day that such work is performed. The Contractor shall furnish the material and equipment invoices required by Standard Specification Section 1-09.6 to the Engineer each day in time for completion of that day's reports. The Engineer and Contractor shall review each day's reports not later than the end of the next business day. Both the Engineer and Contractor shall sign each day's Force Account reports, acknowledging the quantities of materials and hours of use of labor and equipment indicated in the report. The City uses a form equivalent to WSDOT Form #422-008 titled `Daily Report of Force Account Worked' for tracking force account work. A sample of the City -provided form that will be used for all such reports is included in the appendices. 1-09.8 Payment for Material on Hand Delete all the provisions of Section 1-09.8 and substitute with the following - For lump sum pay items, the Owner will pay 75% of the actual invoice value for materials on hand with an invoice value over $5,000. Unit price bid items will not be reimbursed when on hand. 1-09.9 Payments (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: I The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-49 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer's determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following - 1 . ollowing: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor's lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer's determination. 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1. 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction Replace all references to Thurston County with Kitsap County. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-50 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-09.13 Claims Resolution 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or less Delete this section, including subsection A. 1-09.13(3)6 Procedures to Pursue Arbitration Replace Section 1-09.13(3)6 with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that claims, whatever the value, submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding arbitration ADR processes, shall be resolved by litigation unless the parties mutually agree to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. Each party is responsible for its own attorney fees and litigation costs. 1 11 1 11 r � I Section 1-10.1 is supplemented with the following Project specific traffic control requirements are included in Section 1-07.23(1). All traffic signs, barricades, and devices shall conform to Section 1-07.23 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for directing and controlling pedestrian and vehicular traffic, including all approved temporary re-routing at all times during construction activity. The Contractor, at his expense, shall be required to maintain sufficient warning signs and adequate barricades at all open excavation to warn moving vehicles and pedestrians. This shall include not only open excavation, but also recently filled and/or paved areas which have not yet been fully compacted and rolled to return the surface to a state required to withstand normal use. All necessary flagmen, barricades, and directional signs shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor at all times and also if the work is suspended during the construction period. The Contractor shall provide such additional barricades and protective devices as will be required to reasonably protect workmen and others, as well as animals, from injury resulting from excavation and other site work during the construction period. Upon failure of the Contractor to provide immediately and maintain adequate suitable barricades, lights, and detour signs when ordered to do so, the Capital Engineer shall be at the liberty, without further notice to the Contractor or the surety, to provide the same and to deduct the costs thereto from any monies or payment due or to become due to Contractor, and the Engineer assumes no liability connected therewith. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-51 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.1 General 1 11 1 11 r � I Section 1-10.1 is supplemented with the following Project specific traffic control requirements are included in Section 1-07.23(1). All traffic signs, barricades, and devices shall conform to Section 1-07.23 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for directing and controlling pedestrian and vehicular traffic, including all approved temporary re-routing at all times during construction activity. The Contractor, at his expense, shall be required to maintain sufficient warning signs and adequate barricades at all open excavation to warn moving vehicles and pedestrians. This shall include not only open excavation, but also recently filled and/or paved areas which have not yet been fully compacted and rolled to return the surface to a state required to withstand normal use. All necessary flagmen, barricades, and directional signs shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor at all times and also if the work is suspended during the construction period. The Contractor shall provide such additional barricades and protective devices as will be required to reasonably protect workmen and others, as well as animals, from injury resulting from excavation and other site work during the construction period. Upon failure of the Contractor to provide immediately and maintain adequate suitable barricades, lights, and detour signs when ordered to do so, the Capital Engineer shall be at the liberty, without further notice to the Contractor or the surety, to provide the same and to deduct the costs thereto from any monies or payment due or to become due to Contractor, and the Engineer assumes no liability connected therewith. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-51 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Emergency traffic such as police, fire, and disaster units, shall be provided access at all times. The Contractor shall be liable for any damages, which may result from failure to provide reasonable access or coordination. Required Notification of Businesses and Residents: The Contractor shall notify all affected businesses and residents by door hanger or other similar method approved by the Engineer at least one calendar week in advance of construction activities adjacent to their business or home. Additionally, the Contractor shall notify all affected businesses and residents at least 48 hours and not more than 72 hours in advance of construction activities that would block or restrict access to their businesses or homes. Blockage shall occur only during working hours and shall be removed during non -working hours. Existing Signs, Devices, and Pavement Markings: Existing traffic control and street name signs which interfere with construction shall be relocated, covered, or removed by the Contractor and temporarily stored in a safe place. "Stop", "Yield', and "One -Way" signs shall be removed, covered or relocated only upon approval of the Engineer. Existing signs shall not be removed until the Contractor has provided temporary measures sufficient to safeguard and direct traffic after the existing signs have been removed. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract documents, preservation and maintenance of traffic control and street name signs shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. As work progresses and as permits, temporarily relocated or removed traffic and street name signs shall be reset in their permanent location by the Contractor. Signs and other traffic control devices damaged or lost by the Contractor, shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the City. The option of whether a sign can be repaired or shall be replaced shall be the Engineer's, and such decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor. When paint lines are obliterated due to construction activities or pavement restoration, temporary pressure sensitive pavement marking tape, traffic buttons or delineators shall be installed where designated by the Engineer. These temporary features shall be removed only upon installation of permanent traffic channelization. Unless otherwise provided for by a separate bid item in the proposal, removal of permanent striping and installation and removal of temporary striping shall be incidental to the unit contract price for other items in the proposal. Maintaining Two-way Traffic and Access: Except as authorized by the Engineer, two-way traffic shall be maintained at all times. No dead-end streets will be allowed to have less than one way access at any time. During normal working hours, the Contractor shall maintain, in a safe, acceptable condition, all approaches and intersections with roads, streets, alleys, and driveways to businesses, parking lots, residences, etc. All streets shall be open to local traffic at the end of each working day unless otherwise noted in the approved Traffic Control Plans. Except where permitted elsewhere in the Contract Documents or authorized by the Engineer in writing, during non -working hours, excavations within roadways, driveways, pedestrian pathways, or similar areas within rights of way or easements used by the public shall be backfilled, compacted and covered with cold mix asphalt or covered with steel plates or other approved temporary bridging. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement lil-52 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents I ]�, 1 The Contractor shall conduct the work so as to obstruct and inconvenience traffic as little as possible. The Contractor shall not open sections of the work and leave them in an unfinished condition. During normal working hours, the Contractor shall maintain, in a safe, acceptable condition, all approaches and intersections with roads, streets, alleys, and driveways to businesses, parking lots, residences, etc. All streets shall be open to local traffic at the end of each working day unless otherwise noted in the approved Traffic Control Plans. During non- working hours, the Contractor shall keep existing traffic lanes clear, without interference from construction operations, equipment or materials. 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 1-10.2(1) General Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: The Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be on-site while work or unloading/loading is occurring on City streets. The TCS shall be responsible for placement, maintenance, correctness and adequacy of the contractor's temporary traffic control. The TCS will be contacted to correct any traffic control or signing deficiencies during normal working hours or during evenings or weekends as necessary or required. The TCS shall respond as required by Standard Specification 1-10.2(1)6. If the TCS or the Contractor's forces do not respond within the required time, the City will make any necessary corrections using its own or other forces and shall deduct the entire cost of all such work from sums due, or to become due, to the Contractor. All such charges against the Contractor's payments shall be made at the City's then current rates for labor, equipment, and materials. The TCS shall be certified by one of the following organizations or an equivalent approved entity by the Owner: American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA), Evergreen Safety Council, Northwest Laborer -Employers Training Trust. The TCS certification shall be submitted to the City prior to any construction - 1 -10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Section 1-10.2(2) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for developing an approved Traffic Control Plan consistent with MUTCD and the project Contract Documents. The Traffic Control Plan may consist of approved WSDOT K -Plans where applicable. Payment for developing an approved Traffic Control Plan shall be considered incidental to the lump sum price in the Proposal for "Project Temporary Traffic Control" and no additional compensation will be made. 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices 1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-53 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Section 1-10.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Signs, barricades, lights, and other warning devices shall be installed on or adjacent to the roadway per the requirements of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways and shall be maintained 24 hours a day until the roadway work is completed and ready for traffic. The Contractor shall not begin any work on or adjacent to the roadway at any time until all signs and other traffic control devices are in place and operating as outlined in the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, and approved Traffic Control Plan. The Contractor shall maintain the work area to ensure that all traffic signs and other traffic control devices are properly placed and in effect. The Contractor shall replace, without delay, signs and traffic control devices that are misplaced, mutilated, or destroyed. All signs and traffic control devices, which become soiled such that their effectiveness ° is diminished as determined by the Engineer or the Inspector, shall be replaced or cleaned by the Contractor without delay. Traffic control devices intended for use during the hours of darkness shall be equipped with flashing lights (i.e. barricades) or reflective tape (i.e. cones/barrels) or as determined by the" Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all construction signs and safety equipment required. The Contractor, at his expense, shall be required to maintain sufficient warning lights and adequate barricades on all trenches and open excavation to protect moving traffic and pedestrians. This shall include not only open trenches, but also recently closed trenches that have not been returned to full and safe operating surface for normal use. All necessary state -certified flagmen, barricades, and detour signs shall be furnished and supplied/installed by the Contractor, both during working hours and also when the work is suspended during the construction period. The Contractor shall provide such additional barricades and protective devices as will be required to reasonably protect the workmen, vehicles, bicyclists, pedestrians, and animals from excavated areas during the construction period. Upon failure, of the Contractor to immediately provide and maintain adequate suitable barricades, lights, and detour signs when ordered to do so, the City shall be at liberty, without further notice to the Contractor or the surety, to provide the same and deduct the cost thereof from monies or payments due or to become due the Contractor, and the City assumes no liability connected therewith. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper notification to, and coordination with, all school districts, fire departments, waste management, local postal service, and all other persons and services which will be affected by this project. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to keep the school district and fire departments and others fully advised of his construction progress and also the time of completion of the project. Street rights-of-way that are restricted will require special care in construction to maintain two-way traffic flow. The Contractor shall maintain safe and adequate pedestrian access along the street during the construction of the project. The Contractor shall make every attempt to provide access to the adjacent properties and to minimize dust nuisances. 1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-54 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 Section 1-10.3(3)A is revised to read as,, follows: All signs required by the approved traffic control plan(s) as well as any other appropriate signs prescribed by the Engineer shall be furnished, maintained, and operated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a clean, neat, and presentable condition until the necessity for them has ceased. All non -applicable signs shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they are not in effect. When the need for these signs has ceased, the Contractor, upon approval of the Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall remain the property of the Contractor. All orange background signs shall utilize materials, and be fabricated in accordance with, Section 9-28. All orange background signs shall be fabricated with Type X fluorescent orange sign sheeting. All post mounted signs with Type X sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners (screw heads, bolts, or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. There shall be no intermixing of signs with non -fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting and signs with fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting on the same signpost. If it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, only a bag of sand that will rupture on impact shall be used. The bag of sand shall: (1) be furnished by the Contractor, (2) have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and (3) be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project, shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation: Add the following new sections: 1-10.3(3)L Parking Restriction Signs (NEW SECTION) Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, parking is a hazard to thru-traffic, or to the construction work, parking may be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for restricting parking shall be approved by the Engineer and provided and placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain the signs, if they are used in any street that is directly involved in the construction work. If parking signs are used beyond the confines of the work area, such as in another street being used as a detour, the signs will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The placement of signs restricting parking shall be as approved by the Engineer. Parking restriction signs shall be placed two working days in advance of needing the parking removed, with the start date of the "no parking" clearly shown. The area to be restricted shall be clearly marked with Type I barricades carrying signs that give the specific period (dates and times) that the area is to be clear of vehicles. Signs shall be large enough to be easily read from a distance of 50 feet and shall advise where impounded vehicles will be stored or indicate a 24 hour telephone number for obtaining that information. A minimum of 72 hours advance notice is required before towing vehicles. All signs must be approved by the Engineer prior to use. Example wording of the signs is as follows: City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-55 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents WARNING! TOW AWAY ZONE NO PARKING FROM: DATE and TIME TO: DATE and TIME FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK ALL VEHICLES REMAINING WILL BE TOWED 1-10.4 Measurement 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control Section 1-10.4(3) is supplemented with the following: The bid proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum and the additional temporary traffic control items listed below. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1), Section 1-10.4(3), and Section 1-10.5(3) shall apply. No measurement will be made for set-up of construction signs Class A or Class B, traffic control supervisor, traffic control vehicle, or for any other additional work or materials not listed in the Proposal associated with providing temporary traffic control. No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Project Temporary Traffic. Control'. Measurement shall also include all signage, devices, personnel, and other traffic control measures necessary to comply with the requirements of Sections 1-07.23(1) and 1-07.23(2) of these Special Provisions. 1-10.5 Payment Section 1-10.5 is supplemented with the following: Payment for "Project Temporary Traffic Control' shall be per Section 1-10.5 of the Standard Specifications, except that the cost of all labor, equipment, and materials required to provide, install, maintain, and remove Class A and B construction signs shall also be included in the lump sum bid item "Project Temporary Traffic Control'. All costs necessary or incidental to provide signage, devices, personnel, and other traffic control measures necessary to comply with the requirements of Sections 1-07.23(1) and 1-07.23(2) of these Special Provisions shall also be included in the lump sum pay item for "Project Temporary Traffic Control". END OF DIVISION 1 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-56 Division 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents 1 DIVISION 2 - EARTHWORK 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2-01.1 Description Section 2-01.1 is supplemented with the following: Clearing and grubbing shall include the removal and disposal of all vegetation and fencing as required to complete work within the project area where noted on the Plans. Miscellaneous small items requiring removal have not been shown on the Plans. 2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1— Open Burning Replace Section 2-01.2(1) with the following: The open burning of residue resulting from land clearing will not be allowed. 2-01.2(2) Disposal Method No. 2 — Waste Site Replace Section 2-01.2(2) with the following: Debris shall be hauled to a waste site obtained and provided by the Contractor in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. All fees for hauling and disposal shall be paid by the Contractor. 2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 - Chipping Section 2-01.2(3) is deleted. Disposal for this project shall be by Disposal Method No. 2 — Waste Site only. 2-01.3 Construction Requirements 2-01.3(4) Roadside Cleanup Replace Section 2-01.3(4) and its title with the following: 2-01.3(4) Cleanup and Restoration From time to time throughout the progress of the work, the Contractor, when directed by the Owner's Representative, shall cleanup and remove all refuse and unwanted or unused materials resulting from the work, at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor fails to do so within 24 hours after the request by the Owner's Representative, the work may be done by the City and the cost thereof be charged to the Contractor and deducted from his final estimate. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-57 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents All cleanup shall be performed as specified in the various sections of these Specifications. Final cleanup shall be in accordance with Section 1-04.11. Add the following new section: 2-01.3(5) Tree Protection (NEW SECTION) All existing trees within the project shall be retained and protected during construction unless otherwise noted on the plans. Tree protection shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All excavation or grading within protected root zone shall be done by hand or with small equipment to, minimize root damage. Any roots less than four inches in diameter exposed by the construction operation shall be pruned flush with the soil. Any roots greater than four inches in diameter exposed by the construction operation shall be protected until the root areas are backfilled. If the construction operation causes irreparable damage to the tree or its roots, the Contractor shall be responsible for all work and materials required to correct the problem, as directed by Kitsap County's Urban Forester, at no cost to the City: Backfill root areas with good quality top soil as soon as possible. If exposed root areas are not backfilled within two days, cover them with organic material in a manner which reduces soil temperature and minimizes water loss due to evaporation. 2-01.4 Measurement Section 2-01.4 is replaced with the following: No separate measurement for payment will be made for clearing and grubbing, but instead clearing and grubbing will be included in the lump sum bid item for "Removal of Structures and Obstructions". No separate measurement for payment will be made for roadside cleanup or routine cleaning, but instead roadside cleanup or routine cleaning will be included in the lump sum price for "Removal of Structures and Obstructions". 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.1 Description Section 2-02.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of all work defined under clearing and grubbing, and removing all materials noted in this section of the Special Provisions as well as any other materials not noted and necessary for the construction of this project. The following items shall be included under "Removal of,Structures and Obstructions": 1. Clearing and grubbing as necessary for all project improvements. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-58 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents 1 2. Removal and restoration.of fences and rockeries disturbed by construction, or as specified in the Plans. 3. Tree stump/root removal and disposal. In general, the Contractor shall remove/dispose, remove/restore, or abandon existing items that are in conflict with the new improvements, as noted above, and or shown on the plans. Voids left by the removal of items listed above shall be filled with select native borrow or gravel borrow, and compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as specified in Section 2-O3.3(14)D. Specific items and materials removed by the Contractor shall remain the property of the City. These items are identified on the Plans or within these Special Provisions and shall be delivered to the City's maintenance yard. All other materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of off-site at a legal disposal site to be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. 2-02.3 Construction Requirements Section 2-02.3 is supplemented with the following: All material removed for the construction of the project shall be hauled off-site to a legal disposal site by the Contractor. The Contractor shall determine the requirements of his selected disposal site related to accepting the material to be deposited on the site. Testing of the material by the disposal site or refusal of the site to accept the material shall not be the basis for additional payment or for an extension of the contract time. The cost of all such requirements shall be included in the various bid prices in the Proposal. 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters Section 2-02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Saw cutting of existing asphalt or Portland cement concrete or Portland cement concrete it pavement shall occur prior to the removal of the existing paved surface to ensure even edges along the trench. To expedite construction, the Contractor may break pavement with a backhoe, jack hammer, or similar piece of equipment provided the width is less than the final paving limits. Removal of pavement in this manner is for the Contractor's convenience and is considered incidental to removal. Before the pavement restoration, the Contractor shall perform a final (second) saw cut. Any pavement that is damaged by breaking the concrete shall be removed by saw cutting and replacing the damaged portions. Where sidewalk abutting buildings is shown to be removed, it shall be saw cut 18 inches from the face of the building, and the new concrete sidewalk shall be placed against the remaining concrete unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. �{ City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents Ill -59 January 2017 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Asphalt pavement shall be removed to a width of 12 inches greater than the top of the trench unless otherwise noted on the Contract Plans. The asphalt shall be saw cut on a straight line to a tolerance of 0.5 inch in 10 feet, with a vertical cut. After removal of pavement or driveways and before surface restoration, all pavement, sidewalks, or driveways that were damaged, displaced, or undermined will be trimmed to neat edges by sawing pavement to a depth of 3 inches or to the depth of existing pavement, whichever is greater. Unless the Engineer directs additional pavement removal, pavement removal and replacement beyond the pay limits or due to damage by the Contractor's equipment will be at the Contractor's expense. Contractor shall exercise care in removal of existing improvements to prevent damage from construction activities or equipment. This shall include damage from vibration equipment such as jack hammers. In particular, the Contractor shall protect existing sidewalks, curbs, gutters, and utility pole foundations due to construction activities in the roadway. Pavement removal shall be done in coordination with the Traffic Control Plan. Add the following new sections: 2-02.3(4) Remove/Abandon Existing Water System (NEW SECTION) Portions of the existing water systems shall be abandoned in place or removed as necessary to complete the work. Water main pipe that is abandoned in place shall be capped with an MJ cap at the ends. The excavation from any pipe sections that are removed shall be backfilled with crushed surfacing top course and compacted to minimum 95 percent max dry density. 2-02.3(7) Pothole Existing Utility (NEW SECTION) Locations of possible conflicts at utility crossings can be seen on the Plans. Based on the actual location of utility markings, it may be necessary to uncover existing utilities and determine the exact locations. After completing field marking of the existing utilities, the Contractor shall determine if an existing utility. may be in conflict with the planned improvements. Should a conflict seem likely, the Contractor shall notify the City. If the City concurs that a conflict is likely, the Contractor will be directed toexpose the location of the subject utility (pothole). When potholing is required by the City, the Contractor shall expose the location of the existing utility and record the size of pipe and horizontal and vertical location on the Contractor's Record Drawings. Upon receipt of this information, the Engineer will determine if a conflict exists. The City will notify the Contractor within seven full working days as to what design modifications, if any, are required to resolve the conflict. Contractor shall be required to coordinate with both the utility in question and the City regarding the type of equipment that will be allowed to conduct potholing (i.e., hand -excavation, excavation with vactor truck, other). Potholing will typically be conducted with a vactor truck. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 111-60 January 2017 Division 2 - EARTHWORK 1 1 2-02.3(8) Adjust Existing Utility.ao.Grade (NEW SECTION) Existing utilities such as monuments, water valves, and meter boxes shall be adjusted to finished grade. The Contractor shall, prior to the beginning of any work, familiarize himself with the existing utility locations. The Contractor shall adjust City -owned utilities. Final adjustment shall be smooth and flush with finished grade. The Contractor shall mark the location of all utilities prior to paving the new surface. Unless otherwise provided for in the Special Provisions and Proposal, costs for adjusting utilities to grade, including coordinating the work with other utilities, shall be incidental to the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed. Existing facilities shall be adjusted to. the finished grade as shown on the Drawings and as further specified herein. Existing box, ring, grate, and cover shall be reset in a careful and workmanlike manner to conform to the new grade. Special care shall be exercised in all operations. Any damage occurring to the manholes, concrete inlets, monument cases, valve boxes, or water mains, due to the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired at the Contractor's own expense. Adjustments shall be made using bricks, concrete blocks, or cement, and the interior of the manhole adjustment shall be mortared smoothly. All covers and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned. The Contractor shall be responsible for referencing and keeping a record of such references of all manholes, catch basins, monument cases, meter boxes, and valve boxes encountered, and shall submit a copy of these references to the Engineer. The meter boxes, and valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in the following manner: • Within a Grass Surface: Provide crushed surfacing top course backfill and 3 inches of topsoil, Type A, and sod. • Within a Hot Mixed Asphalt Paved Surface: As soon as the street is paved past each manhole, catch basin, monument case, meter box, and valve box, the asphalt concrete mat shall be scored around the location of the manhole, catch basin, concrete inlet, monument case, meter, or valve box. After rolling has been completed and the mat has cooled, it shall be cut along the scored lines. The manholes, catch basins, monument cases, meter boxes, and/or valve boxes shall then be raised to finished pavement grade, and the annular spaces filled with control density fill (CDF) to within a minimum of 3 inches of the finished grade. The remaining 3 inches (minimum) shall be filled and compacted with HMA Class 1/2 In. PG 64-22 per Section 5-04 of the Standard Specifications, to give a smooth, finished appearance. After pavement is in place, all joints shall be sealed with hot asphalt cement (AR 4000W). In areas opened immediately to traffic, a sand blanket shall be placed onto the surface of the hot asphalt sealer (AR 4000W) to help alleviate the "tracking" of asphalt sealer. 2-02.4 Measurement Section 2-02.4 is supplemented with the following: No specific unit of measure shall apply to the lump sum item "Removal of Structures and Obstructions". City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-61 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents "Asphalt Conc. Pavement Removal" shall be measured per square yard. No measurement for payment shall be made for saw cutting. All costs associated with saw cutting shall be included with the associated bid items in the Proposal where saw cutting is required. "Pothole Existing Utility shall be measured per each pothole. 2-02.5 Payment Section 2-02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Asphalt Conc. Pavement Removal", per square yard. The unit contract price for "Asphalt Conc. Pavement Removal", per square yard shall be full pay for all saw cutting, asphalt removal, disposal and haul and no additional compensation will be made. "Pothole Existing Utility", per each. The unit price for "Pothole Existing Utility" shall include the complete cost to provide traffic control, saw ' cut, remove pavement, excavate and expose main, obtain measurements, backfill, and temporarily restore the surface. Only potholing that is formally directed or required by the City shall be compensated. 2-04 HAUL 2-04.5 Payment Section 2-04.5 is supplemented with the following: All costs associated with hauling materials of any description to, from, and within the project site shall be included in the appropriate unit bid prices in the Proposal and no further compensation will be paid. 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 2-06.3 Construction Requirements Section 2-06.3 is supplemented with the following: During the period of subgrade exposure, only local traffic will be allowed on this section. The subgrade must be suitable, as determined by the Engineer, prior to placement of gravel borrow or crushed rock. All costs for protection of the subgrade, including replacing all material that becomes unsuitable while the subgrade is exposed, shall be included in the other related bid items of the Contract and no additional compensation shall be made. Preparation and compaction of the subgrade shall be considered as essential to the �. construction but all costs thereof shall be included by the Contractor in crushed surfacing base City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-62 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents course pay items for roadway work and in the individual pipe installation costs of the Contract. The subgrade shall be shaped and maintained to drain at all times during construction, including temporary ditches and modifications to drainage structures necessary to eliminate standing water on the subgrade. 2-07 WATERING 2-07.3 Description Section 2-07.3 is supplemented with the following: Water may be obtained from City hydrants. Obtain a hydrant meter in accordance with Section 1-05.16. 2-07.5 Payment Replace Section 2-07.5 with the following: No specific payment for furnishing and placing water shall be made. Water used for filling water mains shall be considered incidental to those bid items. Water required for dust and mud control will be considered incidental to the "Erosion/Water Pollution Control' bid item. 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.1 Description Section 2-09.1 is supplemented with the following: Structure excavation shall include excavation for structures associated with this project. See Division 7 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions for work related to trenching, excavating, and backfilling. 2-09.3 Construction Requirements Add the following new section: 2-09.3(1)G Trench Dewatering (NEW SECTION) All "localized trench dewatering" work associated with maintaining a trench suitable for structure installation and pipeline construction will be incidental and included in bid item "Erosion/Water Pollution Control". "Localized trench dewatering" is defined as dewatering methods occurring in or directly adjacent to the trench, including trash pumps, sump pumps, or other methods in the excavated areas. "Localized trench dewatering" does not include a dewatering system such as well points, well screens, or deep wells. ' City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-63 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents 2-09.3(4) Construction Requirements, Structure Excavation, Class B Section 2-09.3(4) is supplemented with the following: Shoring and' trench safety system shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. All trenches greater than 48 inches in depth shall be shored. Shoring shall comply with Chapter 296-155 WAC and Chapter 49.17 RCW of the Washington Safety and Health Act. 2-09.4 Measurement Section 2-02.4 is supplemented with the following: No measurement will be made for any class of structure excavation. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B". 2-09.5 Payment Section 2-02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B", per lump sum. The lump sum price in the Proposal will be full compensation for the cost of all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary or incidental to furnishing, installing, and removing shoring systems. When extra excavation is used in lieu of constructing the shoring, cofferdam, sheet piles, or caisson, the lump sum contract price shall be full pay for all excavation, backfill, compaction, and other work required. 2-11 TRIMMING AND CLEANUP 2-11.1 Description Section 2-11.1 is supplemented with the following.- During ollowing: During construction, and then upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly comb and search the surrounding area and remove any construction material thrown or discarded amongst the trees, bushes, ditches, etc., such as paint cans, cartons, broken pipe, pavement pieces, paper, bottles, etc., and shall tidy up the surrounding general area to make it neat in appearance, including removal of debris that may or may not have been deposited by Contractor's operation. Paved street surfaces, existing and new, shall be thoroughly cleaned (street sweeper) upon completion of work within the area, and shall require daily cleaning if dust or mud exists. Prior to job acceptance, all streets shall be cleaned. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-64 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents 1 2-11.3 Construction Requirements 1 Add the following new sections: 2-11.3(1) Routine Cleaning (NEW SECTION) General 1. Retain all stored materials and equipment in an orderly fashion allowing maximum access, not impeding drainage or traffic, and providing protection. 2. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not ' required for this work. 3. At least twice each month, and more often if necessary or as directed by the Construction Inspector, the Contractor shall completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material from the project site. 4. Provide adequate storage for all materials awaiting removal from the project site, observing all requirements for fire protection and protection of the environment. Site 1. Daily and more often if necessary or as directed, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove all such items to the place designated for their storage until it can be disposed of. ' 2. Weekly, and more often if necessary or directed, inspect all arrangements of materials stored on the site, restack, tidy, or otherwise service all arrangements to meet the ' requirements above. 3. Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times so.as to meet the approval of ' the Owner. Add the following new section: 2-11.3(2) Final Cleaning (NEW SECTION) ' Prior to final inspection, remove from the job site, all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. ' 2-11.5 Payment Section 2-11.5 is supplemented with the following: ' No separate payment will be made for trimming and cleanup, but instead will be included in the lump sum item for "Removal of Structures and Obstructions". END OF DIVISION 2 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-65 Division 2 - EARTHWORK Contract Documents DIVISION 3 - AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE 3-01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES 3-01.4 Contractor Furnished Material Sources Section 3-01.4 is supplemented with the following: No source has been provided for any materials necessary for the construction of this improvement. The Contractor shall make arrangements to obtain the necessary materials at no expense to the City, and all costs of acquiring, producing, and placing this material in the finished work shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items involved. 3-01.6 Payment Section 3-01.6 is supplemented with the following: All costs of any work required under Division 3 shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items in the Proposal. END OF DIVISION 3 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-66 Division 3 - Aggregate Production and Acceptance Contract Documents IDIVISION 4 - BASES ' 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4-04.1 Description Section 4-04.1 is supplemented with the following: Crushed surfacing top course shall be used as required for driveway and roadway reconstruction. Crushed surfacing top course shall also be used for restoration along the finished edge of asphalt concrete pavement when such edge abuts an existing gravel or ' crushed surfacing shoulder. Crushed surfacing shall be placed in accordance with the Standard Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. ' Crushed surfacing top course will be used for pipe/structure backfill within WSDOT right-of- way and for pipe/structure bedding. Crushed surfacing top course and base course shall be used as required under asphalt and ' cement concrete pavements. 4-04.4 Measurement Section 4-04.4 is replaced with the following: ' The basis of measurement for "Crushed Surfacing Top Course" will be by the Cubic Yard based neat line measurements. tCrushed surfacing used for pipe bedding, pipe trench backfill, and to fill voids left by demolished structures will not be measured for separate payment but instead will be incidental to the water, sewer, and storm piping bid items in the Proposal. ' 1. Crushed surfacing materials that are to be used in the roadway and paid for under this bid item are as follows: a. Gravel shoulder restoration. ' b. Gravel road restoration. c. In the road sections under HMA as shown in the Plans. ' 2. Crushed surfacing materials incidental to other items include pipe bedding, trench backfill, and to fill voids left by demolished structures. Crushed surfacing material used during these activities will not be measured for separate payment. ' Water used in placing and compacting surfacing materials will not be measured for payment. 1 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-67 Division 4 - Bases Contract Documents 1 4-04.5 Payment Section 4-04.5 is supplemented with the following: "Crushed Surfacing Top Course", per Cubic Yard. The contract bid price for "Crushed Surfacing Top Course", including all incidental work, shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as defined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, including providing, placing, grading, and subgrade preparation, and compaction. END OF DIVISION 4 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-68 Division 4 - Bases Contract Documents 1 1 DIVISION 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS ' 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 5-04.1 Description Section 5-04.1 is. supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant -mixed hot -mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross sections shown in the Plans. ' This work shall include the installing asphalt concrete pavement for the construction of roadways, driveways, and other areas as shown on the Plans. rHMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. 5-04.2 Materials ' Section 5-04.2 is supplemented with the following: All asphalt concrete shall be HMA Class 1/2 -In. PG 64-22 (N -design - 75 gyration unless ' otherwise noted in the Project Special'Provisions). Tack coat shall be emulsified asphalt grade CSS -1 as specified in Section 9-02.1(6), Cationic ' Emulsified Asphalt, of the Standard Specifications and will be used at locations specified or as directed by the Engineer. All costs for tack coat shall be considered incidental to and included in other unit contract prices. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements Section 5-04.3 is supplemented with the following: Where the new HMA pavement connects to the existing pavement, the transition shall produce a smooth ride. The surface of the pavement through the connection shall not vary more than ' 1/8 inch in 10 feet. If the edges of existing remaining pavement become broken, uneven, or jagged prior to placement of new asphalt abutting those edges, the existing pavement shall be re -saw cut to 1 provide a smooth, even edge prior to placement of the new asphalt. 1 City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-69 Division 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 1 5-04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates 5-04.3(7)A Mix Design Replace Section 5-04.3(7)A with the following: 1. General. Prior to the production of HMA, the Contractor shall determine a design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732. Once the design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content have been determined, the Contractor shall submit the HMA mix design on DOT form 350-042 demonstrating the design meets the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation requires a mix design verification. For HMA accepted by commercial evaluation only the first page of DOT form 350-042 and the percent of asphalt binder is required. In no case shall the paving begin before the determination of anti -strip requirements has been made. Anti -strip requirements will be determined by: a. Testing by WSDOT in accordance with TM 718. b. Testing by Contractor in accordance with WSDOT TM 718. c. Historical aggregate source ant -strip use provided by WSDOT. The mix design will be the initial Job Mix Formula (JMF) for the HMA being produced. Any additional adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Project Engineer and 0 may be made per Section 9-03.8(7). 2. Mix Design Verification. Verification shall be accomplished by one of the following processes: 0 a. Submit samples to WSDOT State Materials Lab for WSDOT verification testing in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. b. The contracting agency will perform tests to verify the mix design in accordance with the Field Verification Testing Process. c. Reference a mix design that has been previously verified by the Field Verification Testing Process or verified by WSDOT State Materials Lab on a previous project. d. Perform Field Verification Testing on a sample of HMA provided by the Contractor prior to paving. Mix design verification is valid for one year from the date of verification. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept mix designs verified beyond the verification year with certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-70 Division 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS Contract Documents El� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3. Field Verification Testing Process:. The Contracting agency will collect three Production Samples of HMA on the first day of paving per AASHTO T 168 sampling procedures. a. The Contracting agency will test one Production Sample in accordance with Section 5 04.3(8)A for field verification per the requirements of Section 9-03.8(7). b. If the test results from the first Production Sample are within the tolerances of Section 9 03.8(7), the mix design will be considered verified and the test results will be used as acceptance sample number one. c. If the test results from the first Production Sample are outside the tolerances of Section 9 03.8(7), the other two samples will be tested and the results of all three tests will be used for acceptance in accordance with Section 5-04.5(1) and will be used in the calculation of the CPF the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. 4. Prior to the first day of paving, six Ignition Furnace Calibration Samples shall be obtained to calibrate the Ignition Furnaces used for acceptance testing of the HMA. Calibration samples shall be provided by the Contractor when directed by the Engineer. Calibration samples shall be prepared in accordance with WSDOT SOP 728. 5-04.3(8) Mixing 5-04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Items 1 and 2 are deleted and replaced with: General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as defined under nonstatistical or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. Commercial HMA can be accepted by a contractor certification letter stating the material meets the HMA requirements defined in the contract. Item 4, is replaced with the following: 4. Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot. For the purpose of acceptance sampling and testing, a lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each job mix formula (JMF) placed. Only one lot per mix design will be expected to occur. The initial JMF is defined in Section 5-04.3(7)A Mix Design. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF in accordance with Section 9-03.8(7). If the request is approved, all of the material produced up to the time of the change will be evaluated on the basis of tests on samples taken from that material and a new lot will begin. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-71 Division 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS Contract Documents For proposal quantities, less than 2,500 tons sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed as described in Section 5-04.3(7)A, Item 3, Field Verification Testing Process. The verification sample referenced in Item 3b may be used as an acceptance sample; additional testing will be at the discretion of the Engineer. When using a previously verified mix design, testing for volumetric properties may be waived at the engineer's discretion. At least one acceptance sample is required when using this method of acceptance. For proposal quantities greater than 2,500 tons sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed as described in Section 5-04.3(7)A, Item 3, Field Verification Testing Process, for the first 2,500 tons of mix placed. The verification sample referenced in Item 3b may be used as an acceptance sample for the first 2,500 tons of mix placed. Additional testing will be at the rate of one sample per 800 tons of mix placed or as directed by the Engineer. When using a previously verified mix design, testing for volumetric properties may be waived at the Engineer's discretion. Item 7 of Section' 5-04.3(8)A is deleted. 5-04.3(10) Compaction 5-04.3(10)B Control Section 5-04.3(10)B is supplemented with the following: Asphalt shall be compacted to 91 percent of maximum density as determined by WSDOT Test Method 705. Compaction tests will be performed by a testing laboratory contracted by the Owner. All acceptance test results will be made available to the Contractor upon request as soon as completed. Compaction test taken on the day of paving will be based on a theoretical RICE value supplied by the Contractor prior to paving. A sample of the asphalt will be taken on the day of paving to determine the actual value. Final compaction test results will be based on the actual RICE value result from the sample taken on the day of paving. The basis of acceptance will be the revised compaction values. 5-04.3(17) Paving Under Traffic Section 5-04.3(17) is replaced with the following: The Contractor shall minimize any pavement drop-offs or abrupt pavement edges to traffic during non -working hours. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, pavement drop-offs City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-72 Division 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS Contract Documents 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 fl 1 1 1 1 1 1 or abrupt pavement edges left exposed. to traffic during non -working hours shall be protected as follows: ` • Drop-offs up to 0.20 foot, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, may remain exposed with appropriate warning signs alerting motorists of the condition. • Drop-offs more than 0.20 foot that are within the traveled way shall be protected with appropriate warning signs and further protected by the following: A wedge of asphalt cold mix or other material approved by the Engineer shall be placed at a slope of 4 to 1 or flatter. Channelization devices shall be placed along the traffic side of the drop-off or abrupt pavement edges and shall comply with the latest edition of the MUTCD. Pavement drop-off warning signs shall be placed in advance of and throughout the drop-off area. Open trenches within the traveled way shall have a steel plate cover placed over them. A wedge of asphalt cold mix or other material approved by the Engineer shall be placed along the sheet edges to provide a smooth transition between the pavement and the steel plate. Warning signs shall be used to alert motorists of the presence of the steel plates. Replace vacant section 5-04.3(18) with the following new section - 5 -04.3(18) Cold Mix (NEW SECTION) During the course of construction, it may be necessary to provide improved temporary access along the streets within the construction route and such major property access roads as may be designated by the Engineer in the field. Such improved temporary access shall be provided by patching the crossings and designated entrance roads with cold mix asphalt concrete, until such time as the permanent asphalt pavement is installed. The backfill shall be thoroughly compacted and brought to a smooth grade prior to placing the material. This cold mix asphalt concrete shall consist of a mixture of mineral aggregate and a minimum of 5-1/2 percent cutback asphalt binder MC -250, combined in a mechanical mixture. It shall be placed, compacted by approved means, and maintained (daily), and removed and waste -hauled at no cost to the City by the Contractor when no longer required. Cold mix shall be removed in its entirety before HMA is placed. 5-04.4 Measurement Section 5-04.4 is supplemented with the following: Asphalt placed outside the thickness tolerances allowed within the Standard Specifications will not be measured for payment. The Contractor is encouraged to assure that the crushed surfacing is graded to the proper elevations to avoid exceeding the compacted thickness shown on the typical sections. "Cold Mix" shall be measured per ton based on certified truck tickets collected on the day of delivery. Only cold mix that is specifically required by the City will be measured for payment. Cold mix placed without prior City approval will not be measured for payment. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-73 Division 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS Contract Documents All costs for minimizing drop-offs and maintaining access to existing streets and driveways including, but not limited to, steel sheeting and channelization devices, shall be included by the Contractor in the unit price bid for the various items in the Bid Proposal, and no additional or separate compensation will be allowed. Payment for asphalt cold mix for steel sheeting transition shall be made at the unit price bid. "HMA Cl. 1/2 In. PG 64-22" will be measured per ton based on certified truck tickets collected on the day of'paving. No measurement will be made for asphalt used in conjunction with adjusting utilities to final grade. 5-04.5 Payment Section 5-04.5 is replaced with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items: "Cold Mix'•', per ton. The unit price bid per ton for "Cold Mix" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary and incidental to furnishing, placing, and maintaining asphalt cold mix. Disposal of "Cold Mix" after use shall be incidental to the bid item and no additional compensation will be made. "HMA CI. 1/2 In. PG 64-22", per ton. The unit bid price per ton for "HMA Cl. 1/2 In. PG 64-22" shall be full pay of all equipment, and labor required, and shall include but not be limited to tack coat, surface preparation, haul, compaction, additives, temporary striping, and edge sealing. All costs for minimizing drop-offs and maintaining access to existing streets and driveways including, but not limited to, placing cold mix, steel sheeting, and channelization devices, shall be included by the, Contractor in the unit price bid for the various items in the Bid Proposal. No additional or separate compensation will be allowed. END OF DIVISION 5 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-74 Division 5- SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS Contract Documents 1 DIVISION 6 - STRUCTURES ' 6-02 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 6-02.3 Construction Requirements 6-02.3(1) Classification of Structural Concrete Section 6-02.3(1) is supplemented with the following: Concrete Class 3000 shall be used to construct thrust blocking, encasing of shallow sewer piping, and property restoration as directed by the City's Project Inspector. 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials Section 6-02.3(2) is supplemented with the following: Concrete materials for this project shall be proportioned in accordance with Section 6-02.3(2) of the Standard Specifications. Concrete blocking shall be 1:3:6 mix with 6 -inch maximum slump. 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design The first paragraph of Section 6-02.3(2)A is revised as follows: The Contractor shall submit a mix design for the appropriate class of concrete, as shown in the Plans and Specifications, for approval by the Engineer. 6-02.3(3) Admixtures Section 6-02.3(3) is revised as follows: The Contractor may elect to use air -entrainment for concrete below the finished ground line. 6-02.3(4) Ready -Mix Concrete 6-02.3(4)C Consistency The first paragraph of Section 6-02.3(4)C is revised as follows: ' The maximum slump for vibrated concrete shall be 3 inches, with a 1/2 -inch tolerance. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-75 Division 6 - Structures Contract Documents The final paragraph of Section 6-02.3(4)C is revised as,follows: If the Contractor is unable to provide a concrete with a workable consistency, a water -reducing admixture may be used provided the batch meets the slump limit and complies with the proportions required in Section 6-02.3(2)A. 6-02.3(5) Acceptance of Concrete The fourth paragraph of Section 6-02.3(5) is revised as follows: Concrete may be tested whenever there is visible change in mix or as required by the strength - testing schedule herein specified. The concrete properties shall be determined from concrete as delivered to the project and as approved by the- Engineer for placement. The eleventh paragraph is deleted in its entirety. END OF DIVISION 6 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-76 Division 6 - Structures Contract Documents 11 DIVISION 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ' 7-08.2 Materials Section 7-08.2 is replaced with the following: Bedding materials shall be crushed surfacing top course (CSTC) per Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Imported trench backfill shall be crushed surfacing top course (CSTC) per Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Trench Foundation material shall be foundation material, Class B, per Section 9-03.17, or permeable ballast per Section 9-03.9(2) of the Standard Specifications. Trench backfill at sanitary sewer/potable water crossings and at sanitary sewer/stormwater culvert crossings shall be Controlled Density Fill per Standard Specification Section 2-09.3(1) where specified on the Plans or as directed by the City. 7-08.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-08.3 is supplemented with the following: All trench backfill shall be native material meeting the requirements for Gravel Borrow unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Any imported backfill that is required by the Engineer shall be CSTC. Pipe shall be installed per the typical trench details on the Plans. When directed by the Engineer or City Construction Inspector, unsuitable pipe foundation material shall be removed from the trench subgrade and replaced. Excess or surplus trench excavation material shall be disposed at a site provided by the Contractor. Installation of water service lines shall include locator wire buried along the entire length of ' the pipe. Locator wire shall be UL listed, type UF, 14 -gauge copper taped to the top of the pipe to prevent movement during backfilling. The wire shall be laid loosely enough to prevent stretching and damage. Locator wire shall be accessible in each meter box. All splices in the locator wire shall be made using a 3M direct bury splice kit, model DBY. The kit shall be ' installed per the manufacturer specifications. The wires shall be tied in a knot 6 to 8 inches from the splice. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement III -77 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents Locator wire shall be tested prior to acceptance of the pipe system. A written notice from the Contractor to the City two days prior to the test is required. Locator wire shall be furnished and installed 'by the Contractor. 7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench 7-08.3(1)A Trenches Section 7-08.3(1)A is supplemented with the following: Where unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer, is encountered in the trench subgrade below that elevation required for the installation of the pipe bedding, it shall be removed to the depth specified by the Engineer. Material to replace unsuitable material thus removed from the trench shall be compacted Foundation Material. Material removed from the trench shall be hauled to a waste or stockpile site. All excavated material shall be loaded directly into trucks and hauled to a disposal site obtained by the Contractor and acceptable to the Owner's Representative. Stockpiling of unsuitable material at the project site will not be allowed. Add the following new section: 7-08.3(1)D Trench Dewatering (NEW SECTION) All Trench Dewatering work associated with maintaining an excavation or trench suitable for structure installation and pipeline construction will be included in the per linear foot price of the utility being installed. Trench Dewatering is defined as dewatering methods occurring in or directly adjacent to the trench, including trash pumps, sump.pumps, or other methods in the excavated areas. Discharge Location All water pumped from the trench for trench dewatering shall at a minimum be filtered through a Dandy Dewatering Bag® prior to discharge to the stormwater system. The discharge locations(s) shall be identified in the Contractor's dewatering submittal for the Engineer's review as specified herein. Disposal of water shall be performed in such a matter as will cause no inconvenience whatsoever to the City or to others engaged in work about the site. The Contractor shall use sediment control methods, as required, at discharge points near property lines to prevent silt and sediment from migrating off-site. Additional sediment control methods can include but are not limited to baker tank, siltation ponds, filter fences, screens, and other methods as required and approved by the Owner. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-78 Division 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM a SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents ii 1 7-08.3(3) Backfilling Section 7-08.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Backfilling and surface restoration shall closely follow the installation of pipe, so that not more than 150 feet is left of the trench open at any time during construction without approval of the City. When public safety concerns exist, the City may require more stringent backfilling standards. Selected bedding material shall be placed and compacted around and under the ' reclaimed water mains and water mains by hand tools to a height of 6 inches above the top of the pipe. The remaining backfill shall be compacted to 95 percent of the maximum density in the roadway prism, to 90 percent outside the roadway prism, and shall be satisfactorily demonstrated to the District by density tests per the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1 11 1 1 P, 1 1 1 1 Approved native trench backfill may be used where trenches are excavated outside of existing paved streets. Add the following new section: 7-08.3(3)A Vertical Clearance Between Utility Lines (NEW SECTION) Where the vertical clearance between adjacent storm drainage lines, water, or sanitary sewer lines is 2 to 6 inches, an ethylene vinyl acetate pad, Rubatex Laboratories R -5010-A, or an approved equal, is required. The pad shall be 3 feet by 3 feet by 2.5 inches minimum, and placed between the new utility pipe and the other utility pipe. All costs necessary to furnish and install the pad shall be considered incidental to pipe laying. 7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe Replace Section 7-08.3(4) with the following: Whenever a section of existing pipe is cut, it shall be drained and capped with an MJ plug or cap to ensure no water or debris can enter the abandoned pipe. Plugging existing pipe is considered incidental to all other work. 7-08.4 Measurement The first, second, and fourth paragraphs of Section 7-08.4 are replaced with the following: No measurement shall be made for protecting of existing utilities and services, trench excavation, disposal of excavated material, imported pipe zone bedding and trench backfill material, and compaction of backfill. Depth of trench backfill material shall be measured to the bottom of the limits of the surface restoration section as shown on the Plans. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-79 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents Measurement for pipe will be by the linear foot of pipe laid and successfully tested and shall be along the centerline of the pipe through fittings. Measurements will be from the inside face of structures or manholes not channeled or to the end pipe where it dead -ends beyond manholes. Measurement will be to the nearest foot. No measurement will be made for bedding material and trench excavation including haul and crushed surfacing top course material backfill, except for foundation material and extra excavation. All costs shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. Measurement of "Unsuitable Pipe Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul" will be measured by the cubic yard in place of material actually removed. Because the amount of such excavation is unknown, a quantity has been arbitrarily selected to provide a common bid base. The unit price submitted shall be used for all such excavation. Material that must be excavated during trenching activity or to perform other work as described in the Plans and these Special Provisions, regardless of the nature of the material, shall not be considered as unsuitable pipe foundation excavation. Additional material excavated as directed by the Engineer, to provide a stable subgrade for the pipe foundation, shall be measured as "Unsuitable Pipe Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul". Measurement for "CDF Backfill' will be per cubic yard placed. Plugging and removing existing pipe is not measured. No separate measurement for payment will be made for Trench Dewatering used in conjunction with this project, but instead all costs shall be included in the unit cost of the utility or structure being installed. 7-08.5 Payment Section 7-08.5 is supplemented with the following: "Unsuitable Pipe Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul", per cubic yard. The unit bid price in the Proposal for "Unsuitable Pipe Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul' shall be full compensation for the costs of all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary or incidental to remove, load, haul, and dispose of the unsuitable material off-site at a Contractor obtained legal disposal site. The unit bid price shall also include all costs associated with furnishing, installing, hauling, placing, and compacting the material specified to replace the unsuitable material and furnishing, hauling and placing geotextile material as specified in the Plans. 7-09 WATER MAINS 7-09.1 Description City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-80 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents 1 fl 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 t Section 7-09.1 is replaced with the following; This work consists of installing water mains, services, valves, fire hydrants, and other connections to existing water mains at the locations shown on the Plans. 7-09.2 Materials Section 7-09.2 is supplemented with the following: Trench backfill and pipe bedding shall be as specified in Section 7-08. All water main pipe shall be Class 52 Ductile Iron as shown on the Plans and shall meet all requirements specified. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have restrained joints in accordance with Sections 9-30.1(1) and 9-30.2(6) and as noted on the plans. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: • Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Sections 9-30.1(1), 9-30.2(1), 9-30.2(6). • Gate Valves: Sections 7-12.2, 9-30.3(1). • Valve Boxes: Section 9-30.3(5). • Fire Hydrants: Section 7-14.2. Valve Marker Post: Valve marker post shall be equal to Fog Tite Meter Seal Company. Paint with two coats of Rust-Oleum high gloss white paint. Paint distance from the valve marker to the valve on the post with black enamel paint. Valve marker post to be used for all mainline valves outside paved areas. 7-09.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-09.3 is supplemented with the following: All mechanical joint fittings shall be restrained with Megalug Series 1100 as manufactured by EBAA Iron or approved equivalent. Contractor shall comply with construction requirements of Sections 7-05, 7-08, and 7-12, and as modified below: Installation of water mains and service lines shall include locator wire buried along the entire length of the pipe. Locator wire to be 14 gauge and shall be connected to a bolt on each aboveground hydrant flange with 6 inches of slack at the end for connecting the locator device. Locator wire to be run to 12 inches aboveground at each meter, blow off, and air/vacuum valve. All splices in the locator wire shall be made using a 3M direct bury splice kit, Model DBY. The kit shall be installed per the manufacturer specifications. The wires shall be tied in a knot 6 to 8 inches from the splice. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-81 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents Flange Installation: Flange connections shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommended procedure. MJ Adapters and flanges shall be centered and aligned to the mating component before assembling and tightening bolts. In no case shall flange bolts be used to draw the connection into alignment. Bolt threads shall be lubricated, and flat washers should be used under the nuts. Bolts shall be evenly tightened with torque wrench according to the tightening pattern and torque step recommendations of the Manufacturer. At least 1 hour after initial assembly, flange connections shall be retightened following the tightening pattern and torque step recommendations of the Manufacturer. The final tightening torque shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer. Pipe Handling: When lifting with slings, only wide fabric choker slings capable of safely carrying the load shall be used to lift, move, or lower pipe and fittings. Wire rope and chain are prohibited. Slings shall be of sufficient capacity for the load and shall be inspected before use. Worn or damaged equipment shall not be used. When running parallel, water lines shall have a minimum separation'.of 4 feet horizontal from any reclaimed water lines or sanitary sewer lines. Whether running parallel or crossing, reclaimed water lines shall be installed a minimum of 18 inches above reclaimed water lines and 18 inches above sanitary sewer lines. Where minimum separation cannot be achieved, special construction requirements are required as shown on the Plan Drawings, Contractor shall bulkhead CDF with concrete blocks or bricks to prevent intrusion of trench backfill material and to achieve the dimensional requirements of the concrete encasement. 7-09.3(7) Trench Excavation Section 7-09.3(7) is supplemented with the following: Trenches shall be excavated to the line and depth shown on the Plan Drawings. A minimum of 36 inches of cover over the pipe, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings is required. Except for unusual circumstances where approved by the City, the trench sides shall be excavated vertically and the trench width shall be excavated only to such widths identified on the plans. The trench shall be kept free from water until jointing is complete. Surface water shall be diverted so as not to enter the trench. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient pumping equipment on the job to insure that these provisions are carried out. Gravel required in the bottom of the trench due to action of weather or workmen shall be furnished by the Contractor without expense to the City 7-09.3(19) Connections 7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains Section 7-09.3(19)A is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall field verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to ensure proper fit to any connections being made to existing mains. A representative from the City shall be present for any connection to the City water system. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-82 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents . Where cut -ins are permitted or shown,on the plan drawings to be made in existing pipes, the work shall be conducted at such a time and in sucha manner as to minimize the interruption ' of service. The City must approve cut -in time. Necessary pipe, fittings and gate valves shall be assembled at the site ready for installation prior to the shutting -off of water in the existing main. Once the water has been shut off, the work shall be prosecuted vigorously and shall not be halted until the line is restored to service. Unless specifically provided for elsewhere in these specifications, the Contractor shall have the responsibility of giving at least 5 days' notice to the City Inspector of intention to disrupt service. 7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking Section 7-09.3(21) is supplemented with the following: Bends, tees, dead ends, and crosses shall have restrained joints. Where shown on the plans or where determined by the Engineer, water mains and appurtenances prior to hydrostatic testing shall be thrust blocked at fittings with unbalanced thrust. Thrust blocks shall be allowed a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours curing time prior ' to hydrostatic tests. 7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test Section 7-09.3(23) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor, prior to testing and disinfection, shall submit to the Engineer for his approval a schedule of events detailing methods and procedures to be used in testing and disinfection of all water mains and appurtenances. Testing pressures shall be in accordance with the following schedule: ' Pipe Class Location Min. Pressure 52 Entire Project 250 psi The Contractor will install test flanges where valve location or type is not suitable for the recommended test pressures. To fill the main for pressure testing, the Contractor shall install a backflow prevention device, ' obtained from the City per Section 2-07.1, onto the existing system. With this backflow device, the Contractor will be allowed to connect to a hydrant, blowoff, or other appurtenance of the existing main, as required to perform the pressure testing. Hydrostatic pressure testing against closed butterfly or resilient seat/wedge gate valves will not be permitted. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary blocking, blowoffs, plugs, caps, and other equipment and labor necessary to conduct these tests. 7-09.3(23)A Testing Extensions From Existing Mains City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-83 Division 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents U Section 7-09.3(23)A is supplemented with the following: During construction, new water mains will be kept separated from the existing system. A connection can be made from City water mains to supply water for initial filling, pressure testing, flushing, and disinfection. Until satisfactory flushing, disinfection, and bacteriological sampling have been completed, the new water main must be handled as if it were contaminated. 7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains 7-09.3(24)A Flushing Section 7-09.3(24)A is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall neutralize heavily chlorinated water prior to disposal. Chlorine residual of water being disposed will be neutralized by treating with one of the chemicals listed in the table below. Pounds of Chemicals Required to Neutralize Various Residual Chlorine Concentrations in 100,000 Gallons of Water* Residual Chlorine Concentration m9/L Sulfur Dioxide S02) Sodium Bisulfate (NaH 03) Sodium Sulfate NazSOs Sodium Thiosulfate (NaSOs5H2O) Ascorbic Acid (CsHsOs 1 0.8 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.2 2 1.7 2.5 2.9 2.4 4.4 10 8.3 12.5 14.6 12.0 22.0 50 41.7 62.6 73.0 60.0 110.1 *Except for residual chlorine concentration, all amounts are in pounds. To fill the main for flushing the Contractor shall provide and install a backflow prevention device (approved by the Engineer) onto the existing system. With this backflow device, the Contractor will be allowed to connect to a hydrant, blowoff, or other appurtenance of the existing main, as required to perform the flushing. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing temporary fittings and appurtenances to provide a main flushing velocity of 2.5 feet per second. The Contractor shall not use flushing in lieu of disinfection to remedy failed disinfection tests. If, in the Engineer's opinion, flushing is excessive, charges may be levied against the Contractor. These charges will be based on the City's commercial rates. Clearing the.Main of Heavily Chlorinated Water After the applicable retention period, heavily chlorinated water should not remain in prolonged. contact with pipe. In order to prevent damage to the pipe lining or corrosion damage to the pipe itself, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until chlorine measurements show that the concentration in the water leaving the main is no higher than that generally prevailing in the system or is acceptable for domestic use. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-84 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents 7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing Replace the last sentence of the third paragraph of Section 7-09.3(24)N with the following: All water lines and appurtenances shall be disinfected and pressure tested at the Contractor's expense in accordance with AWWA C601-68 and D105-80, Section 7.11.3 of these Specifications, and requirements of DOH. Disinfected lines shall be flushed with water from the City's system and samples collected by City personnel from all mains for bacteriological testing. Copies of the test results will be retained by the City. If test results are not satisfactory, lines will again be disinfected, flushed and tested, noting the requirements of Section 1-05.6, until two consecutive satisfactory series of samples are obtained. Bacteriological testing must satisfy DOH criteria prior to acceptance and utilization of new water facilities. The Contractor shall notify the City 48 hours in advance of required sampling so that arrangements may be made. 7-09.4 Measurement ' Section 7-09.4 is supplemented with the following: Measurement for "D.I. Pipe for Water Main, _ In. Diam." shall be per linear foot. 7-09.5 Payment Section 7-09.5 is supplemented with the following: "D. I. Pipe for Water Main, _ In. Diam." per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for each size and kind of "D. I. Pipe for Water Main, _ In. Diam.", shall be full pay for all work to complete the installation of the water main including, but not limited to, saw cutting, removal of existing improvements regardless of material, trench dewatering, trench excavation, including any haul or disposal, laying and jointing pipe, ethylene vinyl acetate pad, locator wire, fittings, connecting to existing mains, joint restraints, bedding, concrete thrust blocking, testing, flushing the pipeline, and disposal of all existing piping, fittings, and structures removed, capping existing pipe, and cleanup. 7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS 7-12.2 Materials Section 7-12.2 is supplemented by adding the following: System valves 2 inches to 10 inches shall be gate valves and shall be resilient wedge non -rising stem (NRS) with two internal 0 -ring stem seals. Valve ends shall be mechanical joint or ANSI flanges. Valves shall conform to AWWA 509 or C515. Gate valves shall be Mueller, M&H, Kennedy, Clow R/W, or Waterous Series 500. Gate valves smaller than 2 inches shall be all City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-85 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM. SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents U.S. Brass only and shall be manufactured by Mueller, Ford, McDonald, Jones, Jenkins, or equal. Valve Marker Post. Valve marker post shall be equal to Fog Tite Meter Seal Company. Paint with two coats of Rust-Oleum high gloss white paint. Paint distance from the valve marker to the valve on the post with black enamel paint. Valve marker post to be used for all mainline valves outside paved areas. 2 -In. Blow -off Assembly shall be as specified on the City Standard Detail No. 5201. 1 -In. Air and Vacuum Release Valve Assembly shall be as specified on the City Standard Detail No. 6128. 7-12.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-12.3 is supplemented by adding the following: Iron piping and fittings shall be galvanized. Location of the air release valves as shown on the Plans is approximate. The installation shall be set at the high point of the line. Water line must be constructed so the air release valve may be installed in a convenient location. The galvanized iron pipe, valves and fittings shall be threaded. Joints shall be made up in accordance with good plumbing practice. Threads shall be coated with Teflon paste before connecting. Gate valves shall be set in the ground vertically and shall be opened and shut under pressure to check operation and, at the same time, show no leakage. Valve boxes shall be installed vertically and shall set flush in pavement and in gravel roads. In other areas the tops shall be set 1 inch above ground. The lid is to be installed with the lid tabs pointing in the direction of the water main. 7-12.4 Measurement Section 7-12.4 is supplemented by adding the following: 1 In. Air and Vacuum Release Valve Assembly" shall be measured per each and include the entire length of the assembly from the connection to the LPS to the air release structure. 7-12.5 Payment Section 7-12.5 is .supplemented with the following: No measurement for payment shall be made for. gate valves included in water and sewer assembly bid items'. This includes the gate valve in the hydrant assemblies. 1 In. Air and Vacuum Release Valve Assembly", per each City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-86 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents The unit contract price shall be full pay for all equipment, labor, and materials required to furnish and install the valve assembly complete in place including, but not limited to, excavating, backfilling, laying and jointing pipe, tapping the main, pipe and fittings, gate valve, odor control module, basin, cover, and cleanup. 7-14 HYDRANTS 7-14.2 Materials Section 7-14.2 is supplemented with the following: All materials for the new fire hydrant assemblies shall conform to the City Standard Detail No. 5081. Hydrants shall be dry barrel type and conform to ANSI/AWWA C502 and shall be equivalent to the M&H 929 or Mueller Centurion. Hydrants shall have a minimum 5.25 -inch main valve opening, two 2.5 -inch outlets, and a 5 -inch steamer/pumper port; such outlets and ' port shall have national standard threads. The steamer/pumper port shall include a 5.25 -inch Red Head AWG STORZ adaptor. A setscrew shall be provided through the NST portion of the adaptor. Hydrants shall be traffic type with break flange and stem coupling. O-ring stem seals shall be provided. 7-14.3 Construction Requirements 7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants Section 7-14.3(1) is supplemented with the following: Fire hydrants shall be set as shown in the Standard Details with a 3 -foot level area around the hydrant. The tee on the main line shall have a standard thrust block. Hydrants above ground shall be painted with paint equal to Benjamin Moore & Co. Industrial Coatings, M22 Urethane Alkyd Gloss Enamel, Safety Yellow 15. Tops to be painted according to the Kitsap County Fire Flow Ordinance. The Contractor shall cover the fire hydrant with a plastic garbage bag until approved for service by the City. Fire hydrant guard posts shall be installed around the fire hydrants as directed by the City. 7-14.4 Measurement Section 7-14.4 is supplemented with the following: "Hydrant Assembly", shall be measured per each. No separate measurement for payment will be made for the Class 52 ductile iron pipe for water main 6 -inch diameter, hydrant auxiliary valve and associated thrust blocking and joint restraint. No measurement will be made for excavation, bedding, or backfill. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 11-1-87 Division 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents 7-14.5 Payment Section 7-14.5 is replaced with the following: "Hydrant Assembly", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Hydrant Assembly' shall be full pay for all work to furnish and install fire hydrant assemblies, including all costs for excavation, backfill with crushed surfacing top course, Class 52 ductile iron pipe for water main 6 in. diam., hydrant tee, auxiliary gate valve, Storz coupling, concrete blocks, gravel, painting, testing, and disinfection required for the complete installation of the hydrant assembly as specified by the City. 7-15 SERVICE CONNECTIONS 7-15.1 Description Section 7-15.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall include construction of water service connections and stubs conforming to the City Standard Details 5001 and 5002 and as modified in the Contract Plan Drawings. The work involves connecting to the main and installing service lines. The Contractor shall connect the new water service line to an existing angle meter valve. No splices of any kind will be allowed in the service line between the water main and the angle meter valve. The service line must be one continuous piece. 7-15.2 Materials Section 7-15.2 is supplemented with the following: Service connection materials shall be as specified on the City Standard Details 5001 and 5002. 7-15.3 Construction Requirements Supplement Section 7-15.3 with the following: Replace all existing water services with new services in accordance with the water details in the Plans. The location of existing water meter boxes are shown on the Plans. Where the current service line is 1 -inch or smaller, the new service line shall be 1 -inch. Where the current service line is 1 -1/2 -inch or 2 -inch, the new service line shall be 2 -inch. Provide and install fittings in the meter box per the standard detail to transition to the meter and private service line. Some private service lines may be galvanized steel. New service lines shall be continuous with no couplings from the main to the meter City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water. Main Replacement 111-88 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents . r 1 1 1 1 1 r Install additional water services as directed by the City, to be paid at the unit bid item cost. The water service outage to install the new service pipe service line shall be coordinated with the private property owner to minimize the impact to the resident/business. For residents, coordinate the outage to occur during low water usage hours, such as during the middle of the day. For businesses, coordinate the outage to occur during hours when the business is closed or impact is minimized. Outages shall not exceed 4 hours. The resident/business and City staff shall be notified minimum 24 to 48 hours prior to the outage. Table 7-1 lists the known water meters to receive new service pipes including address, meter size, and name of payer. Service Address Meter Size David Road 4880 3/4" or 5/8" 4914 3/4" or 5/8" 5012 3/4" or 5/8" 5160 3/4" or 5/8" 5230 3/4" or 5/8" 5250 3/4" or 5/8" 5238 3/4" or 5/8" 5167 3/4" or 5/8" 5141 3/4" or 5/8" 5089 3/4" or 5/8" 5205 3/4" or 5/8" 5025 3/4" or 5/8" 5017 3/4" or 5/8 4975 3/4" or 5/8" 4951 3/4" or 5/8" 4913 3/4" or 5/8" 5202 3/4" or 5/8" 5262 3/4" or 5/8" Inactive 5088 3/4" or 5/8" 5047 3/4" or 5/8" Northlake Way 2155 1 3/4" or 5/8" Dickerson Drive NW 2210 3/4" or 5/8" 2190 3/4" or 5/8" City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents January 2017 111-89 Division 7 -DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-15.3(1) Flushing and Disinfection Replace Section 7-15.3(1) with the following: All service pipe and appurtenances shall be disinfected prior to connection to the existing meter. Service lines may be connected to the water main prior to water main disinfection and disinfected with the water main. In this case, angle meter valves shall be installed on the ends of the service lines prior to disinfection and the lines shall be flushed after filling of the main to ensure the service lines are filled with chlorinated water. After the main passes bacteriological testing and prior to connection to the meters, the service lines shall be flushed to remove chlorinated water. If service lines are connected to the water main after disinfection and testing of the main, all service pipe and appurtenances shall be prechlorinated prior to installation. After installation, the service connection shall be flushed prior to connecting to the meter. 7-15.4 (Measurement Section 7-15.4 is supplemented with the following: "Single Service Connection _ In. Diam.", shall be measured per each. No separate measurement for payment will be made for trench excavation, pipe bedding, trench backfill, compaction, and adjusting meter boxes to grade. 7-15.5 Payment Section 7-15.5 is supplemented with the following: "Single Service Connection _ In. Diam.", per each. The unit contract price for "Single Service Connection _ In. Diam." shall be full pay for all the work, materials, and labor to replace water service as shown on the Plans, including but not limited to, excavating, trench backfill, pipe bedding, compaction, tapping the main, connecting to the existing angle meter valve, laying the pipe, moling or pipe bursting pipe, resetting the meter box, and any appurtenances required to make connections. The meter box must be adjusted to grade. No payment shall be made for service lines with splices between the water main and the angle meter valve. The service line must contain one continuous piece. END OF DIVISION 7 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-90 Division 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS Contract Documents 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 8-01.3 Construction Requirements Section 8-01.3 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for damage to completed portions of the project and to property located off the project caused by erosion, siltation, runoff, or other related items during the construction of the project. The Contractor shall also bear sole responsibility for any pollution of rivers, streams, groundwater, or other water that may occur as a result of construction operations. Any area not covered with established, stable vegetation where no further work is anticipated for a period of 15 days, shall be immediately stabilized with the approved erosion and sedimentation control methods (e.g., seeding and mulching, straw). Where seeding for temporary erosion control is required, fast germinating grasses shall be applied at an appropriate rate (e.g., perennial rye applied at approximately 80 pounds per acre). At no time shall more than 1 foot of sediment be allowed to accumulate within a catch basin. All catch basins and conveyance lines shall be cleaned at a time designated by the City's Project Inspector. The cleaning operation shall not flush sediment -laden water into the downstream system. The cleaning shall be conducted using an approved vacuum . truck capable of jet rodding the lines. The collection and disposal of the sediment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor at no, cost to the City. 8-01.4 Measurement Section 8-01.4 is replaced with the following: No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item "Erosion/Water Pollution Control". 8-01.5 Payment Section 8-01.5 is replaced with the following: "Erosion/Water Pollution Control", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "ErosionNVater Pollution Control" shall constitute full pay for all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary and incidental to the installation, maintenance, repair, and removal of erosion and sediment control facilities and trench dewatering equipment as specified on the Plans and Standard Specifications, as well as all costs associated with the Contractor's erosion control plan. �! City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 January 2017 111-91 Division 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8-02.1 Description Revise the first paragraph of Section 8-02.1 to read: This Work consists of furnishing and placing topsoil, compost, and soil amendments and furnishing and planting bare root plants, container plants, balled and burlapped plants, cuttings, fascines, live stakes, live poles, rhizomes, tubers, lawn installation, irrigation system repair, controlling weeds, performing plant establishment activities, and soil bioengineering in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. Section 8-02.1 is: supplemented with the following: Seed Seed mixture for hydroseeding shall conform to the composition specified in the following paragraph. Seeding rates are shown in pounds of pure life seed (PLS) per acre or 1,000 square feet. PLS is determined by multiplying the percent purity (expressed as a decimal) by the percent germination (expressed as a decimal) and then multiplying this factor by the pounds of seed in the mixture (PLS = pounds of seed in mixture times percent purity times percent germination). The purity and germination percentages shall be as shown on the tag on each seed container. Kind and Variety of Seed in Mixture Creeping Red Fescue Perennial Rye Highland Bent White Dutch Clover Total: Proportion by Weight PLS/Acre 40% 32 40% 32 10% 8 10% 8 100% 80 Seed mixtures shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight, weed seed shall be free of prohibited noxious weed; specifically, horsetail, quack grass, and morning glory. Additionally, the maximum amount of inert or other seed shall be 2.0 percent by weight. Fertilizer Total Available Nitrogen: 10 percent, of which 50 percent is derived (analyzed as N from 38 percent slow release urea form) Available Phosphorous: 20 percent (analyzed as P205) Available Potassium: 20 percent (analyzed as K20) Note: Above percentages are proportioned by weight. Mulch Mulch for hydroseeding shall be wood cellulose fiber and shall be applied to all seeded areas on this project. Bark mulch shall be bark or wood chips per Section 9-14.4(3). City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement I11-92 Division 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION Contract Documents r8-02.3 Construction Requirements Section 8-02.3 is supplemented with the following: All grass areas disturbed by construction shall be hydroseeded, unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor is responsible for applying water to all seeded areas until 4 weeks after substantial completion or until the seeded areas have a dense growth of grass with an average height of 1 inch. The Contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent properties. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating the repair and relocation of the existing irrigation system with Bremerton Parks and Recreation. 8-02.4 Measurement Section 8-01.4 is replaced with the following: No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item Landscape Repair". 8-02.5 Payment Section 8-02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Landscape Repair", per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Landscape Repair" shall constitute full pay for all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary and incidental for the restoration of landscape features damaged and/or disturbed during construction on private properties and within the right-of-way. Surface restoration shall be as specified on the Plans and Standard Specifications. Work under this bid item shall also include restoration of all landscape features on private properties outside of the public right-of-way, such as lawns, rockeries, concrete walls, sidewalks, driveways, brick walkways, fences, and other landscape features. Payment for specialty landscape restoration completed per the direction of the City shall be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6. 8-13 MONUMENT CASES 8-13.1 Description Replace Section 8-13.1 with the following: This work shall consist of furnishing and placing monuments, monument cases, and covers in accordance with the Standard Plans and these Specifications, in conformity with the lines and locations shown in the Plans or as staked by the Engineer. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-93 Division 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION Contract Documents 8-13.2 Materials Section 8-13.2 is supplemented with the following: Monument frame and cover, including precast concrete monument shall be per' -,City of Bremerton Standard Details 3401, 3402, and 3403. 8-13.3 Construction Requirements Section 8-13.3 is supplemented with the following: Construct monument per City of Bremerton Standard Details 3403. 8-13.4 Measurement Section 8-13.4 is deleted and replaced by the following: Measurement of monument case, cover, and precast concrete monument will be by the unit for each monument case, cover, and precast concrete monument furnished and set. 8-13.5 Payment Section 8-13.5 is supplemented with the following: "Survey Monument", per each. END OF DIVISION 8 City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-94 Division 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION Contract Documents IDIVISION 9 - MATERIALS 9-30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS 9-30.1 Pipe Section 9-30.1 is supplemented with the following: Ductile iron pipe, 12 inches in diameter and smaller, shall be thickness Class 52 unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. Ductile iron pipe and fitting shall be United States Pipe and Foundry Co., Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe, American Cast Iron Pipe Company, or approved equal. All pipe shall be push -on style with restrained joints or using restrained joint push -on gaskets except where mechanical joints or flanged joints are specifically required. In Section 9-30.1(6), replace the second sentence with the following: Pipe materials shall be high-density polyethylene PE4710 conforming to a minimum cell classification of PE 445574C per ASTM 3350. 9-30.2 Fittings 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joints Section 9-30.2(60) is supplemented with the following: Restrained joints are required for all pipe, fittings, and specials. Unless otherwise specified, restrained joints shall be the push -on type modified for restraint. Joints shall be the Flex -Ring or Lok -Ring Joint as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, TR Flex Joint as manufactured by US Pipe, or Boltless Restrained Joint Fastite Joint by Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Company, or approved equal. Restrained joints shall be capable of being deflected after full assembly. Joints for pipe diameters 12 inches and less shall be capable of a 5.0 degree deflection. Joint assembly shall be in strict conformance with ANSI/AWWA C600 and manufacturer's recommendations. No field cuts of restrained pipe are permitted without prior approval of the Construction Manager. Restrained joints shall be rated for 250 -psi service pressures. Restrained joint push -on gaskets may be used in lieu of restrained joint pipe. Field Lok gaskets as manufactured by US Pipe, Fast Grip gaskets as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, or approved equal may be used. Restrained joint push -on gaskets must be rated for 350 psi working pressure or greater and must meet the material requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. All manufacturer's instructions, recommendations, and requirements must be strictly adhered to when installing restrained joint push -on gaskets. �! City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents 1 Ill -95 January 2017 Division 9 - MATERIALS 9-30.3 Valves 9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes Section 9-30.3(4) is supplemented with the following: All valve boxes shall be two-piece cast iron, and equipped with a suitable extension for a 36 -inch to 65 -inch trench depth. Top sections and lids will be designed for installation in vehicular areas. Lids will be labeled "WATER", and lid tabs will point in the direction of the water main. All valves and valve boxes will be set plumb with the valve box centered on the valve. Valve box installation shall comply with the details shown in the plans for paved area locations and unpaved area locations. Cast iron valve boxes shall be per City Standard Detail 5120. 9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts Replace Section 9-30.3(5) in its entirety with the following: Valve marker posts shall be Fog-Tite Meter Seal Company, or approved equivalent. 9-30.5 Hydrants Replace Section 9-30.5 in its entirety with the following: Fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA Standard 502-80 for post -type, dry -barrel self -draining hydrants suitable for at least 84 -inch depth per City Standard Detail 5081. Hydrant extensions shall be furnished and installed as necessary. Fire hydrants .shall be Mueller Centurion, M&H 929, or approved equal. 9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions Section 9-30.5(2) is supplemented with the following: All ports shall have National Standard Threads or other connection devices consistent with local fire protection authority requirements. All valves and caps shall open counterclockwise and have a 12 -inch flat point pentagon operation and cap nuts. Hydrants shall be breakaway traffic models. The configuration of the fire hydrant assembly shall be as shown in the plans. The assembly shall have a cast iron tee (with mechanical joint connections to the main) a flanged tee, a flanged gate valve with valve box, a 6 -inch ductile iron pipe extension and shackle rods to connect the hydrant to the auxiliary valve at the main. The shackle rods shall be 3/4 -inch -diameter steel rods of suitable length. City of Bremerton January 2017 David Road Water Main Replacement 111-96 Division 9 - MATERIALS Contract Documents 1 1 9-30.5(6) Guard Posts iReplace Section 9-30.5(6) in its entirety with the following: Hydrant Guard Posts shall be per City Standard Detail 5083, where required. 9-30.6 Water Service Connections (2 Inches and Smaller) �! Section 9-30.6 is supplemented with the following: Water service connections shall be per City Standard Details 5001, 5002, and 5003. 1 9-30.6(1) Saddles Replace Section 9-30.6(1) in its entirety with the following: Saddles shall be ductile iron, double strap with female (cc) thread outlet. Saddles shall be rated for 200 -psi service pressures. 9-30.6(2) Corporation Stops Replace Section 9-30.6(2) in its entirety with the following: For polyethylene pipe, the corporation stop shall be with AWWA tapered thread (cc) inlet by compression joint outlet. All joints with plastic pipe shall be made utilizing stainless steel inserts along with couplings and adapters. 9-30.6(3) Service Pipes 9-30.6(3)8 Polyethylene Tubing Section 9-30.6(3)B is supplemented with the following: Service lines shall be black Himol Class 200 polypipe, copper tube sized, Driscol Pipe. The tubing shall be coupled using compression fittings, conforming to the requirements of AWWA C800, minimum 200 psi working pressure. Ford Grip Joint fittings are not acceptable. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents END OF DIVISION 9 111-97 January 2017 Division 9 - MATERIALS (August 5, 2013) STANDARD PLANS The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21-01 effective August 1, 2016 is made a part of this contract. City of Bremerton David Road Water Main Replacement Contract Documents ' END OF STANDARD PLANS January 2017 Division 9 - MATERIALS 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX A 1 KITSAP COUNTY PREVAILING WAGE RATES 1 1 A 1 1 1 r THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 12/21/2016 abouttlank State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage 's The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. A A f 1 1 -1 1 u 1 Iabouttlank Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 12/21/2016 County Trade Job Classification Wag Holiday Overtime Note Kitsap Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $45.25 5D 11 Kitsap Boilermakers Journey Level $30.34 1 Kitsap Brick Mason Journey Level $54.32 5A 1M Kitsap Brick Mason Pointer-Cautker-Cleaner $54.32 5A 1M Kitsap Building Service Employees Janitor $9.47 1 Kitsap Building Service EmptoXees Shampooer $9.47 1 Kitsap Building Service Employees Waxer $9.47 1 Kitsap Building Service Employees Window Cleaner $13.22 1 Kitsap Cabinet Makers (In Shopl Journey Level $23.72 1 Kitsap Carpenters Acoustical Worker $55.51 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $55.51 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Carpenter $55.51 5D Kitsap Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $55.64 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Creosoted Material $55.61 5D AL Kitsap Larpenters Floor Finisher $55.51 5D 4L Kitsap Carpenters Floor Layer $55.51, 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Scaffold Erector $55.51 5D 4C Kitsap Cement Masons Journey Level $55.56 7A 1M Kitsap Divers Et Tenders Diver $108.77 5D 4C 5A Kitsap Divers Et Tenders Diver On Standby $66.05 5D 4C Kitsap Divers Et Tenders Diver Tender $59.88 5D 4C Kitsap IDivers Et Tenders Surface Rcv Et Rov Operator $59.88 5D 4C Kitsap IDivers Et Tenders Surface Rcv Et Rov Operator Tender $55.76 5A 4C Kitsap Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $56.44 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $56.00 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Boatmen $56.44 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $57.51 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $58.67 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Mates $56.44 5D 3F 1/15 12/21/2016 abouttlank Kitsap iDredge Workers Oiler $56.00 5D 3F Kitsap Drywall Applicator Journey Level $55.51 5D 1H Kitsap Drywall Tapers Journey Level $55.66 5P JE Kitsap Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $31.74 1 Workers Kitsap Electricians - Inside Journey Level $51.26 1 Kitsap Electricians - Motor Shoo Craftsman $15.371 1 Kitsap Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 Kitsap I Electricians - Powerline Cable Splicer $71.85 5A 4D !Electricians Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Certified Line Welder $65.71 5A 4D Construction Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Groundperson i$44.12 5A 4D Construction Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Heavy Line Equipment Operator $65.71 5A 4D Construction Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Journey Level Lineperson $65.71 5A :111) Construction Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Line Equipment Operator $55.34 5A 4D Construction Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Pole Sprayer $65.71 5A 4D Construction 1 Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Powderperson - $49.161 5A 4D Construction _r! Kitsap Electronic Technicians Journey Level $44.76 EE 1D Kitsap Elevator Constructors Mechanic $85.45 7D 4A Kitsap Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $92.35 7D 1 4A Kitsap Fabricated Precast Concrete Journey Level - In -Factory Work $13.50 1 Products Only Kitsap Fence Erectors Fence Erector $13.80 1 Kitsap Fence Erectors Fence Laborer.- $11.60-- 1 Kitsap lFlageers Journey Level $38.36 ZA_ 31 Kitsap JGlaziers Journey Level $58.31 7L ly Kitsap Heat Et Frost Insulators And Journeyman $65.43 5J is Asbestos Workers Kitsap Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $75.461 7F 1E Kitsap Hod Carriers Et Mason Tenders Journey Level $46.66 7A 31 Kitsap Industrial Power Vacuum CLegner Journey Level $29.89 1 Kitsap Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $56.78 5B 1 �K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Cook $53.30 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Deckhand $53.301 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $54.32 5B r1K Kitsap I Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $55.571 5B IK Kitsap Inland Boatmen Mate $55.57 5B 1K U Kitsap Inspection /Cleaning/ Seating Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer $9.73 1 Sewer Ft Water Systems By Remote Operator Control rKitsapInspection/Cleaning /Sealing Of Grout Truck Operator $11.48 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control aboutblank I I I I I I -1 I F I I 11 I 2/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12/21/2016 aboukblank Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer I* Water Systems By Remote Head Operator $12.78 1 Control Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Seating Of Sewer 0. Water Systems By Remote Tv Truck Operator $24.17 1 Control Kitsap Insulation Applicators Journey Level $55.51 5D 4C Kitsap Ironworkers Journeyman $65.53 7N 10 Kitsap Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $46.66 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Batch Weighman $38.36 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brick Pavers $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brush Cutter $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Burner $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Caisson Worker $46.66 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Carpenter Tender $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Caulker $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Cement Dumper -paving $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $45.25 7A I Kitsap Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Choker Setter $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Chuck Tender $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Clary Power Spreader $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Clean-up Laborer $45.25 7A 3I Kitsap Laborers Concrete Dumper/chute Operator $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/core Driller $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Crusher Feeder $38.36 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Curing Laborer $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Demolition: Wrecking Et Moving (incl. Charred Material) $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Ditch Digger $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Diver $46.66 7A 131 Kitsap . Laborers Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Dry Stack Walls $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Dump Person $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Epoxy Technician $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Kitsap Laborers Laborers Erosion Control Worker Faller ft Bucker Chain Saw $45.25 $46.09 7A 7A 31 31 Kitsap Laborers Fine Graders $45.25 7A 31 about:blank 3/15 12/21/2016 aboutblank Kitsap ILaborers Firewatch 1 $38.361 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Form Setter $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers General Laborer $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit Person $46.66 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Grinders $45.25 7A 31� Kitsap Laborers Grout Machine Tender $45.25° 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including Post $46.091 7A 31 Tension Beams Kitsap ,Laborers Guardrail Erector $45.25 7A J Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) $46.66 7A i 31 Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level B) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) 1 $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers High Scaler $46.66 7A 31 ° Kitsap Laborers Jackhammer $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Laserbeam Operator $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Maintenance Person $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Manhole Builder-mudman $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Material Yard Person $45.25 7A a 31 Kitsap Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $46.091 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, $46.09 7A 31 Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air i Et Water On Concrete Et Rock, I Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, ° Water Bla Kitsap Laborers Pavement Breaker $46.09- 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pilot Car $38.36 7A 31 Kitsap jLaborers Pipe Layer Lead ° $46.66_ 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Layer/tailor $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap L r r Pipe Pot Tender $46.091 7A I 3 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Reliner $46.091 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Wrapper $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pot Tender $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Powderman $46.66 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Powderman's Helper $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers _ Power Jacks $46.09 7A ° 31 I Kitsap Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers IRaker - Asphalt $46.66 7A 31 Kitsap 11-aborers Re-timberman ; $46.66'1 7A 31 i Kitsap Laborers Remote Equipment Operator I $46.09 7A Kitsap (Laborers Rigger/signal Person $46.09 _._31 W 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rip Rap Person $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rivet Buster $46.09 7A j 31 Kitsap Laborers Rodder $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Scaffold Erector $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Scale Person $45.25 7A 31 , Kitsap Laborers Sloper (over 20") $46.09 7A 31 aboutblank 1 1 0 t� 1 1 1 11 1 4115 1 12/21/2016 1 G 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' aba t:blank about:blank Kitsap iLaborers Sloper Sprayer $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Spreader (concrete) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Stake Hopper $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Stock Pil*&- $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Tamper Et Similar Electric, Air Et Gas Operated Tools $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- propelled) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (tagger, Shorer Et Cribber) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $45.251 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Topper $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Track Laborer $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborer Track Liner (power) $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Kitsap Laborers Laborers Traffic Control Laborer Traffic Controt Supervisor $41.02 7A $41.02 JA 31 31 811 BEI� Kitsap Laborers Truck Spotter $45.25 L 3 Kitsap Laborers Tugger Operator $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 0-30 psi $83.12 7A 31 84 Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 30.01-44.00 psi $88.15 7A 31 88 _ Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 44.01-54.00 psi $91.83 7A 31 8Q Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 54.01-60.00 psi $97.53 7A J SQ Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 60.01-64.00 psi $99.65 7A 31 8�( Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 64.01-68.00 psi $104.75 7A 31 Sg Kitsap Laborer Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 68.01-70.00 psi $106.65 7A 31 88! Kitsap Laborer Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 70.01-72.00 psi $108.65 7A 3-1M Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 72.01-74.00 psi $110.65 7A 31 8Q Kitsap I Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $46.761 7A 31 M Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work -Miner $46.76 7A 31 8Q Kitsap Laborers Vibrator $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Vinyl Seamer $45.25 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Watchman $34.86 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Welder $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Well Point Laborer $46.09 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Window Washer/cleaner $34.86 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers - Underground Sewer Et General Laborer Et Topman $45.25 7A 31 te War Kitsap Laborers - Underground Sewer Et Pipe Layer $46.09 7A 31 Water Kitsap Landscape Construction Irrigation Or Lawn Sprinkler $9.47 1 5/15 12/21/2016 abouttlank I tsap F _ Landscape Construction Installers Landscape Equipment Operators i $10.05 1 I Or Truck Drivers Kitsap Landscape Construction Landscaping Or Planting Laborers $12.92 1 IKitsap Lathers JOURNEY LEVEL $21.00 1 Kitsap IMarble Setters Journey Level $54.32 5A _ 1M Kitsap IMetat Fabrication (in Shoo) Fitter $26.96 1 Kitsap IMetal Fabrication (i Shop) Laborer $9.47 1 Kitsap Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Machine Operator ° $13.83 1 Kitsap Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Welder $13.83 1 Kitsap (Millwright lJourney Level $44.89 1 Kitsap ,Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $11.56 1 Kitsap iModular Buildings Electrician $11.56 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $11.56 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Plumber $11.56 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Production Worker $9.47 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $11.56 i 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Utility Person $11.56 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Welder $11.56 1 Kitsap Painters Journey Level $40.60 6Z 2B Kitsap Pile Driver Journey Level $55.76 5D 4C Kitsap Plasterers Journey Level $53.20 M 1 R Kitsap Playground ft Park Equipment Journey Level $9.47 1 Installers I Kitsap Plumbers l"t Pipefitters Journey Level $65.52 5A 1 G Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $58.69 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $55.21 7A 8P t Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $58.17 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $58.17 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Eaut mp ent Operators Bobcat $55.21 7A 3S 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition $55.21 7A 3C 8P Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Brooms $55.21 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter i $58.177A3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cableways $58.69 7A _3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Chipper $58.17 7A 3C 8P tKitsap Power Equipment Operators Compressor $55.21 7A Kitsap EPower Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $58.69 7A 3C+8P 8P Boom Attachment Over 42 M 1 Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -laser $55.21 7A 3C 8P Screed Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $57.72 7A 3C 8P Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With , $58.17 7A 3C 8P ° Boom Attachment Up To 42m Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $57.72 7A 3C 8P Kitsap (Power Equipment Operators Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over $60.47 7A 3C 8P I abouttlank 6/15 1 r 12/21/2016 i i i 1 1 11 I, about:blank J about:blank Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $58.17 7A 3C 8P With Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $59.28 7A 3C 8P Tons, Or 150' Of Boom _(Including Jib With"Attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or $59.88 7A 3C 8P 250' of boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' $60.47 7A 3C 8P of boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, $58.69 7A 3C 8P Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And $55.21 7A 3C 8P Under Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through $59.88 7A 3C 8P 199 tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $57.72 ZA 8C ff Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Crusher $58.17 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/deck Winches $58.17 7A 3C 8P (power) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $58.69 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 Et Under $57.72 7A 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or $57.72 7A 3C 8P Crane Mount Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $59.28 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent $55.21 7A 3C 8P And Shaft Type Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $58.17 7A LP Gamaco Et Similar Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With $57.72 7A 3C 8P Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $55.21 7A 3C 8P Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, $58.17 7A 3C 8P Cut Sheets, Etc Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/stakeman $55.21 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $58.17 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating $58.69 7A 3C 8P Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating $58.17 7A3C 8P Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/directional Drill $57.72 7A 3C 8P Locator Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/directional Drill $58.17 7A 3C 8P Operator Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over 10 $57.72 7A 3C 8P Tons 7/15 7/15 12/21/2016 about:blank ,Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter ! $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ° Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- iCableways ' $58.69 7A 3C 8P I l Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $55.21 7A 3C 81 Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment ment 0Perators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $58.69 —7A ----3C — 8P — Underground Sewer Et Water Boom Attachment Over 42 M Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine -laser $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Screed Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $57.72 7A 3C 8P t Underground Sewer Et Water Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Boom Attachment Up To 42m Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $57.72 7A 3C i 8 Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over $60.47 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water With Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $59.28 7A 3C 8P (Underground Sewer ft Water Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With Attachments) ! Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or ! $59.881 7A 3C 8P JUnderground Sewer Et Water 250' of boom including jib with i I attachments i Kitsap Power Ewuinmentt Operators- Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' $60.47 7A �3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water of boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Under Kitsap ,Power Eouipment Operators- Cranes: Friction cranes through i $59.88 7A 3C 8P ,Underground Sewer Et Water 199 tons I ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Attachments A -frame Over 10 ! Tons Kitsap Power Equipment'Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Crusher $58.17, 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer/deck Winches $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water (power) 1 Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D-9 Et Under $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or $57.72 7A 3C ' 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Crane Mount Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- i Drilling Machine $59.28 7A 3C 8P about:blank i J �l 1 1 1 1 12121/2016 about:blank Underground Sewer Et Water Material Transfer Device Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water And Shaft Type Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer ft Water Gamaco Et Similar Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Cut Sheets, Etc Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker/stakeman $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $58.17 7A 3C 8P 'Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over ' JKitsap IPower Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer £t Water Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/directional Drill $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Locator Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/directional Drill $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Operator Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over 10 $57.72 7A 3C 8P 'Underground Sewer Et Water Tons Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10 Tons $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water And Under Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. 8: Over $59.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment 0 erators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But $58.69 JA ,3C $e Underground Sewer Et Water Not Including 8 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed _ $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $57.72 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Eouipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Locomotives, All $58.17 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Material Transfer Device $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ' Kitsap Kitsap tKitsap Kitsap ou abt:blank Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) Motor Patrol Graders Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $59.28 7A 3C 8P $58.69 7A 3C 8P 1 $58.69 7A 3C 8P $55.21 7A 3C 8P 12/21/2016 aboutblank Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (elevators And $57.72 7A 3C 8P ,Underground Sewer Et Water Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 $58.17 . 7A 3C J Underground Sewer Et Water Tons Through 44 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons $59.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water And Over Kitsap IPower Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water IThrough 99 Tons ] i Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pavement Breaker $55.21 7A 3C I 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap iPower Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Mount) t Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $55.21 7A 3C 8P I Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pumps -Water $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water i Kitsap jPower Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Feet In Height Based To Boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On $58.69 7A 3C8P jUnderground Sewer Et Water Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Rigger And Bellman $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eguipment Operators- Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman $57.72 7A 3C 81P Underground Sewer Et Water (Certified) 4 Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Rollagon $58.69 79 K j $e Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap ,Power Equipment Operators- ,Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift $57.72 7A 3C 8P 'Underground Sewer Et Water (Materials I Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Roto -mill, Roto -grinder $58.171 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $57.72° 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Iscraper, Self Propelled Under 45 $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Yards Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Iscrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water jAnd Over YKitsap Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap !Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete/gunite Equipment $55.21 7A 3C 8P underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. E aboutblank 12/15 12/21/2016 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' abt:blank about:blank Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Tractors:, 15 To 30 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Oeerators- Shovel,'Excavator, Backhoes: $59.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: i $59.88 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Over 90 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $58.69 Z 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height $59.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Base To Boom Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Tower Crane: over 175' through $59.88 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 250' in height, base to boom Kitsap Power Eguipment Operators- Tower Cranes: over 250' in height $60.47 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water from base to boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or Truck $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Type Kitsap Power Eguipment Operators- Trenching Machines $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Tons And Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver Under $57.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 100 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck.Mount Portable Conveyor $58.17 Z $p Underground Sewer Et Water + Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Welder $58.69 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eguipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $55.21 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Eguipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $58.17 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Journey Level In Charge $47.08 5A 4A Trimmers Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Spray Person $44.64 5A 4A Trimmers Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Equipment Operator $47.08 5A 4A Trimmers Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer $42.01 5A 4A Trimmers Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer Groundperson $31.65 5A 4A Trimmers Kitsap Refrigeration Et Air Conditioning Mechanic $65.52 5A 1G Mechanics Kitsap Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $17.04 1 KitsapouI Residential Carpenters Journey Level $41.69 5D 4C 12121/2016 aboikblank Kitsap !Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $30.87 1 Kitsap Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $41.69 5D 4C Kitsap Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $20.00 1 Kitsap Residential Electricians Journey Level $27.00 1 Kitsap Kitsap Residential Glaziers Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level Journey Level $58.31 $13.96 7L - ------------ ly 1 Kitsap Residential Laborers Journey Level $16.89 1 Kitsap Residential Marble Setters iJourney Level $17.04 1 1 Kitsap Residential Painters Journey Level $19.52- 1 Kitsap Residential Plumbers Et Pipefitters Journey Level $21.111 1 Kitsap Residential Refrigeration Et Air Journey Level $17.64 1 Conditioning Mgchanics Kitsap Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $28.95 1 Kitsap lResidential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $19.38 1 Kitsap Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $27.74 Protection) Kitsap Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $54.32 5A 1M Kitsap Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $9.47 Kitsap Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $30.26 Kitsap Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $31.14 Kitsap Roofers Journey Level f $46.46 5A 3H Kitsap Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous $49.46 5A 3H Kitsap -,Materials Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $75.46 7F Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship CARPENTER I $19.29 -$25.53 Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair ELECTRICIAN 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Heat Et Frost Insulator $65.43 5J Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Laborer $19.64 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair MACHINIST $19.29 1 Kitsap SLjphUiUjn2 Et Shig ReDair OPERATOR $19.44 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Painter $40.60 fiZ 213 Kitsap sShigbuilding Et Ship Repair PIPEFITTER $19.29 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding, Et Ship Repair RIGGER $19.29 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair iSheet Metal $22.21 '1 Kitsap IShipbuilding Et Ship Repair SHIPFITTER $19.29 - 1 Kitsap Kitsap IShipbuilding Et WELDER/BURNER $19.29 1 Kitsap Sign Makers Et Installers Journey Level I $20.58 1 (Electrical) -T Kitsap Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- Journey Level $9.47 1 Electrical Kitsap !Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $45.86 5A 3D Kitsap Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $10.31 1 Kitsap Sprinkler Fitters Wire Protection) Journey Level $72.49 5C ix Kitsap Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Journey Level $13.23 -Structuralj Kitsap Stone Masons Journey Level $54.32 5A 1M Kitsap Kitsap Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Journey Level $16.00 1 Workers I -I abotAtlank I 0 I I I 11 5 I I I fl I J11 I I I I I E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12/21/2016 vet about:blank .. Kitsap Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $57.72 7A I 3C 8P Kitsap Surveyors Chainman $57.17 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $58.69 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $43.32 7E 1 E Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $37.60 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $20.79 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Installer (Repairer) $36.02 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Aparatus Installer 1 $37.601 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Apparatus Installer II $36.82 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Heavy) $37.60 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $34.94 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $34.93 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Groundperson $19.73 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Lineperson/Installer $26.31 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television System Technician $31.50 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Technician $28.23 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Tree Trimmer $34.93 5A 2B Kitsap Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $48.86 5A 1M Kitsap Tile Setters Journey Level $48.86 5A 1M Kitsap Tile, Marble Et Terrazzo Finishers Journey Level $12.00 1 Kitsap Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $44.35 7A 1K Kitsap Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $51.25 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards (W. WA- Joint Council 28) $50.41 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers Dump Truck $19.60 1 Kitsap Truck Drivers Dump Truck And Trailer $19.60 1 Kitsap Truck Drivers Other Trucks $18.37 1 Kitsap Truck Drivers Transit Mixer $20.79 1 Kitsap Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $13.17 1 Kitsap Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $14.08 1 Kitsap Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $14.40 1 1 about:blank 15/15 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five -eight (8) hour workweek day or a four -ten (10) hour workweek day and shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a a four -ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 C Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Overtime Codes Continued 0. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls ' on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during ' the workweek shall be paid at the straight -time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. 1 1 2 Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. ' V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls ' on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during ' the workweek shall be paid at the straight -time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. 1 1 2 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Overtime Codes Continued ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. 0. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. C. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work perfonned after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 ' Overtime Codes Continued 3. D. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 15% over the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked after 6:00 am on Saturdays, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. F. All hours worked on Saturdayshall be aid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on P Y g Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of -wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) tunes the regular rate of pay. I. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions during a five day work week (Monday through Friday,) or a four day -ten hour work week (Tuesday through Friday,) then Saturday may be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All hours worked Monday ' through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. e 1 P, i -1 1 it 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. B. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay. ►H 4. D E. F G. Benefit. Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Overtime Codes Continued All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary fimction is to feed a diel tribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the hourly rate of wage. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four-day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (1'/2) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20°/1 over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. i All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays .and holidays shall be paid at double the liourly rate of wage. i Holiday Codes A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And, Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). i H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christ i as (6). Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Holiday Codes Continued yr 5. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). tR. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One -Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or After Christmas (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). 6. A. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and a Half -Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 1/2). G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve Day (11). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year's Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). i 6 6. Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Holiday Codes Continued T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered has the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays. New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as, a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President's Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. j F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed ash a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. i H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). My holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls' n a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. { 7 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Holiday Codes Continued 7. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day after or before Christmas Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. tR. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after or before Christmas Day (10). If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day after or before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Note Codes 8. A. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more: Over 50' To 100' -$2.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 50 Feet Over 100' To 150'-$3.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 100 Feet Over 150' To 220' -$4.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 150 Feet Over 220'-$5.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 220 Feet 8 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2016 thru 3/2/2017 Note Codes Continued C. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more: Ij Over 50 To 100'-$1.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 50 Feet Over 100' To 150' -$1.50 per Foot for Each Foot Over 100 Feet Over 150' To 200'-$2.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 150 Feet Over 200' -Divers May Name Their Own Price D. L. M. N. P. Q. R. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. Workers ori hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, And Class D Suit $0.50. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall b�e used in determining the scale paid. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or lother traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012, Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. T. Effective . temporary traffic duri Control Pl issued by August 31, U ust 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all Ffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after 12. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows — Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, And ;Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who do "pioneer" work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation receive an additional $0.50 per hour. 4 1 1 L i 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 11 APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION FORMS AND STANDARD DETAILS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 O z U N O U r n N N 0 N m U � N O _0 E cccm in Q ) N C O p m U Z ° U N C O c N CL z cu N X ~ W A) E F- 6 a� o Z Z � � E ja (1) O N y 6 O +N+ Z N N 7 •0 > E a 4� 7 �q® I.i O O z U N O U r n N N 0 N m U � N O _0 E cccm in Q ) N C O p m U Z ° U N C O c N CL z cu N X ~ W A) E a� o U U O m o C C O O U - N .0 V N N V N N cl E O U N m H CD ° 3 v U � � N U r - aa U� CL roo = zI I O) c 0 76 O E N n w �n N U a o O J U ° E N n N f0 � a O m U C 1 O a 1 N 1 O I � I N w y � 1 N I N c i N i m E (D r v i '� I N i m 1 N I � I N E Mn I 1 � 1 N Y c I � I N C I l9 C I U N G N .0 C E .6 a a > •j Na 0- N N y O m m N _ c m m .� E E >N N a £ cmc .t .s O o y w a (-D`m .o Y > a > U N m E N N N N 3 N N i ' E I � m I U C � U I � O � U I 3 N 3 U O N N i S ; i c E nm� CITY OF BREMERTON REQUEST FOR INFORMATION Log No. (Unique, Chronological) Project Title: Project No.: Contractor: Date: Information Description: Contractor's Authorized Signature: Contract Date: (For Contractor's Use) Subject: ! CITY OF BREMERTON s WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE (WCD) I WCD #: Date: 1 1 Project Name Project #: Contractor: Notice to Proceed Date: YOU ARE DIRECTED TO PROCEED PROMPTLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHANGE(S): ATTACHMENT(S): If a claim is made that the above change(s) have affected Contract Price or Contract Times any claim for a Change Order is based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods of determining the effect of the change(s). The Change Order will be executed in accordance with Section 1-04.4 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, or Article 10 of the General Conditions. Method of determining change in Contract Price: 1 ❑ Unit Price ❑ Lump Sum ❑ Time & Materials ❑ Other: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price If the change involves an increase, the estimated amount is not to be exceeded without further authorization. RECOMMENDED: CONTRACTOR By: tPAGE 1 OF 1 Method of determining change in Contract Times: ❑ Contractor's Records ❑ Engineer's Records ❑ Other: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Times: Substantial Completion: 0 days; Ready for final payment: 0 days; If the change involves an increase, the estimated times are not to be exceeded without further authorization. AUTHORIZED: By: CITY OF BREMERTON A 1� 0 CL 4) � c � 0 c : > u � � Q $ u 4) LL W a m m \ / I \ � U) \ / }kms a) a }o e = § / k a E \ ƒ k } k ) ) » n 2 o: co \¥ n2 5 0( {C � 2L /§ 2 / } } / / \ / f } = o \\ CL \ mƒ 4 $ 2 0 } } } \ C, \ \ ( e ) @ 2: } o / e a § } \ } \\ } }§ }2 �E cr w ) /2 E f j E p } w ( W / } /} RL } ( } 1 ACCEPTANCE OF COMPENSATION & RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS <Project Title> <City Project Number>- <City Construction Contract Number> <CONTRACTOR>, hereby indicates agreement with, and acceptance of, the final Contract Payment of <$000,000>, the total Contract Price of <$000,000,000>, including Washington State sales and/or use taxes, and the final Contract Time of <NNN Days>, as full and final compensation for all Work performed in connection with Contract Number <City Construction Contract Number>, and does hereby release the City of Bremerton from all claims, liability, demands, damages and actions of any kind whatsoever, arising from performance of that Contract. <CONTRACTOR> .0 Title: Date: Certificate of Notary Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 1 1 11 F II 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX C STANDARD DETAILS THUS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MARKER FIRE HYDRANT TWO LANE ROAD OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT 19 ON. MASRKER TO BE PLACED4" TO 6.OFF CENTERLINE. MARKER FIRE HYDRANT ON SIDE STREETS MARKER FIRE I� HYDRANT D I 0 WHERE THE HYDRANT IS WITHIN 21Y OF THE MAIN TRAVELED STREET, THE MARKER IS TO BE INSTALLED 4" TO 6' OFF THE CENTERLINE. I GIS FIVE LANE STREETS OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT 19 ON. MARKER TO BE PLACED 4' TO W OFF THE DOTS OR PAINTED LINE DIVIDER. MARKER FIRE HYDRANT City of Bremerton FIRE HYDRANT MARKER PLACEMENT DETAIL 5084 ® PUBLIC WORKS RWWM Deb DESIGNMONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Alteration of ilNe drawing is unauthorized Ary approval of an snared drawirg 4/07/09 Is unauthorized and void. MARKER FIRE HYDRANT I I FOUR LANE ROAD OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT 19 ON. MARKER TO BE PLACED 4' TO 6.OFF THE DOTS OR PAINTED LINE DIVIDER NOTE (1) MARKER TO BE STIMSONITE 88 AB TWO—WAY (BLUE) MARKER FIRE HYDRANT ON SIDE STREETS MARKER FIRE I� HYDRANT D I 0 WHERE THE HYDRANT IS WITHIN 21Y OF THE MAIN TRAVELED STREET, THE MARKER IS TO BE INSTALLED 4" TO 6' OFF THE CENTERLINE. I GIS FIVE LANE STREETS OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT 19 ON. MARKER TO BE PLACED 4' TO W OFF THE DOTS OR PAINTED LINE DIVIDER. MARKER FIRE HYDRANT City of Bremerton FIRE HYDRANT MARKER PLACEMENT DETAIL 5084 ® PUBLIC WORKS RWWM Deb DESIGNMONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Alteration of ilNe drawing is unauthorized Ary approval of an snared drawirg 4/07/09 Is unauthorized and void. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. I CAST IRON LID JACK HAMMER & REMOVE ASPHALT SET COVER OF VALVE BOX CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND RAISE FLUSH WITH GRADE AND 2" VALVE BOX ABOVE GRADE ELSEWHERE FINISH GRADE /% PATCH W/ ACP, CLASS i HAND TAMP BACKFILL SEAL JOINT W/ AR4000 AROUND UPPER SECTION 6" MIN CAST IRON VALVE BOX I TOP SECTION EXTENSION STEM REQ'D WHEN DEPTH OF OPERATING NUT IS MORE THAN 4 VALVE BOX OR C.I. L I FEET BELOW FINISH GRADE SOILS PIPE EXTENSION AS REQ`D � GATE VALVE �2" SQ. OPERATING NUT 4.1/4" DIA., 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS 2 1/4" INSIDE WIDTH QraS111 EXTENSIONS ARE REQUIRED WHEN THE VALVE NUT IS MORE THAN FOUR (4) FEET BELOW FINISHED GRADE. EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FOOT LONG. ONLY ONE EXTENSION TO BE USED PER VALVE. VALVE BOX EXTENSIONS SHALL BE 5" C.I. SOILS PIPE -TYLER TY SEAL ALL EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE MADE OF STEEL, SIZED AS NOTED, AND PAINTED WITH 2 COATSIOF METAL PAINT. RAISE THE VA IVE BOX TO FINISH GRADE AFTER ASPHALT CONCRETE WORK IS COMPLETED BUT IN NO CASE LATER THAN 48 HOURS. EARS OF THE VALVE BOX TOP SECTION WILL BE INSTALLED INDICATING WATER MAIN DIRECTION. VALVE BOX OUTSIDE PAVED AREA, A CONCRETE PAD SHALL BE INSTALLED (2'x2'x4") i City of Bremerton PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS WATER MAIN CAST IRON VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY 5120 Revision Date Alteration of this drawing is prohibited. Any approval of an altered drawing is unauthorized and void. 9/15/14 4" X 4" TREATED POST 1" GALV. 180° OPEN RETURN BEND 1" BEEHIVE STAINLESS STEEL STRAINER STRAP, SECURE 1" GALV- SHD 40 1" GALV. TO POST THREADED PIPE 1E H ER 1" GALV. ELLS BOXX WW/ / LID CITY STANDARD C.I. VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY 1' GALV. PIPE SEE NOTE 5E THREADED 1" POLY PIPE 1" BRASS NIPPLE SEE NOTED 1" COMP. X MALE IF ADAPTER W / S.S. POLY STIFFENER 1" POLY PIPE WITH 12 GA COATED SEE NOTE COPPER LOCATE WIRE \` 1" COMP. X MALE IP ADAPTER SOLID CONCRETE BRICK 1" GATE VALVE W/ 2" OPERATING NUT IP X IP 1" COMP. X MALE IF ADAPTER EXISTING W / S.S. POLY STIFFENER WATER MAIN SEE NOTED DETAIL NOTES: O HDPE METER BOX W/ D.I. LID. O AIR AND VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY APCO No.143-C OR VAL-MATIC N0.201 -C OR APPROVED EQUAL. O C.I. SADDLE ON AC, PVC, OR STEEL PIPE. DIRECT TAP ON DI WATER MAINS. O4 1" CORPORATION STOP, I.P. x I.P. OR COMPRESSION x I.P. E5 1" COPPER TUBING SIZED HIMOL WITH LOCATE WIRE SHALL BE 12 GA. BLUE COATED SOLID COPPER WIRE, STRIPPED AT BOTH ENDS AND TIGHTLY WRAPPED AROUND (GROUNDED TO) THE CORPORATION STOP A MINIMUM OF TWO TIMES OR CRIMP TO THE TRACING WIRE ON THE MAIN. THE END IN THE METER BOX SHALL BE LOOPED AND TUCKED INSIDE THE BOX. O VALVE MARKING POST SEE "VALVE MARKER POST" DETAIL 5082. NOTES: • ALL FITTINGS TO BE BRASS UNLESS OTHERWISED NOTED. • 1" GALVANIZED PIPE ABOVE GRADE TO BE PAINTED WITH 2 COATS RUSTOLEUM HIGH GLOSS BLUE PAINT. • AIR & VACUUM RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLY MUST BE INSTALLED AT HIGHEST POINT OF LINE. IF HIGH POINT FALLS IN A LOCATION WHERE ASSEMBLY CANNOT BE INSTALLED, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DEPTH OF LINE TO CREATE HIGH POINT AT A LOCATION WHERE ASSEMBLY CAN BE INSTALLED. City of Bremerton 0 PUBLIC WORKS DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 1" AIR & VACUUM RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLY 5315 UP TO 12 MAINS Revision Date Alteration of this drawing is prohibited. Any approval of an altered drawing is unauthorized and void. 9/15/14 i THRUST BLOCK TABLE i MINIMUM BEARING AREA AGAINST UNDISTURBED SOIL PIPE SIZE O SQ. FT. B 30. FT. C SQ. FT. O SQ, FT. O SQ. FT. X (100 PSI) 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 NONE 6 4 1 4 2 .1 1 NONE 8 7 1 6 4 2 1 3 10 11 1 10 6 3 2 4 12 161 14 9 1 5 3 5 14 22 19 12 6 3 7 16 29 25 16 8 4 10 18 36 31 20 10 5 13 20 45i 39 24 13 6 16 22 54 1 47 29 15 8 23 24 64 1 56 35 18 9 28 87 i 76 48 ?112 30 101; 87 55 28 14 36 145 125 78 40 20 NOTES 1. BEARING AREA' OF CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK IS BASED ON 200 PSI PRESSURE AND SOIL BEARING LOAD OF 2000 PSF. AREAS MUST BE ADJUSTED FOR OTHER PIPE SIZES, PRESSURES AND SOIL CONDITIONS. 2. CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL BE CAST IN PLACE AND HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1/4 SQUARE FOOT BEARING AGAINST THE FITTING. 3. THE BLOCK SHALL BEAR AGAINST THE FITTING ONLY AND SHALL BE CLEAR OF JOINTS TO PERMIT TAKING UP OR DISMANTLING OF FITTING. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL LOCKING DEVICES ADEQUATE TO WITHSTAND FULL TEST PRESSURE AS WELL AS TO CONTINUOUSLY WITHSTAND OPERATION PRESSURE UNDER ALL CONDITIONS OF SERVICE. BLIND FLANGE �J I CAPPED CROSS O SMALLER FLANGE OR SMALLER SIZE PIPE City of Br6merton I PUBLIC WORKS DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CROSS SAFE BEARING LOADS IN LB./SQ. FT. THE SAFE BEARING LOADS GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE ARE FOR HORIZONTAL THRUSTS WHEN THE DEPTH OF COVER OVER THE PIPE EXCEEDS 2 FEET. SOIL SAFE BEARING LOAD LB. PER SQ. FT. 'MUCK, PEAT, ETC. 0 SOFT CLAY 1000 SAND 2000 SAND & GRAVEL 3000 SAND & GRAVEL CEMENTED W1 CLAY 4000 HARD SHALE 10000 'IN MUCK OR PEAT, ALL THRUSTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED BY PILES OR TIE RODS TO SOLID FOUNDATIONS OR BY REMOVAL OF MUCK OR PEAT AND REPLACEMENT WITH BALLAST OF SUFFICIENT STABILITY. 2 - 3/4" DIA. RODS FOR 10" SIZE & SMALLER 2 -1 " DIA RODS LARGER THAN 10" SIZE NOTE: ADDITIONAL BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED IF GATE VALVE IS AT END OF LINE DURING TESTING. GATE VALVE O HORIZONTAL THRUST BLOCKING 5455 Revision Date Alteration of this drawing is prohibited. Any approval of an altered drawing is unauthorized and void. 11/25/09 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t APPENDIX D CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK = = m = ® = m m = m m m = ® m m . CAD FILE: David Road Water Main Replacement Cover 4 S y - - m 1 �Jftr a� r lvk r Z nrti����::; r ® 0 c� it �s�. q. r m D O 7D �= Z > 26, m C rrl D Z m o 111 m (Al Q " Z D y co — a z ,,, .—p z Z "e m N frl �}itd/ti�i _ ������ o (n m z m v r m z e� 0 x –� D Oa � � mn rTl o O O� rn w m oZ7a m� nO T . O Z o0z m iOW 01 m 0 n n n (7 9 G) G) ) < o C r -n w po < 1v m z x m>u'in-i�-i m0m�r x z Z >_ >_ �_ m m y 0O D m 0 0 0 X X o U) < ;l � Z Z r� Z o Z O+ o o Z m ° C Oo m Z cn o o O� � X Dmm —1 0 0 o �m D i m r O wo o V -D o in .a Zgo m 00 -0 lip z 90 O X00 .. m O m m o mz r- m m N z -� m =z Q®Z in w -nw Z mon DOM Y� I wR �. �..— ..._ _. r O Z go Az in 0 r Z f v 'v t z C � �-- CHICO WAY t I i 1-7 � I ♦ /.,......,.�. j I �......�.� — E Igy sv� §u+.rmmrTmr� l � �I 1 �I ISO Rt 4528 N rn ■■ = ® m ® m ® ® ® w m = ® ® ® r w = m CAD FILE: DavM Road Water Main Replacement General Notes •� .oy �t�' cn P w N O m z m a z(nmm --I D� w-vKDc7o000ODO WW W--IZcr-rO-I co -I z'Dn-Cnm v0 ��mZ j a 0m+zvm DD�m�zO-0 -1�IS r mz = v mn r- O F>m z -O ;un <cf)cn czm(nm0x -nmcZ�OD-D � r -n �a>z0 O nOcD� 0'U --,;UO= D nnT<�D-jZZ �r0 O4 mDzccnm � mczi�M;M)I0�C,)E: > 0Dc=mmO- 000 rmz m z zvzW �z�*zzzm�m�m mmOZDv'=ZZZ o�-� u, z� EIQ 0=�m,1� m� ODD;�-4z z=O m Fn --I 122m 31 < c OmX00 zz--A --i �ImOmcnoDr-Xou (m»00 ZFn ao c0z:L7�7 ry O�<-1�mm�X=� x>0XD nrm -i �c�l OD �m--nN -u>m00-1 -j-4M OMMO 0nc��z Cl) � � m� z 0 O m v�� z m � c � v p� D p m� r p z c 4I- --r mmOyDm r� D���iz0-��00Z °D�r r0=m m DMOMQWWcnmz0 mw2ozvm (nv = < cm2D zomD�O=DO=(mi�* 0DmZn-0' ZDz� 00m 0 0DG)z r ��C1m0Jc)0M iD� mMQ0-Z2m �0 %nzT a rZ_ x- -I �- n G7 0�=TJ 0 0omn m Dvz=c�Omomm 7°cDz*OD-l-M;uc m ---I cvmD� COi� O<�DmU)mOivmvaimm <r--<OmzMM Z O m <r- DzX OODz-a (nrZ0X�cnmv XZr- z n c = v O O.� O W�-< 0 m S O m O m 2 X c 0 O G)mZm O Ox mz-< 0-�00 OO cC-) ax_I -+ n = 0G) -I CnOm.Z� mD_� Z zD�:U:i70*X0r_ 0CD p 0mz z �m�-{m�O V D m -N-10-m-v,V00z(mnX� 0000 `r �mm� m-��0m�zm�n-iZD -0 CO 0Zcci)mmDr czn�z = 2 01=co00 0 �v m -10D z z U) D v c -1 r D = m NZ D z r = m m z 0 m O zv 0 D 0 0 c 0 0 n u m z ;lu - _ f 7 I O- r i m > Z O �, < n o 0 (n O- O m rD Da 0� 0 D -i m p0v Im ,�, O 0 z z = oI ppr � ZN y ro RLn Ln O m m a m 0 o x D l m t qI CD uj 1 I i Z P. 1 ! I 1 0 \k ! I 1 El NJ i I i I I I '4 �"� O = -I � (n o � v Fn O G7 O 0 v m m 0 cn m D O � m G) D m O D D > D m D< c v c < X D �° m=-1 z ? m Z 0> m m m m m m �_ m m m m x m m z♦� 0 0 m = 0 D 0 mx 9: x v m v m� 0 v m Z p m � C z D Z O m X D � z m D n v O D v 0 -� in -im 90 � m K m to v '- < r m O D S O m> m LOWW 0 z z - m m m m c c� K w* m z = � Z _ oX z .mv > _0 A m 0 z 0� m o X z z - -mm r p -DI Z D v 0 cc --i X z Z 0° 0 m � x co x r m F H D CO OD �I p 5-n ? W d A W N —� O N V xc c-1 D(n-1 n� al> (nD v 0D��m� vD c ; mm> cD Kmcn--I mczi> vm mTm zm --n-TI >F- m r=-0--4�rnD Xm r-0-- 0r DO=D= DDD �D D C F- --I n�� m� m W -o N OZ=rzFlmm 0T �O> W-1 :Cl� 'mcr FZIO fmm m 0m m 0 M DMM �D m 0m c xG7Dcf) -I� cn�0- mD �0-nD0 �xx �w D r7 m m 1T1 -1 o m m z -1 D -I cn ® v0 Dz �zZ om vcn vD m m=Zmmn zZ 0rP00c �m cn <Dzz KOK DK G) nr1 x0 m -1n M Oz �z =mDv v0--1-I<m �� D�-1 D oD zD m W= 0-p= 0< n„ 0 m Dn Zz D0 =mm Tlw Zr=� Zmz 0Z Z -1� D0 ccn ZD =m --I cmn 0=OCoOcn xcn MM>r-„ ZE vDmO N�(n m ® =Di mD cc> =< M -0i NA z m0�=m= vD <`-Ov�� vz �LEI NmO E) (= cDi�� r .� >m Qr -r mm Giz C) D mr cn Wim. `0 =mcg z� =D Z z ZrG) GO <D zG) -vz 0 zzcm0E- -Ir mvmvn O m z- r 0� =m Grum Co 0= �m � v-D1z =m Pn mm0X< �D ��F� O� �� m ® mm mm Xncm mD -z-Im Op z --'0TH-DO zc QMrnnv� vm oma: m= z0 CO) pr nv -I_o-o r O� =-I cn m(nnzz= ry TIxX_mcn moo - rrrlc `�. Z 111 KO z� O�"4 m -iD r-1 0-1m �vNO (mnm m cnv= zm c-n.vx 0� c'vi TI cmT1 =-I 00 D mn-mcn -I oF-ImD G70 ���m r m m= Xm D`im Z (nom mm m —0 —4 00� -Gz�r- i0 0=-p 7<m mr- �m c -I� z*0- c -� x m0 n r DO 17T mz"^ 0 OD cn2 m m DXD-'1 =(n ccOm m� -<=n n nn 1. ,-R1 _i0 -1� _ �Z Dcn 1r7 D�-1 zo m -i 1-+� mm Dm��� �� D 0 K D=-- r c T O S W rn z D z :U m o r v Z O z m r v � < Zn- Z 0p ZmDm -00 nr 0 o v= 0� mw* W Om m y =Z�ZC�7 (n0 xmD-1 4z 0n� M n� F- SOD m n OO r -c0D_T m mn zi(nrD m 0cn _ --I < cn (n (n T. r - m D O - Im m 0-1 cn Zm m ODZm=cn vcn n�0z vn m�rnZ rn-j Z� �A �i OD x -A m z0 vv T>°mcnOmc m �0�p �m-vi� zp Z� Km DW 00- G)X OZ Z -ZIr Oavom 0m 0�D0 0n ymm�2 Z cm7-1 rZFIm G) mcnm c cn-Di m cDi�cn�� m� Dzmm n"i z-Z10Dm rm pm v0 D zc -<_ 0 � �_ C9 Coo zm -Iaon v 00 0_0 ?O'-'=mann �D� i n �m z� fll �z v� 22-m-dz IT z Z[mn O zmrnm m zZID � C-Im0 0m 0n 00 �0 vm Z=� �O �= z=a Ov 0 m lwlCm m= nom OvO z-1 Iry rn= vO 0DT = 0-1 DD m -1-mz c Wm55� z (nm -c m- �O z m D 0 0 =gin = � m r � r v v �� z m m K -D-I r- n m. =� �� 0 m zIr- m --q mm0 m z� �m = z�o m �Z� m :j -u m -n Cnm Zm 1 �m� D �y Z vccnm0U) D mz�� v z�mn <0 D� m� O m = r �m v(nax- Z z���-' O�OO Dm z �m -1� zvD m -Dim m=DD W cC--IZ D <m0-4 <� O -00 n r (n D O z 0= D -� m Z z X m m D C o(n �r O w zr0vm _w DOD OO�0 Ox Cvn p mD p> X D£m� mm0 00 0 cn m mm�r cCiT0D. Zz D -r- zZ �c OOz y wm m = 0Z = PN: 4528 z .< v cn D � m 0 -1 o y v z7 m 0 z 0 z m n cn 0 N �r N m 9 r r (� r r m W c Z m m m� m m �� -Pb.p W rn N 4-� Z Z �, G7 Z O � N to to N to I"� I"' l,0 00 F•� z O O O � Z O O O O O -NI D D D D D D 0 0 � � N to 00 z Z ►� O O .A a O W v C:) O D r Z Z Z Z Z � 00 v n CO oo N N 0 Z 0o w � � � 000 o rn � � � Z rn rn rn rn m � oo Z O �° oo O Z �� o0 r.� rn 0 Ln I-+ w � z D rn N lip � 0 �J � O O O O rn � = W � � D v 0 lD c N ® ® ww tw w ® w ® ww ww wo w ® ww ® w ww w CAD FILE: PN: 4528 x � `2 m ELEVATIONS o o a o 0 0 - C. . .... ......... rcnS + 123 36 ZI Ni pp i U ) 4 �1 ? fa + O 5p7 ... I r S p 0 N n� o q T. t = z v w �m o D 119.22 ' t € ENO�I 121.75U.!.., I S O O O `. 117.94 p S <N n 0 �_ Z �O1 p m p z n Dm0 m m Omai U) O �077 120.74 m GS D x o 117.10 i i in Ca '=z z�m G) I I ZJ M w> p 0 0 N 120.00 D d m +' �Z-OI II 116.15 i O c z�mmOZ InX>00 -�I"-'D ZZr O CI �z r m trail m D (n .0 ny I (Z_ -u + + n Fm zS on m X '^ o rmD a G) Km�Do OmZOZ z m ��Z G�zc� �G��rZp7 NI � 120.0D cni T 0c I IvzmTp p 116.18 �F { a J 20 r i1��=1� 4 m=�pDOZ 1 { a C + 119.79 DD m y A� 115.59 T m ... i ! 3 2 SyS S m O € i E t 118.30 0 z 114.61 0 0 D 0 .ZD7<;z:z:q--I G) 6=n �cO -n i Dm 117.79 �cn m o (p o 114.12 p m oXC-)j 0 _0 PN: 4528 x � `2 m ELEVATIONS o o a o 0 0 - C. . .... ......... rcnS + 123 36 ZI Ni pp i U ) 4 �1 ? fa + { f 9 5p7 ... I r S p Gi o q T. t = z v w 5i D 119.22 ' t € ENO�I 121.75U.!.., I S O O 4 i ` `. 117.94 p S <N n 0 �_ if. �O1 p m p z n Dm0 m m Omai V O �077 120.74 m GS C7 m 0rz x o 117.10 i i in ei '=z z�m G) I I ZJ M w> p + 120.00 D d m +' �Z-OI 10 116.15 PN: 4528 x � `2 m ELEVATIONS o o a o 0 0 - C. . .... ......... rcnS + 123 36 ZI Ni pp i U ) 4 �1 ? W + { f 9 ... I r a I ' Gi + 122.73 t r _ 1 ._. . D 119.22 ' t r9 + 121.75U.!.., I S O O 4 i ` `. 117.94 p S <N n 0 �_ if. �O1 p m p z n Dm0 m m Omai m n -I DO= + 120.74 c7 O 6 .,. C7 m 0rz 0 0 117.10 i i m�z I '=z z�m G) I I ZJ M w> p + 120.00 m-4 D d m +' �Z-OI 10 116.15 m X zip oD �� �ZCID c z�mmOZ InX>00 -�I"-'D ZZr �`mD-z+ -�InZ�n r m trail m D vrr ACmi10 ��_ I I (Z_ -u + + 120.00 I I zS on m X '^ o 116.05 a G) Km�Do OmZOZ z SmO-uzm m��Oxn� ��Z G�zc� �G��rZp7 NI + 120.0D I IvzmTp a 116.18 mDz { a S� mZ pD z�7 r i1��=1� -4 m=�pDOZ 1 { a C + 119.79 DD m mDm�z� 0 115.59 pZmm ... i ! 3 I. .. o- � , m0 m oF- m € i E t 118.30 cn 114.61 M� 0 Z0Cmn=O .ZD7<;z:z:q--I G) 6=n �cO -n i Dm 117.79 �cn m 0mnmm (p o 114.12 p m oXC-)j 0 _0 r -m 0 cnE _u D r- cnm d i m _ O Z 117.32 r no mOr- z cn N __1_1 3.73 I � i � I 117.07 W f, t _ 0 113.53 z I m -1 cnn i i i I 1 I s i + 117.06 cn w 113.52 I C Y. j { + .- 4- 117.13 117.15 113.62 I i ' .. i aI + 117.31 a 113.72 1 117.46 i 114.01 { •ry-' I i 11i m! r '_.,.d ' 117.41 --I w 114.16 D r Z 0 114.74 f ( I u + 116.52 i L•„ r .. I I 3 V a I d I I � , 3 .n + tt9f i � + C 1 I d ' ! + 119.11 + r ' C'2 `fit d x i r Aix 1 v Irl°a}vw41 ii°IFd'Yil l$ � r� t a i� a w ?C { •Y '1 t x L• p�• r^?+UIrr4'�I'yII ',,mw 3 ", dila I a f"' I.»11f". c� l,a"t 5 r w.,yP aj�]r)p "'"I! eg { d».iI t '1aa�'""'w :wa'l� 1! �� Iu'F45 w4uriitma�X4M w^°:.` rIL. r. 4;,.,i�5y r,�stiTead}»' ��lr 1 id*1. S �Fxh" Ir+w�G�" a kk jI a'' I';P' Y:[,'I ��•fl�'w�k L»�InN{,.'.,I' 'tT1„�'Sc u� re L .I.}, PA a ax lC�7� �tX fai11,3,Z'1�(Ra-moi w �,n ;,1 rig'' .'ati5l alux,a r''.Tf rd '^r �,Elir'1J.�i•'.",',i :r` j'';t ! ,- 411 4�'�r ¢' Irli i f t�r al T uP"s 4Dy�t..�fsa yt€i � {». �a���y�d�'"�ad'§�PP�rM� � ti r,� ;-�-vU' � •z.�,�sL �"�'I>r`n rc4 t y ��''a r,,, F�Pb,T i�i��l9''4'tii"tnu»,14ea�°lkS� nv{! LAP`galY" 1q - "!0'y, Mt 1,',ey e 1'•"��' y.. 1 i '� II, N'd uP� apartl ivP^"an"' o di'aylm}I! +C 4k; llt ,fin x wMMO. Zib7 r r�^a m m u vS j _T dTrTff 'r ll., rThdl harm+ �tsF i !F lal iflrr,{��k, azk©[�'�411 �'....s r { d'i,a �✓,���bh ) ,'N'r r7�f�1Ml ; Yi iv'i! � 4c ,;11��,^i d {t,,,! 1�a>•r�r,-�i',�wIF„�ulw�lu �I AA.a i c ,q,'y �r5lv'M ht{'1 .. ,{ �I >� d %i y M ��1 jrkix't7� aV dd a v i of F wwi v� OSlif A € b {�ri,,.s1d.!1 yAsdf Yi {.xy{r'^ �'�fr,,'&aaa �ts•: ' a��y� i'�G h {5M7 aT?e' + jl�"'6'I'q'•� ;E�1"aa'j'°�N'N��r�, Vi��'1� t�' ,4.�^ � `.,��'si1r`�` i' . "� �1' �+ C� �� x C S fi+� ffl sF , 1 J i p d x t�y'�i'��{,��i��iy{yllr,r9�{�+�'�„I��jkl �'�,!."J"i`p�� �'{y,�a ',I,...*,{ tim� t\ rl,l '�a�g`�rk��.{w�„I�,�Z �Tjt s � •'�� G,,f'�'!�� 'Y X13 .,,�5%c,'r Ya e iyur a1r 'j'- �ri°!. �Llra'' �3Ir r.6IQ �IGtl Ilan °LI`an7,µ. 1 va! low ua' 1 fL r} y Y s 7° IIrCS�' M k p¢k .7 u' mraj ����Ir II�jr�I���Mu a dru i 47aVttld d; �, !keg, w) w1 ralU!,�i'�5�5,,J i' u�p7,s"49"yY t+t'Dd �'!1 !NY41r' ; i •'10 ri 'v ,r"Ys yEar�N:1+t�0�Zti ITCI'"bjb�a tallow �g�Pjr»����! yW1h1� r w ay� ij��j�li �x �1 M%y F tai4'f' 7'd '¢k� Jh �'�aqa• ,�"4.'�1„a 53 {a� aICuIhdCM��W-auiT�i,✓�a+'JY+p�'�'U„": d.i 9 }ply, tl��y 2 f aCta$i ak; E a'r' It { aAt{i1rlrplar sx ^+f�"�"h{�°yij Car'�g IfYl. INW,O° iA J gill r t "' "i,�t�' il,�r��i r P`� �' xx,p,,x ��F�� s.. % ?'• jtll� �i 'fT�w 5s'". b�' r ': r �.1�71Gpw"v'�{t«. J c �eaadnIlI '9i n f � � LL7 �q 1 � '�i la 'a• �x f i kM!C 1 Tyt t 14i' ;r .'2 ��� �,����y3•�n ��1137 J.,(Ik,��rl: , � ' �.°,,�. 1 I�f � ..`s M , Y (' '�ir!1 J ,�s , + 1a �' � I� a�lua�:��f% 1� �T��( *2 ��IN kN a G.!�3rTti IN 44[t71f`!�'l�'dI y3..f�,,�•i+fkz�r cLl�e"�; �',r k,gym tiN"+t!, '�y��iyh'��r�'rP' xICJ6 x�".�'�`! I�'Ir�J,t{ fT" '4 •'M I ���. �$tl (,"�lw ii'4f���r °P -.'�a4t k,1 ."*w�tia smt,.rj;}?i.`� +1 i."n'- ,I"I d� '1+^' ��`a � s�'a• © t "�«'"a�? AP b � �xn,.���al ���� ��� t , `"'8� �� , �`;j►�� cl ;ra � a s y kruF M't t 1,. ''I '�!'� G d inY 1 e'WN 14 T" yt', 14 a tlCt � � �.! II ,+� E t4 ' r ] •+ d p r, I 14 ti � �.i41M%iP"i44"" 'i:?�I�i"�. F+i �6r�ut`a"�!}�+i�,� S�`?kf"c� fNy�s ;,IP�S,' 6iI p�rlV+ I��w1"u? T 4f 115 Vr r e �k' aT^to, »;m°ytll M y a' (r G-�� r� RPjisuljrd!�h!��Cwi{a lilt no �ryy (°� ' � « I y 0 x' 3 I, r- d�llrtr� � yw krl• �'J a1 , „,. I .. 1 Itiad �(4 . t�yH r wr �C I T r'�l%tf Ca G� kry" t�r� .0 'd ',aTr r .,q, D .n tfy, r , I , a � i"'h r n J » 'j k�1 •Mi } NI'�! 7. �.1#vti! »" r TF-isr +DC7 a'�d fi Caw! t H���e k!I•:'''�"'�14d i ��.N�r '4 ,, , J� ,� � r� D �'+mgr { r?i; f. ,4��,''..�'a •h E Jly � �t �'.� r r�x v r. k- ;'»v.�KII��q�aIN4 ��i�",rr,(-Wax J.J r��:Jii+9a 3:. l',/�R�`�4'�l� Y 'w li �r ",I I i ''3 k�d�'.� O✓�'4'3a M'FE�4�1� �° E,rd��y1�'4�' rQ P1C",LsTOh"'� IO;xi'41 4'3�a �"_ i °. v f:+ y Ir , Wit '(a3.'�I7I,l1l Fu Ijr ,IL;�''I%f/lZ `ij''v Olt t Il a! ae�i3 �II� i Ix 'Ori Z : K/f, f V --•J! JI S. f (Odl.< axfw.xtu@ mi 'l�m�'r{"'5`ri 1zy`O'�,�r"der e 1t1Illq yT k1 I» K TI ry' '�'rX t � b'" y f �i'E'�11"zs Vrfr'14''""'"'nl bmxa`u 1l la,l' I r�"P�k C�x ruh >Hw,r�h bi i I w V � � °•�'� � m t� mdk� ti 6NIU rer a P1F r 17 x �.I 'ilk+r Wl ('� X41 C 1 ��rhWt»dal, r ey�'k �'a�''S*-ikyll"ui�' II C� Ph r� W f w I" � 6 'tII�1 1w Www �ya� la�ry r�,r4l+yaw ��{ �i�rI Ix { key-, rani Id x 0.'.I 0 '� 'Yr` � _ � �T q4 � t♦1 !'i � �a � �"E"' � b]'1 y�f+� !{� Hu�� M a. 1 �� lIN+'iP n� 1�1� a ERSGN�DR��N , w o mw t & Mean pn t � x tf c 4f k +yMR. ��`t�"af '111 ti a u+ EX+�Brahl a,vd 9 by ✓ a � r' s ^' li'i{IG?lad '�Ji�`'ry'lf a ray vat j4 �4"1�V aalal l i RR { Wt urt*1k �'pj�' b ,.+ ("+3Si1?f'a`�" mi �c'i'„`"P"`�'�� �.. A 1'' R IwTM �'4 .,I j♦1 { t�- + 2 r Lry,�' pC' .'1wM rr w � IT16'+0�a�0� MKd11 CJ7 ? W IV h..._--? ... I r I' Gi 'S t 1 ._. . D r9 ( I u + 116.52 i L•„ r .. I I 3 V a I d I I � , 3 .n + tt9f i � + C 1 I d ' ! + 119.11 + r ' C'2 `fit d x i r Aix 1 v Irl°a}vw41 ii°IFd'Yil l$ � r� t a i� a w ?C { •Y '1 t x L• p�• r^?+UIrr4'�I'yII ',,mw 3 ", dila I a f"' I.»11f". c� l,a"t 5 r w.,yP aj�]r)p "'"I! eg { d».iI t '1aa�'""'w :wa'l� 1! �� Iu'F45 w4uriitma�X4M w^°:.` rIL. r. 4;,.,i�5y r,�stiTead}»' ��lr 1 id*1. S �Fxh" Ir+w�G�" a kk jI a'' I';P' Y:[,'I ��•fl�'w�k L»�InN{,.'.,I' 'tT1„�'Sc u� re L .I.}, PA a ax lC�7� �tX fai11,3,Z'1�(Ra-moi w �,n ;,1 rig'' .'ati5l alux,a r''.Tf rd '^r �,Elir'1J.�i•'.",',i :r` j'';t ! ,- 411 4�'�r ¢' Irli i f t�r al T uP"s 4Dy�t..�fsa yt€i � {». �a���y�d�'"�ad'§�PP�rM� � ti r,� ;-�-vU' � •z.�,�sL �"�'I>r`n rc4 t y ��''a r,,, F�Pb,T i�i��l9''4'tii"tnu»,14ea�°lkS� nv{! LAP`galY" 1q - "!0'y, Mt 1,',ey e 1'•"��' y.. 1 i '� II, N'd uP� apartl ivP^"an"' o di'aylm}I! +C 4k; llt ,fin x wMMO. Zib7 r r�^a m m u vS j _T dTrTff 'r ll., rThdl harm+ �tsF i !F lal iflrr,{��k, azk©[�'�411 �'....s r { d'i,a �✓,���bh ) ,'N'r r7�f�1Ml ; Yi iv'i! � 4c ,;11��,^i d {t,,,! 1�a>•r�r,-�i',�wIF„�ulw�lu �I AA.a i c ,q,'y �r5lv'M ht{'1 .. ,{ �I >� d %i y M ��1 jrkix't7� aV dd a v i of F wwi v� OSlif A € b {�ri,,.s1d.!1 yAsdf Yi {.xy{r'^ �'�fr,,'&aaa �ts•: ' a��y� i'�G h {5M7 aT?e' + jl�"'6'I'q'•� ;E�1"aa'j'°�N'N��r�, Vi��'1� t�' ,4.�^ � `.,��'si1r`�` i' . "� �1' �+ C� �� x C S fi+� ffl sF , 1 J i p d x t�y'�i'��{,��i��iy{yllr,r9�{�+�'�„I��jkl �'�,!."J"i`p�� �'{y,�a ',I,...*,{ tim� t\ rl,l '�a�g`�rk��.{w�„I�,�Z �Tjt s � •'�� G,,f'�'!�� 'Y X13 .,,�5%c,'r Ya e iyur a1r 'j'- �ri°!. �Llra'' �3Ir r.6IQ �IGtl Ilan °LI`an7,µ. 1 va! low ua' 1 fL r} y Y s 7° IIrCS�' M k p¢k .7 u' mraj ����Ir II�jr�I���Mu a dru i 47aVttld d; �, !keg, w) w1 ralU!,�i'�5�5,,J i' u�p7,s"49"yY t+t'Dd �'!1 !NY41r' ; i •'10 ri 'v ,r"Ys yEar�N:1+t�0�Zti ITCI'"bjb�a tallow �g�Pjr»����! yW1h1� r w ay� ij��j�li �x �1 M%y F tai4'f' 7'd '¢k� Jh �'�aqa• ,�"4.'�1„a 53 {a� aICuIhdCM��W-auiT�i,✓�a+'JY+p�'�'U„": d.i 9 }ply, tl��y 2 f aCta$i ak; E a'r' It { aAt{i1rlrplar sx ^+f�"�"h{�°yij Car'�g IfYl. INW,O° iA J gill r t "' "i,�t�' il,�r��i r P`� �' xx,p,,x ��F�� s.. % ?'• jtll� �i 'fT�w 5s'". b�' r ': r �.1�71Gpw"v'�{t«. J c �eaadnIlI '9i n f � � LL7 �q 1 � '�i la 'a• �x f i kM!C 1 Tyt t 14i' ;r .'2 ��� �,����y3•�n ��1137 J.,(Ik,��rl: , � ' �.°,,�. 1 I�f � ..`s M , Y (' '�ir!1 J ,�s , + 1a �' � I� a�lua�:��f% 1� �T��( *2 ��IN kN a G.!�3rTti IN 44[t71f`!�'l�'dI y3..f�,,�•i+fkz�r cLl�e"�; �',r k,gym tiN"+t!, '�y��iyh'��r�'rP' xICJ6 x�".�'�`! I�'Ir�J,t{ fT" '4 •'M I ���. �$tl (,"�lw ii'4f���r °P -.'�a4t k,1 ."*w�tia smt,.rj;}?i.`� +1 i."n'- ,I"I d� '1+^' ��`a � s�'a• © t "�«'"a�? AP b � �xn,.���al ���� ��� t , `"'8� �� , �`;j►�� cl ;ra � a s y kruF M't t 1,. ''I '�!'� G d inY 1 e'WN 14 T" yt', 14 a tlCt � � �.! II ,+� E t4 ' r ] •+ d p r, I 14 ti � �.i41M%iP"i44"" 'i:?�I�i"�. F+i �6r�ut`a"�!}�+i�,� S�`?kf"c� fNy�s ;,IP�S,' 6iI p�rlV+ I��w1"u? T 4f 115 Vr r e �k' aT^to, »;m°ytll M y a' (r G-�� r� RPjisuljrd!�h!��Cwi{a lilt no �ryy (°� ' � « I y 0 x' 3 I, r- d�llrtr� � yw krl• �'J a1 , „,. I .. 1 Itiad �(4 . t�yH r wr �C I T r'�l%tf Ca G� kry" t�r� .0 'd ',aTr r .,q, D .n tfy, r , I , a � i"'h r n J » 'j k�1 •Mi } NI'�! 7. �.1#vti! »" r TF-isr +DC7 a'�d fi Caw! t H���e k!I•:'''�"'�14d i ��.N�r '4 ,, , J� ,� � r� D �'+mgr { r?i; f. ,4��,''..�'a •h E Jly � �t �'.� r r�x v r. k- ;'»v.�KII��q�aIN4 ��i�",rr,(-Wax J.J r��:Jii+9a 3:. l',/�R�`�4'�l� Y 'w li �r ",I I i ''3 k�d�'.� O✓�'4'3a M'FE�4�1� �° E,rd��y1�'4�' rQ P1C",LsTOh"'� IO;xi'41 4'3�a �"_ i °. v f:+ y Ir , Wit '(a3.'�I7I,l1l Fu Ijr ,IL;�''I%f/lZ `ij''v Olt t Il a! ae�i3 �II� i Ix 'Ori Z : K/f, f V --•J! JI S. f (Odl.< axfw.xtu@ mi 'l�m�'r{"'5`ri 1zy`O'�,�r"der e 1t1Illq yT k1 I» K TI ry' '�'rX t � b'" y f �i'E'�11"zs Vrfr'14''""'"'nl bmxa`u 1l la,l' I r�"P�k C�x ruh >Hw,r�h bi i I w V � � °•�'� � m t� mdk� ti 6NIU rer a P1F r 17 x �.I 'ilk+r Wl ('� X41 C 1 ��rhWt»dal, r ey�'k �'a�''S*-ikyll"ui�' II C� Ph r� W f w I" � 6 'tII�1 1w Www �ya� la�ry r�,r4l+yaw ��{ �i�rI Ix { key-, rani Id x 0.'.I 0 '� 'Yr` � _ � �T q4 � t♦1 !'i � �a � �"E"' � b]'1 y�f+� !{� Hu�� M a. 1 �� lIN+'iP n� 1�1� a ERSGN�DR��N , w o mw t & Mean pn t � x tf c 4f k +yMR. ��`t�"af '111 ti a u+ EX+�Brahl a,vd 9 by ✓ a � r' s ^' li'i{IG?lad '�Ji�`'ry'lf a ray vat j4 �4"1�V aalal l i RR { Wt urt*1k �'pj�' b ,.+ ("+3Si1?f'a`�" mi �c'i'„`"P"`�'�� �.. A 1'' R IwTM �'4 .,I j♦1 { t�- + 2 r Lry,�' pC' .'1wM rr w � IT16'+0�a�0� MKd11 CJ7 ? W IV A W N Gi D m z z O m m� S S O O S D ; m C') D D W p S <N n 0 �_ S= O S �O1 p m p z n Dm0 m m Omai m n -I DO= m C ct D p 2 0 D c DzmD c7 O z D m r D o r ulcer C7 m 0rz m M< m mZDC� y O(1__n r z m�z mac-, Dmm '=z z�m G) �Dz��m m ZJ M w> p ioDcn m-Im0 m-4 D O m +' �Z-OI 10 mKX m X zip oD �� �ZCID c z�mmOZ InX>00 -�I"-'D ZZr �`mD-z+ -�InZ�n r m trail m D vrr ACmi10 ��_ Zrcn (Z_ -u *00Tm0m pD� Dnp zS on m X o0r nm nzv Z0_I D� G) Km�Do OmZOZ z SmO-uzm m��Oxn� ��Z G�zc� �G��rZp7 NI ��. �vc1 D IvzmTp O Z mDz rnn= m S� mZ pD z�7 r i1��=1� -4 m=�pDOZ c�zp -In _1�cD m0=ir C mz DD m mDm�z� M 0MZmmp pZmm eco -0 -1 m0 m oF- m D z - >F=G3K 0zgcn cmit.4nc -ci cn �D -4 M� 0 Z0Cmn=O .ZD7<;z:z:q--I G) 6=n �cO -n m Dm �cn m 0mnmm �L��zr p m oXC-)j 0 _0 r -m 0 cnE _u D r- cnm Or m mm =z �mcnn XOmD-1 r no mOr- z � CC7 ;10 G) D � Z r m G7 n m Cn zp 0 W -ZI -fD _ M mph --I 0 z 0 m -1 cnn Om cn Gzj CAD n2 w ELEVATIONS k \ § k \ \ m e � . . % . z \\\_/�\ a :ml: \� k q»Q�\\ -4 q2\q z m q$2 $®® §3 ¢$:ziM > -0 -0 X oma mmx cn c mƒ% o > ow _ ko i� x c > 0 2 %2k /2% a40 ~% m $ oe>$$%\ \�=o0m> x oqu \ƒ\ 7�� >x0U g wa .> --i M <yw mi� Iwo > _ =o22®z= c @ewe ear ?�/ �m / \ni 0 k m m \$® $m § R>kgzok z o X o > > / �om=R m/ED/q » qor m 2 �m F $/ \� \ \\-!n z mz >> o meq$\a; \7o A �g m zm--AJ> Cn c" a>M \ �m \ $mm < /� g 7§ I mozo.E7$ 3 %% m XZZMOXX m \g 7 m> q� o ® oG2$mG I/0 �/ /m 3 3= / . 0 /� 41 W . . o z \\\_/�\ -\/ :ml: \� k q»Q�\\ -4 q2\q 2E 43@x2/ ®$% ><zu / o A/2>G)® 22# ozƒ� I P co of//\ oc) 0 /?\o o210 m $ m om-X m x oqu a >x0U g wa eo>>O® --i z \\k\k§ \\� m0 ee.mEn am= @ewe ear p ®aoc g %oo@mc z m v:Z oma g 7m5Eq- /2? 7\\ 3 xT--i @ e q o X o > > / �om=R m/ED/q » qor m 2 $�@0o E 5> ƒ / ��2-1 � G) oG) m ® ME = m — m z 0 mm 0 T o /V o� z O Z cn O D m m m x A N 4 zz 02 C) Wo 0 N D ryD M om oc m o� 'zn Q m T 41 m 2 z o G) o x z �p v m V a a 3� mz-4 N N z -1-< = z 100 m < z u Z m �i C �r 2!Wo z c;a COM o:e yxm 0 co) go® IZ m m m N ?g° o 0 D V 'N: 4528 m x w m q cT 1 0 r rr ELEVATIONS g o a a o 0 c e115.00 I + �o p S O O U7 ? W fV Com, 41 W IV G) a m z zOm mm= wpm z0 zm; �mc)DD p=<�,n0=gymmm Lip Imp Dmp pcnc o=y z—= z-i�=DzmD O o�D�cD 00 cmi�m<m �c rD- �cLZ mIn n n0� m0 mp-lDz r�Zuz Z ���Dp� ��� m��o O r=m� V z' �D �zTz G)n�D ��mmG) z a) mm XmD-zi D <2: ��O OBD cn O-1���ZM c Cn=ZDc�O zZr c rr- oOr c�ii-�I� —ice m �'��m DpZ Imo m Dn- G) a 0 X cn C) ��� r=nm Qc xmOmzv� Z-C-i2OXn� 00z �QW � � �cn mCO . �=�� O zr�DOz myz ��y G) �rnm— �O :m m p m>C= m mrn0-izG) -Hzp mO - r c z mZ DD p w>mw -iZ� CO)n . n-1 r =� z0 z --I (n D m mcn c Orli co r D m m m Co w < --q D4 > � � cn cz- —i Z m cn - 4 -0 �m0 =1 OBD O D W = m TOm�O< ><�--;z i=i � ��� cn r c)�ZOmcnr=m m-iG) < CD 3: �t nz� m Z� m �ZzpD'�x -nC)=ZQ mm -p--1 O cri �m -u m � O <G)cn—�mcn <�mmC) -i DSD Ti �� m� =z =� mQooD-Di D m pr- z U)C-)mm n �Zm ;v vX—�cnZO cn -zip _ —+m —i m� -+ wpm -D 0 v' O m in m O m i CAD FILE: r y n M o _ �° 0 z 0 Z _ M o y z co I M O v r D Ill 0 %� D M o in cn — O �< Z ocnZ Zo Z ® m OD�� Z m Z n m �� m x co v m �,�r !�I � Z ® E v X < EX. 6" DI 20.57 LF N Ui DICKERSON DRIVE (PRIVATE) o92 i Wo im z M ON o 6. 0 LF U O Z ��vz ri <m ro (n G) C) O 4 n D S c- m { D m �Zo W M Ong — z y m e/i cn 41 0) 00, Z 0 I z 8 ��� .I Wc�xc�-� z MZ- > cn ..x r, N)m x = �. O x 0 1 N m W -, „ -D Z m 7 3 0 M Z74 O Z z G� fn < _ "wZ M .0 9f i� xNtoZ =rte rn °0 y oM ; X Z 000 N (A FiA _ --i T. { rn W O mo ,-� �q mmm,� ` z i o°° U G�(n r -i 0 mm� .<. m Dc--�Zx tea y �� O oD Z =0 0 �n I m v Hrr G)Z --I1 � 0 m nz --M ° 2'U u)M Q0 L0 X I 0 x 0 C2 s m= Z 0 x n N mx cn nni > 0 < m y' � p��v o rn mi X m Z I ���' \t Z D � O z T D N-cn HT1 ` O o Z i �� - ZA Z m / m n Z3 OmX LA 0 OK r- Z Z nC00 Z / / -�0<m W / <Mm� :n P E m zx< o 0 R I I OCOmmm ISI ( x Z D� m g I PM 4528 N v02 m O 0 m A M am Z (_n O `z`^ VJ D m -mC 0 A N o T 00 1 Z (n N 0 I> r m rn r yD m oT m 8F z� :<- -rrD T N N O m z m 0 0 Q x H D � IM � z m v � Q v m 3� m > m Z �'� z c O it < m r m C � �WW DOM m �XM V Z y °-4 c0 D m Z m x z v m in m D m I PN: 4528 1 y J oq mm "1 o� N ; 2 ^ pZ 0 •! 2 800 SO O m m O u, u N r IO a c7 aa=pi NO xzo1ay¢ND� aD=moppoyFm�N~gyofpO o��pm0av NbyO Tr. . mm mg�P �-0 mo s < i?v T om o mmOm mz �. m D 0 Tm m <TND In mN AO ym Z R9iZ 2 O< i m mrovA inm3 ry og $g n mN =i Hm moo om fz�o NKw NK ii a p cod o ra x r -� r r7i a o N O �zN $ti Ayf �m m gm x �= n °o z mBm oo im m'!3 z> < m ao n OT \�\ zocpo'Dm i��� 3� i $; '_" o og c nn nN ,Z- ZpyAyO vo3mr 3>0 %� v i oAr (Xt a� -mi o mmD �aSV cmyyimy; ZNy C � p b�yyn D%n [i iP m m3 ° HmA�C 2 D NA O !2 m' V O� 71 A2 ymmT O° N m A ' gym p°Dy m om r'.p p O y z `3 m na OZZil nmmm � °� A !nA y oti i- O �m m W ion cps® Aga-zmi Fo � �� o � ? � f➢ Aom0 yvymm r 5 yz vo z .� O zooym AZi a �O�pI pY m my K IZII-z O T �4jVV aA,.,ly- Zy °y T y� z T O Ftl m 1?1y:�Zp p--1m1A11 yv ODO> 2N i S K.Vp E$'$y n m In .i M1Nl �NN2 N mD i,°U m; D p .j ImnvCi '1 —� m 6 Z OD1 x z MAM °y(':a S A Z Am �; T O z Z ii x azmmmZZr n N m Nm m IZO A2N�r =�T 0m -I AA u y mm QT z'A A> y,�-9 m y NV 5 mos o0c< 0° p- b m ho vR.O.W. mim za K p $ m°o 10 -Tipm Omc Dr °a ° z O ZC yATy P i; pworO f ?xn °k Hca Z i�E pz LOTD uy�9 I�1COy G fI Z Z V y pp � oCal .31 < d otl po C 0' Ij nm o z cry mAAr a L Z z° y Dz '� ZD rrN�O C DVV1� 'ns m MN ~nz in - O� 11 ooR o. ZjPI NO C i�A A KDc X 7 s IF:m D a z mDY2 O '6 m �c C: CO N 1y N � n m N � 17 0 01 O] Z -oTma�m a N yo Doig sga . 3 U< o xm S_"m,< zDmgo N iggi+� s z�vi H �N g9 21.' i -z Z o a _I aIt � 8 n m m ;L m _N z n V N o Z' 0 O e_m SS N L � Ca p �'vC� u9i�_mF �Porlm omz gp�$ _ ozmss >° ow i m m: x v � z : a m � D � r R 01 O] Z -oTma�m a N yo Doig sga . 3 U< o xm S_"m,< zDmgo N iggi+� s z�vi H �N g9 21.' i -z Z o a _I aIt � 8 n m m ;L Crnn+i• 171A09 klnOT1 Aklnin ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ATE (MM/DD/YYYY) F1/31/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the - certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Propel Insurance Tacoma Bonds 1201 Pacific Ave, Suite 1000 Tacoma, WA 98402 NAME:ACT Michelle Newberg PHONE g00 499-0933 FAX 866.577.1326 AIC No Ext): A/C No ADDRESS: michelle.newberg@propelinsurace.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Ohio Casualty INSURED Northern Land Development LLC PO Box 2169 INSURER B : ) , INSURER C MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 Kingston, WA' 98346 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: $ CAVFRAAFR CFRTIFICATF NIIMRFR• RFVISION NIIMRFR- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MWDD/YYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE 7 OCCUR X X BKS57236055 3/23/2016 03/23/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 PREMISESOEa occurrence $1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL BADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENE RAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PROECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON -OWNED ;AUTOS X BAS57236055 3/23/2016 03/23/201 COac idea SINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ Per accident $ A X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X US057236055 3/23/2016 03/23/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 AGGREGATE $1,000,000 DED RETENTION $ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A BKS57236055 Employers Llab. (WA Stop Gap) 3/23/2016 03/23/201 OTH- WC STATU- Pp E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORO 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) RE: David Road Water Main Replacement The City of Bremerton, Kitsap County and their elected officials, officers, directors, employees and volunteers are included as additional insured per attached endorsements. CDTICIf%ATC unl neo PAIdr CI I ATInIU Ci of Bremerton City SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED .IN 345 -6th Street, Suite 600 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Bremerton, WA 98337 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE W 19BB-Z010 AGUKIU GOKPVKATIUN. All rlgnts reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S2571446/M2483395 MGH00 ' This page has been left blank intentionally. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 8810 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT PAGE NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT i 2 NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT 2 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS 2 EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) 2 MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION 3 EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 3 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS — BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY — ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION 5 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS — EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" 6 WHO IS AN INSURED — INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS/MALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN INSURED — 6 FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION — MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES 7 FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES 7 KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 LIBERALIZATION'CLAUSE 7 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 7 EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US — 8 WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 8 With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided: 1. It is not owned by any insured; 2. It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained paid crew; 3. The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commercial or airline pilot; and 4. It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply if there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent or on any other basis, that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. B. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced by the following: This exclusion does not apply to: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 52 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraphs (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage To Property do not apply if such "property damage" results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lifts. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 2. The following is added to Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, Condition 4. Other Insurance, Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. aD. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part: 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a. The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion j. Damage To Property is replaced by the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from an automatic fire protection system) to: (i) Premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days; or (ii) Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of more than 7 days.. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III — Limits of Insurance. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 8 b. The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. 2. Paragraph 6. under Section III — Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to: a. Any one premise: (1) While rented to you; or (2) While rented to you or temporarily occupied ;by you with permission of the owner for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic protection systems; or b. Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3. As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) - Paragraph 9.a. of Definitions is replaced with the following: 9.a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "insured contract". E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows: Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section I — Coverage C — Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident; and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 1. Under Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b. is replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. Paragraph 1.d. is replaced by the following: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1. Paragraph 2. under Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused in whole or in part by: a. Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your on going operations for the additional insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement provided that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or the "personal and advertising injury" is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement; or 1© 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 8 b. Premises or facilities rented by you or used by you; or C. The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment rented or leased to you by such person or organization; or 1 d. Operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions: (1) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision; (2) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "completed operations hazard". (3) Insurance applies to premises you own, rent, or control but only with respect to the following hazards: a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (c) The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor . engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. With respect to Paragraph 1.b. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or written agreement with you for such premises or facilities ends. With respects to Paragraph 1.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor. The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV Commercial General Liability Conditions. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 8 2. With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such "bodily Injury" or "property damage" occurs. C. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e. Any person or organization specifically designated as an additional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or ' b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. H. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: a. The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek ' contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 11 b. The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and non-contributory, this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. 1. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a. Give written notice of an 'occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or "suit' under this insurance to us; b. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit' to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and C. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit' by the additional insured. 2. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the limits of insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III — Limits of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS / MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) 'Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co -"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co -"employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1) (a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services or providing professional health care personnel to others, or if coverage for providing professional health care services is not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) does not apply. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 8 Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by an "employee" who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the "employee's" job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other "employees" of yours. However, none of these "employees" are insureds for "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of their willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to cause "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury", or caused in whole or in part by their intoxication by liquor or controlled substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your "employee". K. NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section Ii - Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or formed by you; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and C. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. L. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV — Commercial General LiabiIity,Conditions, the following is added to Condition 6. Representations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" existing as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" is not intentional. M. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit: Knowledge of an "occurrence", offense, claim or "suit" by an agent, servant or "employee" of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of "occurrences", offenses, claims or "suits" shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or "employee". N. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. O. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under Section V — Definitions, Definition 3. is replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily Injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or disease. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 8 P. EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a. of COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US — WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard" provided: 1. You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2. The injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement. 1 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 8 i Cliantit- 171d92 NARTI Armin ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MWDDNYYY) 1/31/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Propel Insurance Tacoma Bonds 1201 Pacific Ave, Suite 1000 WA 98402INSURER(S) NAME: Michelle Newberg HcINEO Ext):800 499-0933 F� No): 866.577.1326 E-MAIL michelle.newberg@pro elinsurace.com ADDRESS: newberg@propelinsurace.com AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A:Ohio Casualty INSURED Northern Land Development LLC PO BOX 2169" INSURER B: INSURER c MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 Kingston, WA 98346 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NIIMRER- RFVISIAN NIIMRFR• THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID, CLAIMS. LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDNSRLSUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY POLICY EXP LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE FX1 OCCUR X X BKS57236055 3/23/2016 03/23/201 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence $1 000 OOO MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO JECTi LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X .NON -OWNED AUTOS X BAS57236055 3/23/2016 03/2312017 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ Per accident A X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X US057236055 3/23/2016 03/23/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 AGGREGATE $1.000,000 DED RETENTION $ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION'S AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y I N OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? � (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA BKS57236055 Employers Liab. (WA Stop Gap) 3/23/2016 03/23/201 WC TORY LIMIT ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) RE: David Road Water Main Replacement Kitsap County and their elected officials, officers, directors, employees and volunteers are included as additional insured per attached endorsements. Kitsa COUfIt SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE p y THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 614 Division Street ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Port Orchard, WA 98366 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved ACORD 25 (2010/05) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S2571540/M2483395 MGH00 This page has been left blank intentionally. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 8810 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B ADDITIONAL INSUREDS — BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY — ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION ADDITIONAL INSUREDS EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" WHO IS AN INSURED — INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS/MALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN INSURED — FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION — MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES NEWLY FORMED',OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES KNOWLEDGE OFOCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT LIBERALIZATION`'CLAUSE BODILY INJURY REDEFINED EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US — WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU 1 CG 88 10 04 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. PAGE 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 Page 1 of 8 With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section 1— Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided: 1. It is not owned by any insured; 2. It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained paid crew; The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commercial or airline pilot; and 4. It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply if there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent or on any other basis, that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. B. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced by the following: This exclusion does not apply to: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 52 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraphs (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage To Property do not apply if such "property damage" results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lifts. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 2. The following is added to Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, Condition 4. Other Insurance, Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part: 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a. The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion j. Damage To Property is replaced by the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from an automatic fire protection system) to: (i) Premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days; or (ii) Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of more than 7 days. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III — Limits of Insurance. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 8 b. The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. 2. Paragraph 6. under Section III — Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to: Any one premise: (1) While rented to you; or (2) While rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic protection systems; or b. Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3. As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) - Paragraph 9.a. of Definitions is replaced with the following: 9.a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "insured contract". E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows: Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section I — Coverage C — Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident; and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 1. Under Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b. is replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. Paragraph 1.d. is replaced by the following: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1. Paragraph 2. under Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused in whole or in part by: a. Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your on going operations for the additional insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement provided that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or the "personal and advertising injury" is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 8 b. Premises or facilities rented by you or used by you; or c. ' The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment rented or leased to you by such person or organization; or d. Operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions: (1) This insurance, does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision; (2) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "completed operations hazard". (3) Insurance applies to premises you own, rent, or control but only with respect to the following hazards: a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (c) The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor ' engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. With respect to Paragraph 1.b. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or written agreement with you for such premises or facilities ends. With respects to Paragraph 1.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor. The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" a by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 8 2. With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs. C. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury' arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e. Any person or organization specifically designated as an additional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown. in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. H. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization. who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: a. The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 8 b. The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and non-contributory, this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a. Give written notice of an 'occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or "suit' under this insurance to us; b. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit' to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and C. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit' by the additional insured. 2. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the limits of insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III — Limits of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS / MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) 'Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co -"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co -"employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1) (a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services or providing professional health care personnel to,others, or if coverage for providing professional health care services is not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) does not apply. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 8 -14 L. M. N. X Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by an "employee" who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the "employee's" job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other "employees" of yours. However, none of these "employees" are insureds for "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of their willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to cause "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury", or caused in whole or in part by their intoxication by liquor or controlled substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your "employee". NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration of the policy period in which the . entity was acquired or formed by you; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and C. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 6. Representations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" existing as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" is not intentional. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit: Knowledge of an "occurrence", offense, claim or "suit" by an agent, servant or "employee" of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of "occurrences", offenses, claims or "suits" shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or "employee". LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under Section V — Definitions, Definition 3. is replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily Injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or disease. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 8 P. EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a. of COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US — WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard" provided: 1. You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2. The injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement. L 11 11 I1 CG 88 10 0413 11 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 8